I-    -, 


ITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
LOS  ANGELES 


h'-:*0 


Publications  of  the 

Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 
Division  of  International  Law 

Washington 


TREATIES   FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT 

OF  PEACE 


TREATIES  FOR  THE 
ADVANCEMENT  OF  PEACE 

BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  OTHER 
POWERS  NEGOTIATED  BY  THE  HONORABLE 
WILLIAM     J.     BRYAN,     SECRETARY    OF    STATE    OF 

THE  UNITED  STATES 


WITH  AN   INTRODUCTION 
BY 

JAMES  BROWN  SCOTT 

Director  of  the  Division  of  International  Law  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment 

for  International  Peace 


NEW   YORK 

OXFORD   UNIVERSITY   PRESS 

AMERICAN    BRANCH:   35  West  32nd  Street 
LONDON.  TORONTO.  MELBOURNE.  AND   BOMBAY 

1920 


COPYRIGHT  1920 

BY    THE 

CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT   FOR    INTERNATIONAL   PEACE 

2  Jackson  Place 

Washington,  D.  C. 


c  »  s 


t  •• 


CJ 


3X 

A  4- 


PREFATORY  NOTE 

This  publication  comprises  all  the  treaties  for  the  advancement  of 
peace  which  were  negotiated  by  Mr.  Bryan  while  he  was  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  United  States.  It  is  divided  into  two  sections.  Part  I 
contains  the  perfected  treaties,  Part  II  the  unperfected  treaties.  All  of 
the  original  texts,  English  and  foreign,  are  included  in  this  print,  with 
^  the  exception  of  the  Chinese  and  Greek  treaties,  for  which  there  is 

"5  only  an   English  text.     A  table  showing  the  present  status   of   the 

treaties  is  added  for  the  convenience  of  the  reader,  and,  as  evidence  of 
the  elasticity  of   Mr.   Br>'an's  peace  plan,  an  appendix  contains  the 

<  original  text  and  an  English  translation  of  a  similar  tripartite  treaty 


which  has  been  negotiated  by  Argentine,  Brazil  and  Chile. 

James  Brown  Scott, 
Director  of  the  Division  of  Interfiational  Law. 


Washington,  D.  C, 

Cj     ■- 

z.    - 

u,     - 

July  g,  igi8. 

UJ      i. 

<■ 

o 

CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Introduction     xi 

Letter  of  Secretary  of  State  Bryan  to  the  Honorable  W.  J.  Stone,  Chair- 
man of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States 
Senate,  August  1,  1914 xlviii 

Secretary  Bryan's  Peace  Plan  (editorial  in  the  American  Journal  of  In- 
ternational Law,  1914)    liii 

The  Bryan  Peace  Treaties  (editorial  in  the  American  Journal  of  Inter- 
national Law,  1916)   Ix 

Part  I. — Perfected  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,  concluded 

BETWEEN    THE   UNITED    StATES    AND 

Bolivia    1 

Brazil   5 

Chile  10 

China 15 

Notes  exchanged  May  11-19,  1916 18 

Costa  Rica  20 

Denmark     24 

Ecuador     28 

France 34 

Notes  exchanged  November  10,  1915 40 

Great  Britain  41 

Notes   exchanged   November  3,    1915 44 

Guatemala  45 

Notes  exchanged   November  3,   1915 49 

Honduras    50 

Italy    54 

Notes  exchanged  September  18,  1915   58 

Norway    60 

Notes  exchanged  January  7-12,   1915 65 

Paraguay    66 

Notes   exchanged   November    16-22,   1915 69 

Peru    71 

Portugal    75 

Notes  exchanged   November   16,   1915 79 

Russia    80 

Spain    85 

Notes  exchanged  November  16-20,  1915 90 


X  CONTENTS 

PAGS 

Sweden    92 

Notes  exchanged  November  16,  1915 97 

Uruguay    98 

Part  II. — Unperfected  Treaties  with 

Argentine  Republic   105 

Dominican   Republic    110 

Greece    115 

Netherlands    117 

Nicaragua    121 

Panama    125 

Persia     129 

Salvador    131 

Switzerland    136 

Venezuela    140 

Supplemental  protocol   144 

Table  showing  the  Status  of  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace, 

WITH   reference  TO    EvERV    NATION 146 

Appendix 

Treaty  between  Chile,  Argentine,  and  Brazil  to  facilitate  the  peaceful  solu- 
tion of  international  controversies 147 


INTRODUCTION 

Wars  may  arise  from  a  variety  of  causes  which  well-nigh  baffle  and 
of  pretexts  which  actually  defy  classification.  No  difference  is  too 
trifling  for  war  if  the  nations  in  controversy  wish  war;  none  is  too 
great  for  peace  if  the  nations  concerned  desire  peace.  As  a  great 
statesman  and  wise  counselor  of  our  day  has  aptly  said:  the  dispute 
is  nothing;  the  spirit  in  which  we  approach  it  is  everything.  But 
the  spirit  must  needs  be  aided;  the  passion  which  obscures  the  issue 
must  be  appeased ;  the  fire  must  not  be  fanned  into  flame ;  the  con- 
flagration, if  it  can  not  for  the  moment  be  extinguished,  must  be  con- 
fined. All  this  takes  time,  and  if  time  is  lacking,  peace  is  doomed. 
Therefore,  when  direct  negotiations  of  the  parties  have  failed,  the 
interposition  of  some  new  means,  such  as  the  good  offices  or  mediation 
of  third  parties,  tends  to  prolong  discussion  and  to  avert  the  break ; 
the  reference  of  the  dispute  to  the  award  of  arbiters  not  only  pre- 
vents the  break,  but  leads  to  adjustment ;  the  submission  of  the  con- 
troversy to  a  court  of  justice,  if  one  there  be,  decides  the  diflterence 
according  to  principles  of  law  and  enables  the  litigants  to  go  their 
several  ways  without  resorting  to  arms  and  disturbing  the  peace  of  the 
community  of  nations.  But  time  must  be  given,  the  means  must  be 
at  hand;  the  agencies  can  not  be  created  in  the  stonn  and  stress  of 
controversy ;  the  door  must  be  wide  open,  whether  it  lead  to  the 
chancellery  of  a  third  Power,  as  in  the  case  of  good  offices  or  media- 
tion; to  the  chamber  of  compromise,  as  in  the  case  of  arbitration,  or  to 
the  court  room,  in  the  case  of  a  justiciable  dispute. 

In  controversies  between  nations,  a  refusal  to  accept  good  offices 
or  mediation  at  the  hands  of  third  parties,  a  rejection  of  a  proposal 
to  arbitrate,  an  unwillingness  to  employ  judicial  means  in  an  appro- 
priate case,  indicate  a  readiness  to  proceed  to  extremes,  and  coupled 
with  the  demand  on  either  side  of  a  settlement  within  a  short  period, 
such  as  forty-eight  hours,  for  example,  can  only  be  looked  upon  as  a 
declaration  of  war  to  become  effective  at  the  expiration  of  the  time 
limit.  Therefore,  any  existing  agency  which  prevents  the  final  break- 
is  to  be  commended ;  any  new  agency  which  procures  time  for  the 
parties  and  brings  an  enlightened  public  opinion  from  without  to 
bear  upon  the  issue  is  to  be  welcomed. 


XU  INTRODUCTION 

In  addition  to  direct  negotiation  between  nations  in  dispute,  the 
First  Hague  Peace  Conference  of  1899  recognized  good  offices  and 
mediation,  commissions  of  inquiry  and  arbitration  as  methods  of  set- 
tling international  differences  which  direct  negotiations  between  the 
contending  parties,  technically  called  diplomacy,  had  failed  to  adjust. 
The  Second  Conference  of  1907  added  to  these  agencies  judicial  set- 
tlement, without,  however,  hitting  upon  an  acceptable  method  of 
appointing  the  judges,  and  thus  constituting  the  proposed  court  in 
which  the  causes  between  nations  were  to  be  decided  by  due  process  of 
law,  as  are  ordinary  suits  between  man  and  man. 

Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  for  the  advancement  of  peace,  of  which  thirty 
were  negotiated  and  signed  by  him  as  Secretary  of  State,  twenty- 
nine  advised  and  consented  to  by  the  Senate,  and  twenty  actually 
proclaimed  by  the  President,  aim  to  supplement,  not  to  supplant  exist- 
ing agencies  by  bringing  to  discussion  any  and  all  outstanding  differ- 
ences, not  adjusted  by  these  or  other  agencies,  in  the  belief  that  the 
immediate  and  therefore  the  ultimate  danger  of  war  would  be  averted 
through  an  agreement  of  the  parties  to  refrain  from  hostilities  pending 
investigation,  for  which  a  twelvemonth  is  allowed,  by  a  careful  discus- 
sion before  a  permanent  commission  of  five  members,  in  which  each 
of  the  contending  countries  is  represented  by  a  citizen  or  subject  of 
its  own  choice,  created  in  advance  of  the  dispute  or  existing  at  its  out- 
break. Such  treaties  would  facilitate  settlement  by  ascertaining  the 
facts  and  suggesting  the  principle  of  solution,  even  although  the  report 
of  the  commission  should  not  bind  the  parties  or  decide  the  controversy. 


Let  us  briefly  consider  these  different  phases  of  peaceable  settlement 
in  order  to  see  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  Bryan  plan  and  its  place 
in  the  peace  movement. 

First,  of  good  offices  and  mediation. 

By  the  Pacific  Settlement  Convention  of  1899,  drafted  by  the  Hague 
Peace  Conference  of  that  year,  composed  of  official  representatives  of 
twenty-six  nations,  and  recommended  for  adoption  to  those  and  all 
other  civilized  nations  forming  the  society  of  nations,  increased  to 
forty-four  in  1907,  the  nations  agreed  "to  use  their  best  efforts  to 
insure  the  pacific  settlement  of  international  differences"  in  order  to 
obviate  "as  far  as  possible  recourse  to  force  in  the  relations  between 
States." 


INTRODUCTION  XIU 

To  render  this  agreement  effective  they  further  agreed,  "in  case  of 
serious  disagreement  or  conflict,  before  an  appeal  to  arms  .  .  ., 
to  have  recourse,  as  far  as  circumstances  allow,  to  the  good  offices  or 
mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  Powers."  Here  is  a  clean  cut, 
definite  agreement  weakened  if  not  rendered  nugatory  by  the  clause 
"as  far  as  circumstances  allow,"  by  virtue  of  which  one  or  other  of  the 
Powers  decides  for  itself  whether  the  circumstances  of  the  particular 
case  allow  a  recourse  to  good  offices  or  mediation. 

This  is  a  right  which  the  States  always  possessed,  but  the  Russian 
Government  was  able  to  assert  in  justification  of  the  provision  that  in 
the  forty  years  succeeding  the  Congress  of  Paris  "there  has  not  been 
a  single  case  where  the  States  in  controversy  have  addressed  a  request 
for  mediation  to  neutral  States."^  Therefore,  the  express  approval  of 
it  in  this  Convention  was  of  vast  importance,  as  the  approval  of  the 
principle  by  all  the  States,  as  distinct  from  a  progressive  few,  even 
although  no  State  was  bound  unless  it  wanted  to  be. 

But  the  Convention  does  not  stop  here ;  it  goes  further  and  takes  a 
step  in  advance  by  recommending  "that  one  or  more  Powers,  strangers 
to  the  dispute,  should,  on  their  own  initiative,  and  as  far  as  circum- 
stances may  allow,  offer  their  good  offices  or  mediation  to  the  States 
at  variance" ;  that  "Powers,  strangers  to  the  dispute,  have  the  right  to 
offer  good  offices  or  mediation,  even  during  the  course  of  hostilities." 
It  further  specifically  provides  that  "the  exercise  of  this  right  can  never 
be  regarded  by  one  or  the  other  of  the  parties  in  conflict  as  an  un- 
friendly act." 

To  the  captious  critic  this  seems  a  small  matter,  as  States  possessed 
this  right  before  and  exercised  it  at  their  pleasure  and  in  their  dis- 
cretion. True,  but  the  clauses  in  question  constitute  an  approval  of 
such  action,  on  their  part,  which  they  were  admittedly  free  to  take 
and  a  recommendation  that  it  be  done  "as  far  as  circumstances  may 
allow,"  that  is  to  say,  if  the  offer  would  not  in  their  opinion  be  hopeless, 
or,  in  other  words,  if  the  offer  is  one  which  they  would  be  prepared  to 
consider  if  made  to  them  instead  of  by  them. 

Again  the  Convention  recommends  that  the  offer  be  made  "even  dur- 
ing the  course  of  hostilities,"  and  wisely,  as  nations  are  often  as  em- 
barrassed to  stop  hostilities  as  they  were  anxious  to  begin  tlicni,  and 


^  Proceedinp:'^  of   tlio   First  Hapriie   Peace  Conference,  part   1,  p.    123;   Scott, 
Reports  to  the  Hague  Conferences  of  i8gg  and  1907  (1917),  p.  96. 


xiv  INTRODUCTION 

inclined  to  welcome  a  proposal  which  a  belligerent  would  not  care  to 
make  lest  its  motives  be  questioned  and  it  be  accused  of  weakness  or 
inability  to  carry  on  the  war. 

But  admitting  that  nothing  new  is  created  by  these  provisions  which 
represent  the  practice  of  nations  when  minded  to  give  a  word  of  advice 
or  lend  a  helping  hand,  the  next  succeeding  provision  at  least  removes 
an  objection,  if  it  does  not  add  a  right,  inasmuch  as  it  provides  that  the 
offer  is  not  to  be  regarded  by  one  or  other  of  the  parties  in  conflict  "as 
an  unfriendly  act." 

With  these  observations  by  way  of  introduction  the  Convention  thus 
states  the  function  and  purpose,  the  nature  and  efifect  of  good  offices 
and  mediation,  which  were  apparently  regarded  as  synonymous  by  its 
f  ramers : 

The  part  of  the  mediator  consists  in  reconciling  the  opposing 
claims  and  appeasing  the  feelings  of  resentment  which  may  have 
arisen  between  the  States  at  variance  (Article  4). 

The  functions  of  the  mediator  are  at  an  end  when  once  it  is 
declared,  either  by  one  of  the  parties  to  the  dispute,  or  by  the 
mediator  himself,  that  the  means  of  reconciliation  proposed  by 
him  are  not  accepted  (Article  5). 

Good  offices  and  mediation,  either  at  the  request  of  the  parties 
at  variance,  or  on  the  initiative  of  Powers  strangers  to  the  dis- 
pute, have  exclusively  the  character  of  advice  and  never  have 
binding  force  (Article  6). 

The  acceptance  of  mediation  can  not,  unless  there  be  an  agree- 
ment to  the  contrary,  have  the  effect  of  interrupting,  delaying,  or 
hindering  mobilization  or  other  measures  of  preparation  for  war. 

If  mediation  occurs  after  the  commencement  of  hostilities  it 
causes  no  interruption  to  the  military  operations  in  progress, 
unless  there  be  an  agreement  to  the  contrary  (Article  7). 

The  meaning  of  this  is  clear:  the  good  office  of  a  friend  or  of  a 
mediator  is  not  to  interfere  with  measures  which  a  nation  has  a  right 
to  take  according  to  its  sovereign  pleasure,  but  to  suggest  that  the  con- 
flict be  adjusted  peaceably,  if  war  has  not  begun,  and,  if  hostilities  are 
in  progress,  that  they  be  ended  according  to  a  method  which  the 
mediator  either  discloses  or  is  willing  to  disclose  upon  request.  Ac- 
curate writers  limit  good  offices  to  advice  and  extend  mediation  to  co- 
operation in  the  adjustment  which  good  offices  have  advised.  But 
whether  this  distinction  be  sound  or  observed  in  practice,  the  method 
is  diplomatic,  in  that  it  is  negotiation  by  third  parties  instead  of  nego- 
tiation between  the  parties  in  conflict ;  it  is  unlimited  in  that  the  differ- 


INTRODUCTION  XV 

ence  may  concern  a  question  of  fact,  of  law,  or  of  policy,  and  the 
pacificators  may  with  the  assent  of  the  nations  at  odds  accomplish 
whatever  the  parties  might  themselves  have  done  if  they  had  remained 
on  speaking  terms,  if  they  had  not  resorted  to  fisticufifs  or,  as  we  may 
more  elegantly  say,  to  war. 

If  a  distinction  between  good  offices  and  mediation  is  to  be  observed, 
President  Roosevelt's  action  in  bringing  Russia  and  Japan  together  at 
Portsmouth,  whereby  the  treaty  of  Portsmouth,  of  September  5,  1905, 
was  negotiated  by  their  representatives,  and  the  war  ended,  is  to  be 
considered  good  offices,  not  mediation.  The  following  official  telegrams 
under  date  of  June  8,  1905,  addressed  to  the  American  Ambassador  at 
St.  Petersburg  and  the  American  Minister  to  Tokio  finely  state  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  humanitarian  purpose  and  the  means  by  which  it  was 
effected : 

The  President  feels  that  the  time  has  come  when,  in  the  interest 
of  all  mankind,  he  must  endeavor  to  see  if  it  is  not  possible  to 
bring  to  an  end  the  terrible  and  lamentable  conflict  now  being 
waged.  With  both  Russia  and  Japan  the  United  States  has  in- 
herited ties  of  friendship  and  good  will.  It  hopes  for  the  pros- 
perity and  welfare  of  each,  and  it  feels  that  the  progress  of  the 
world  is  set  back  by  the  war  between  these  two  great  nations. 
The  President  accordingly  urges  the  Russian  and  Japanese  Gov- 
ernments, not  only  for  their  own  sakes,  but  in  the  interest  of  the 
whole  civilized  world,  to  open  direct  negotiations  for  peace  with 
one  another.  The  President  suggests  that  these  peace  negotiations 
be  conducted  directly  and  exclusively  between  the  belligerents — in 
other  words,  that  there  may  be  a  meeting  of  Russian  and  Japanese 
plenipotentiaries  or  delegates  without  any  intermediary,  in  order 
to  see  if  it  is  not  possible  for  these  representatives  of  the  two 
powers  to  agree  to  terms  of  peace.  The  President  earnestly  asks 
that  the  Japanese  Government  do  now  agree  to  such  meeting, 
and  is  asking  the  Russian  Government  likewise  to  agree.  While 
the  President  does  not  feel  that  any  intermediary  should  be 
called  in  in  respect  to  the  peace  negotiations  themselves,  he  is 
entirely  willing  to  do  what  he  properly  can  if  the  two  powers 
concerned  feel  that  his  services  will  be  of  aid  in  arranging  the  pre- 
liminaries as  to  the  time  and  place  of  meeting;  but  if  even  these 
preliminaries  can  be  arranged  directly  between  the  two  powers,  or 
in  any  other  way,  the  President  will  be  glad,  as  his  sole  purpose  is 
to  bring  about  a  meeting  which  the  whole  civilized  world  will  pray 
may  result  in  peace.' 


^  Foreifjn  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1905,  p.  808;  sec  also,  Moore,  Digest 
of  International  La^v,  vol.  7,  p.  21. 


XVI  INTRODUCTION 

In  any  event  the  mediator  advises,  and  his  decision,  if  he  proposes 
one,  is  advisory  and  without  binding  effect  until  by  acceptance  of  the 
parties  it  becomes  their  decision  and  adjusts  the  controversy.  The 
action  of  Leo  XIII  in  proposing  terms  for  the  adjustment  of  the 
Carohne  controversy  in  1885,  between  Germany  and  Spain  was  that 
of  a  mediator  not  arbitrator.  When,  however,  the  terms  were  ac- 
cepted by  both  of  the  disputants,  the  erstwhile  suggestion  had  the 
force  of  an  arbitral  award,  and  the  action  of  the  Pope  is  to  be  con- 
sidered as  an  act  of  mediation  of  which  it  is  a  typical  and  illuminating 
example. 

In  1884  an  admiral  of  the  Imperial  German  Navy  hoisted  the  Ger- 
man flag  at  Yap,  in  the  Caroline  Islands,  over  which  Spain  claimed 
sovereignty.  This  the  Imperial  Government  denied,  and  sought  to  ac- 
quire title  in  its  own  behalf  by  possession  followed  by  effective  occu- 
pation. This  action  on  the  part  of  Germany  led  to  outbreaks  in  Madrid, 
in  which  the  Imperial  German  Embassy  and  Consulate  were  attacked. 
In  this  state  of  affairs  Prince  Bismarck  proposed,  and  Spain  accepted 
the  mediation  of  Pope  Leo  XIII.  His  Holiness  thereupon  suggested 
in  their  behalf  the  negotiation  of  a  convention  by  which  Germany 
acknowledged  the  sovereignty  of  Spain  over  the  Caroline  and  Pellew 
Islands.  In  consideration  of  this  action  on  the  part  of  Germany  Spain 
was  to  engage  itself  to  establish,  as  quickly  as  possible,  "a  regular 
administration  with  sufficient  force  to  guarantee  order  and  the  rights 
acquired"  in  the  archipelago,  to  offer  to  Germany  complete  "liberty  of 
commerce  and  navigation,"  the  right  to  fish  and  to  establish  a  naval 
station  and  coal  depot  at  or  in  the  islands,  and  finally  to  guarantee  "the 
liberty  of  making  plantations"  in  the  islands,  and  of  "founding  agricul- 
tural establishments  on  the  same  footing  as  Spanish  subjects."^ 

The  parties  in  dispute  did  this,  and  so  hostilities  were  happily  averted 
through  the  mediation  of  the  Holy  Father. 

The  distinction  between  mediation  on  the  one  hand  and  arbitration 
on  the  other  exists  in  nature,  not  merely  in  name,  and  is  thus  clearly  and 
authoritatively  stated  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian: 

A  man  is  held  to  have  undertaken  an  arbitration,  so  Pedius  says 
(b.  9),  when  he  has  assumed  the  duties  of  judge  and  promises  to 
give  a  decision  which  shall  finally  dispose  of  the  matters  in  dis- 


1  Moore,  History  and  Digest  of  the  International  Arbitrations  to  zvhich  the 
United  States  has  been  a  party,  vol.  5,  pp.  5043^.  See  also,  Moore,  Digest  of 
International  Law,  vol.  7,  p.  6. 


INTRODUCTION  XVU 

pute.  But  where,  the  same  writer  proceeds,  the  supposed  arbitrator 
only  intervenes  so  far  as  to  try  whether  the  parties  will  allow  their 
dispute  to  be  disposed  of  by  his  advice  and  authority,  he  cannot 
be  held  to  have  undertaken  an  arbitration.^ 

The  same  distinction,  deeply  embedded  in  private  law,  exists  also  in 
public  law,  and  in  that  portion  of  it  termed  the  law  of  nations,  as  was 
aptly  pointed  out  by  Sir  James  Mackintosh,  who  is  reported  to  have  said 
in  the  course  of  debate  in  Parliament  on  April  11,  1815:  "A  mediator 
is  a  common  friend,  who  counsels  both  parties  with  a  weight  propor- 
tioned to  their  belief  in  his  integrity,  and  their  respect  for  his  power. 
But  he  is  not  an  arbitrator,  to  whose  decision  they  submit  their  differ- 
ences, and  whose  award  is  binding  on  them."- 

The  first  step  to  internationalize  good  offices  and  mediation,  giving  to 
them  the  standing  and  dignity  of  an  international  institution,  was  taken 
in  connection  with  the  Congress  of  Paris  which  put  an  end  to  the 
Crimean  war.  The  belligerents  with  the  addition  of  Austria  and  Prus- 
sia, adopted,  upon  the  initiative  of  the  British  plenipotentiary,  Lord 
Clarendon,  himself  influenced  indirectly  by  William  Jay,  and  directly 
by  English  peace  men,  "the  vocn  that  States,  between  which  any  serious 
misunderstanding  may  arise,  should,  before  appealing  to  arms,  have 
recourse,  as  far  as  circumstances  might  allow,  to  the  good  offices  of  a 
friendly  Power."^  The  plenipotentiaries  were  either  so  sure  of  the  use- 
fulness or  harmlessness  of  their  vocu,  as  to  express  the  hope  "that  the 
Governments  not  represented  at  the  Congress  will  unite  in  the  sentiment 
which  has  inspired  the  voeu  recorded  in  the  present  protocol."* 

In  Article  8  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris  the  same  plenipotentiaries  stipu- 
lated on  behalf  of  their  respective  countries  that  "if  there  should  arise 
between  the  sublime  Porte  and  one  or  more  of  the  signatory  Powers  a 
difference  threatening  the  maintenance  of  their  relations,  the  sublime 
Porte  or  each  of  the  Powers  before  having  recourse  to  the  employment 
of  force,  will  put  the  other  contracting  Parties  in  a  position  to  prevent 
this  extremity  through  their  mediation."'' 

And  finally  as  showing  the  precedents  for  the  action  of  the  Hague 


1  Dig.  bk.  IV,  tit.  8,  law  13,  §  2  [Monro's  translation]. 

2  Hansard'.s  I'arliamcnlary  Debates,  vol.  30,  p.  525.     Sec  also,  Moore,  Digest 
of  International  Law,  vol.  7,  p.  3. 

3  British  and  Porciqn  State  Papers,  vol.  46,  p.  135. 
*  Ibid.,  p.  136. 

^Ibid.,  p.  12. 


XVlll  INTRODUCTION 

Conference  in  the  matter  of  good  offices  and  mediation,  which  appear  to 
be  used  indiscriminately  in  these  various  instances,  Article  12  of  the 
General  Act  of  the  Conference  of  Berlin  in  regard  to  the  Kongo,  signed 
February  26,  1885,  may  be  quoted: 

In  cases  where  serious  disagreement  with  regard  to,  or  within 
the  limits  of,  the  territories  mentioned  in  Article  1  and  placed 
under  the  regime  of  commercial  liberty  may  arise  between  the  sig- 
natory Powers  of  the  present  act  or  Powers  which  may  adhere 
thereto  in  the  future,  these  Powers  agree  before  appealing  to  arms, 
to  resort  to  the  mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  Powers.^ 

The  friendly  compositor  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Middle  Ages 
but  much  of  a  stranger  in  the  modern  world  may  be  considered  either 
as  the  mediator  acting  with  consent  and  invested  with  the  power  of  de- 
ciding the  controversy  submitted  to  him,  or  as  an  arbiter  chosen  by  the 
parties  in  dispute  and  authorized  by  them  to  settle  the  difference  defini- 
tively by  the  application  of  his  sense  of  right  and  fairness.  In  such  a 
case  the  settlement  of  the  dispute  is  regarded  as  of  more  consequence 
than  the  method  employed.  It  may  include  quarrels  arising  out  of 
questions  of  fact,  law  or  policy ;  the  compositor  may  act  as  a  diplomat, 
arbiter  or  judge.  The  admirable  disposition  of  the  difficult  and  trying 
controversy  known  as  The  Alsop  Case  between  Chile  and  the  United 
States,  which  was  submitted  to  the  friendly  composition  of  Edward 
VII  in  1909  and,  upon  his  death,  to  his  successor,  George  V,  by  whom 
it  was  decided  in  1911,  upon  the  advice  of  eminent  counsel,  shows 
that  the  friendly  compositor  may  be  at  one  and  the  same  time  the  im- 
partial judge,  although  in  the  decision  of  this  very  case  the  function 
of  the  friendly  compositor  is  said  to  be  to  pronounce  "an  award  which 
shall  do  substantial  justice  between  the  parties  without  attaching  too 
great  an  importance  to  the  technical  points  which  may  be  raised  on 
either  side."-  The  Hague  Conferences  did  not  deal  with  friendly  com- 
position other  than  as  it  may  be  included  in  good  offices,  mediation  or 
arbitration,  and  the  subject  is  only  mentioned  in  passing  to  call  atten- 
tion to  this  method,  whose  day  is  not  yet  run,  in  which  the  conscience 
of  a  particular  individual  is  preferred  to  diplomacy,  without  reference 
to  law,  which  is  at  least  respected  in  arbitration  and  is  the  very  life  and 
soul  of  judicial  decision. 


1  British  and  Foreign  State  Papers,  vol.  76,  p.  12. 

2  American  Journal  of  International  Law,  vol.  5,  p.  1081. 


INTRODUCTION  XIX 

Next  as  to  arbitration. 

The  First  Hague  Peace  Conference  gave  its  outspoken  and  un- 
equivocal approval  to  arbitration  in  general,  expressed  itself  strongly  in 
favor  of  arbitrating  disputes  of  a  legal  nature,  especially  those  involv- 
ing the  interpretation  or  application  of  international  conventions,  and 
the  delegates  of  the  Powers  taking  part  in  the  Second  as  well  as  the 
First  Conference  expressly  reserved  for  their  countries  the  right  of 
concluding  "new  agreements,  general  or  special,  with  a  view  to  extend- 
ing obligatory  arbitration  to  all  cases  which  they  may  consider  it 
possible  to  submit  to  it." 

To  facilitate  immediate  recourse  to  arbitration  whose  object  they 
defined  as  "the  settlement  of  dififerences  between  States,  by  judges  of 
their  own  choice,  and  on  the  basis  of  respect  for  law,"  the  signatory 
Powers  undertook  to  organize  a  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration,  open 
and  accessible  at  all  times,  provided  a  method  of  constituting  a  tem- 
porary tribunal  from  the  panel  of  the  so-called  Permanent  Court,  and 
furnished  a  code  of  procedure  to  be  followed  unless  the  parties  in  con- 
troversy should  prefer  to  adopt  other  rules. 

Here  again  it  may  be  objected  that  there  is  little  in  this  that  the 
Powers  had  not  done  and  could  not  do  without  these  various  provisions. 
And  this  is  undoubtedly  so.  The  Jay  treaty  of  1794  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  had  brought  arbitration  again  into  the 
thought  and  practice  of  nations,  with  the  result  that  in  the  course  of  the 
century  intervening  between  the  treaty  and  the  conference  some  hun- 
dred international  controversies,  involving  numerous  cases  in  some  in- 
stances, as  wheels  within  wheels,  had  been  submitted  to  temporary 
tribunals  of  arbitration  or  to  mixed  commissions.  The  procedure  in- 
cluded in  the  Convention  merely  stated  the  practice  and  procedure  of 
the  nations  which  had  grown  up  in  the  course  of  the  century  from 
the  experience  acquired  in  arbitration.  The  nations  before  as  after. 
selected,  by  agreement,  the  members  of  the  temporary  tribunals  or 
mixed  commissions,  whether  the  names  of  prospective  arbiters  were  or 
were  not  included  in  a  panel  of  arbiters  and  called  in  this  way  to  their 
attention. 

But  the  fact  remains  that  what  nations  had  done  betimes  and  in  pairs 
received  the  solemn  and  formal  approval  of  twenty-six  nations,  whose 
delegates  recognized  arbitration  "as  the  most  effective,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  most  equitable,  means  of  settling  disputes  which  diplomacy 


XX  INTRODUCTION 

had  failed  to  settle."  It  thus  went  forth  from  the  Conference  interna- 
tionalized, and  with  an  added  prestige  and  appeal. 

There  is,  however,  a  dilTerence  between  a  recognition  of  arbitration 
and  an  agreement  to  resort  to  it.  Unfortunately  the  opposition  of 
the  Imperial  German  delegates  prevented  the  adoption  of  a  general 
agreement  both  at  the  First  Conference,  in  1899,  and  at  the  Second,  in 
1907,  by  virtue  of  which  twenty-six  nations  in  the  First  and  forty-four 
in  the  Second  would  otherwise  have  bound  themselves  to  arbitrate  such 
a  controversy  as  the  Serbian  question  of  1914,  a  failure  to  do  which 
precipitated  the  war  of  that  year,  to  which  the  United  States  reluctantly 
but  inevitably  became  a  party  in  1917. 

A  special  treaty  or  agreement  has  to  be  concluded  to  submit  the  ques- 
tion to  arbitration  at  a  time  when  neither  of  the  disputants  is  in  a  frame 
of  mind  to  reach  an  agreement  upon  the  issue,  and  to  constitute  a  tem- 
porary tribunal  of  five  members  chosen  from  the  panel,  of  whom  two 
by  the  Convention  of  1899,  one  by  the  revised  Convention  of  the  Second 
Conference  of  1907,  could  be  citizens  or  subjects  of  each  of  the  dis- 
putant States. 

In  the  absence  of  a  general  treaty  of  general  obligation  the  code  of 
procedure  is  of  slight  value,  and  there  is  little  incentive  to  arbitrate 
when  the  treaty  has  to  be  concluded,  the  issue  defined,  the  court  created 
and  its  members  selected  when  the  nations  may  barely  be  on  speaking 
terms.  Experience  is  against  thatching  the  roof  in  time  of  storm.  A 
general  agreement  to  submit  all  or  certain  categories  of  disputes  to 
arbitration,  the  right  of  each  country  to  submit  its  case  as  it  conceives 
it  to  be,  to  a  tribunal  in  existence,  to  be  decided  by  recognized  principles 
of  law  and  equity  are  prerequisites  to  arbitral  adjustment,  as  otherwise 
the  nation  can  by  delay  and  lack  of  cooperation  extricate  itself  from  a 
resort  to  arbitration  which  twenty-six  nations  in  1899  and  forty-four  in 
1907  solemnly  recognized  "as  the  most  effective,  and  at  the  same  time 
the  most  equitable,  means  of  settling  disputes  which  diplomacy  has 
failed  to  settle." 

But  the  treaties  of  arbitration  which  have  been  concluded  by  virtue 
of  the  right  reserved  in  the  Convention,  submit  legal  questions  and  dis- 
putes concerning  the  interpretation  and  application  of  treaties  and  con- 
ventions and  almost  invariably  withdraw  from  the  obligation  questions 
of  vital  interest,  independence,  honor,  and  necessarily  those  affecting 
third  parties. 


INTRODUCTION  XXl 

Without  indulging  in  criticism  of  these  provisions,  which  are  rather 
to  be  commended  in  the  infancy  of  modern  practice,  it  is  a  fact  that  the 
most  troublesome  questions  are  thus  withheld  not  only  from  arbitral 
award,  but  from  disinterested  discussion,  inasmuch  as  each  nation 
decides  for  itself  whether  or  not  a  question  falls  within  the  reserved 
category,  and  it  is  also  a  fact  that  the  absence  of  a  permanent  tribunal 
in  being  at  the  outbreak  of  the  dispute,  ready  and  willing  to  accept 
jurisdiction  thereof  and  to  decide  it,  offers,  as  it  were,  a  premium  to 
bad  faith. 

When  the  Second  Conference  adjourned  on  October  18,  1907,  the 
United  States  only  had  a  general  arbitral  clause  in  its  treaty  with 
Mexico  of  1848,  confirmed  by  that  of  1853,  and  the  Pecuniary  Claims 
Convention  with  the  Latin  American  Nations  of  1906.  This  was  not 
much  of  a  showing  for  the  nation  which  in  conjunction  with  Great 
Britain  had  introduced  arbitration  to  the  modern  world.  But  with 
the  exception  of  Great  Britain  it  had  more  arbitrations  to  its  credit 
than  any  other  nation,  and  had  submitted  nearly  a  third  of  all  arbitrated 
cases.  Taking  the  period  from  1798,  when  the  first  mixed  commis- 
sion met  under  Jay's  treaty,  to  1904,  it  appears  that  there  had  been 
some  241  instances  of  international  arbitration;  that  of  these  Great 
Britain  had  to  its  credit  98 ;  the  United  States  76 ;  that  they  had  arbi- 
trated 23  with  one  another,  and  that,  taking  them  together,  the  sponsors 
of  this  form  of  peaceable  settlement  in  the  modern  world  had  arbi- 
trated more  than  two-thirds  of  all  the  cases  of  arbitration  during  the 
entire  period.^ 

But  these  statistics,  encouraging  as  they  doubtless  are,  give  but  a 
very  inadequate  impression  of  the  number  of  awards  actually  rendered, 
inasmuch  as  a  single  treaty  or  convention  often  submits  to  a  mixed 
commission  outstanding  disputes  of  a  certain  kind  or  category  arising 
out  of  a  certain  act  or  series  of  acts,  taking  place  within  a  given  period. 
Thus,  under  the  special  treaty  of  arbitration  of  1868  between  Mexico 
and  the  United  States,  no  less  than  2,015  cases  were  submitted.^ 

When  apprised  of  this  condition  of  affairs,  Mr.  Elihu  Root,  then 
Secretary  of  State,  took  the  matter  up  and  in  the  course  of  a  twelve- 
month concluded  no  less  than  twenty-five  treaties,  showing  how  easily 


1  See   Fried's    Ilandbuch    dcr   Pnedensbcwcgung,   Vienna   and    Leipzig,    1905, 
pp.  104-5,  12.3-57. 

2  Moore,  History  and  Digest  of  the  Intertiational  Arbitrations,  etc.,  vol.  2,  p. 
1314. 


XXll  INTRODUCTION 

ability  and  conviction  can  accomplish  what  would  seem  impossible  to 
less  daring  minds.  Of  these  the  first  was  very  appropriately  with  "our 
first  and  ancient  ally,"  and  the  material  portion  of  this  treaty  with 
France  is  thus  worded: 

Differences  which  may  arise  of  a  legal  nature,  or  relating  to  the 
interpretation  of  treaties  existing  between  the  two  Contracting 
Parties,  and  which  it  may  not  have  been  possible  to  settle  by  diplo- 
macy, shall  be  referred  to  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  at  The  Hague  by  the  Convention  of  the  29th  July, 
1899,  provided,  nevertheless,  that  they  do  not  affect  the  vital  in- 
terests, the  independence,  or  the  honor  of  the  two  Contracting 
States,  and  do  not  concern  the  interests  of  third  Parties. 


The  great  merit  of  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  is  that  it  creates  a  permanent 
Commission  of  five  persons  which  is  in  existence  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
dispute,  whatever  its  nature,  to  which  it  can  be  and  must  be  submitted 
and  that  the  commission  thus  composed  has  a  twelvemonth  within 
which  carefully  to  consider  the  controversy  in  all  its  aspects,  during 
which  the  disputants  pledge  themselves  not  to  resort  to  hostilities. 
In  addition  to  the  legal  questions  and  questions  involving  treaties 
and  conventions,  which  the  nations  may  have  agreed  to  submit  to  arbi- 
tration, the  questions  reserved  from  the  obligation  to  arbitrate  are  by 
Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  brought  before  commissions  where  they  are  inves- 
tigated, and  the  report  drawn  up  by  the  commission  is  presented  to  the 
foreign  offices  of  the  contending  countries  for  such  action  as  their 
wisdom  may  dictate  and  an  enlightened  public  opinion  persuade. 

But  before  taking  up  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  there  is  a  further  matter 
which  requires  consideration,  for  without  it  his  treaties  would  seem 
to  lack  that  firm  and  sure  international  foundation  which  assured  their 
negotiation. 

The  First  Hague  Conference  provided  in  the  ninth  article  of  its 
Pacific  Settlement  Convention,  for  the  creation  from  time  to  time  of 
an  international  commission  of  inquiry  "to  facilitate"  a  solution  of 
"differences  of  an  international  nature  involving  neither  honor  nor 
vital  interests,  and  arising  from  a  difference  of  opinion  on  points  of 
fact."  As  in  arbitration,  resort  was  to  be  made  to  the  commission  upon 
the  breakdown  of  diplomacy.  This  was  not,  however,  even  in  the  case 
of  facts,  an  unlimited  obligation  or  recommendation  because  of  the 


INTRODUCTION  XXIU 

presence  of  the  clause  specifying  only  those  which  "circumstances 
allow";  but  such  differences  as  were  actually  submitted  were  to  be 
subjected  to  "an  impartial  and  conscientious  investigation"  in  order  "to 
facilitate"  their  solution  "by  elucidating"  the  facts. 

At  best  the  article  is  a  recommendation,  not  an  agreement,  to  submit 
facts  in  dispute ;  facts  involving  honor  or  vital  interests  are  excluded, 
and  those  left  are  only  recommended  to  be  referred  to  "an  impartial 
and  conscientious  investigation"  if  "circumstances  allow." 

This  is  not  much,  even  the  friendly  critic  might  venture  to  say; 
but  he  would  be  wrong,  for  it  is  a  precedent  for  a  commission  of  in- 
quiry and  a  first  step  to  better  and  greater  things. 

The  commission,  like  the  temporary  tribunal  of  arbitration,  would 
have  to  be  created  for  the  special  difference  and  "by  special  agreement 
between  the  parties  in  conflict."    The  agreement  would  likwise  have  to 
define  the  facts  to  be  examined  and  the  extent  of  the  commission's 
powers,  and  settle  the  procedure  to  be  followed  in  the  impartial  and 
conscientious  investigation.     The  same  method  was  to  be  employed  to 
constitute  one  as  the  other.    Each  was  to  consist  of  five  members  to  be 
chosen  by  direct  agreement  of  the  parties ;  failing  which,  each  of  the 
disputants  was  to  appoint  two  arbiters  or  commissioners  from  the  panel 
of  the  Permanent  Court,  who  together  were  to  choose  an  umpire.     In 
case  of  a  tie,  the  choice  of  umpire  was  to  be  made  by  a  Third  Power 
selected  by  the  parties  in  common  accord.    Upon  failure  of  the  parties 
to  agree  upon  the  third  Power,  each  of  the  disputants  was  to  select  a 
different  Power,  and  the  two  Powers  thus  chosen  were  to  appoint  the 
umpire.      Such   was   the   procedure   under   the    Convention   of    1899, 
but  it  was  faulty  in  more  than  one  particular,  and  it  might  end  in 
failure   to  constitute   the   court   or  the   commission.      Therefore,    the 
Second  Conference  of  1907  revised  and  greatly  improved  it.     Under 
the  original  convention  the  two  arbiters  or  commissioners,  to  be  ap- 
pointed  by   each   party,   might   be  chosen    from    its   citizens   or   sub- 
jects with  the  result  that  the  body  thus  selected  would  be  made  up 
of  four  interested  persons  struggling,  we  may  well  suppose,  to  con- 
vert the  umpire  to  their  way  of  thinking,  and  thus  to  carry  their  point 
whatever  it  might  be.    The  revised  convention  changed  this  unseemly 
procedure  by  providing  that  only  one  of  the  two  persons  chosen  by 
each  should  be  taken  from  its  "nationals,"  to  use  a  new  and  convenient 
word  which  has  evidently  come  to  stay,  with  the  result  that  the  majority 
of  the  court  or  commission  is  to  be  composed  of  strangers,  supposedly 


XXIV  INTRODUCTION 

indifferent  in  the  cause,  and  the  award  in  the  one,  and  the  finding  in  the 
other  case  thereafter  depends  upon  them,  not  upon  interested  and 
therefore  disquahfied  persons,  as  formerly.  Under  the  original  con- 
vention it  might  conceivably  happen  that  the  two  Powers  might  not  be 
able  to  agree  upon  the  umpire.  Therefore  to  prevent  this  contingency 
it  is  provided  in  the  revised  text  that,  upon  their  failure  to  agree  within 
two  months — diplomacy  moves  slowly  and  majestically — each  of  the 
Powers  is  to  name  two  members  of  the  Permanent  Panel,  not  already 
chosen  and  not  citizens  or  subjects  of  the  august  disputants,  and  the 
drawing  of  lots  determines  the  umpire. 

The  commission  thus  selected  is,  we  shall  suppose,  ready  to  begin  its 
labors.  Without  going  into  details,  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that  the  Powers 
in  conflict  agree  to  supply  it,  to  quote  the  text  of  1899,  "as  fully  as  they 
may  think  possible  with  all  means  and  facilities  necessary  to  enable 
it  to  be  completely  acquainted  with  and  to  accurately  understand  the 
facts  in  question."  When  the  commission  has  found  the  facts  in  con- 
troversy "by  means  of  an  impartial  and  conscientious  investigation,"  it 
prepares  its  report  to  be  signed  by  all  of  its  members. 

The  question  naturally  arises  as  to  the  nature  and  force  of  the  re- 
port to  reach  which  the  commission  has  been  appointed,  and  which,  it 
is  to  be  presumed,  will  be  a  document  of  much  importance  to  the  parties 
and  to  the  public.  On  this  point  the  original  convention,  untouched 
in  this  respect  by  the  revision  of  the  Second  Conference  is  to  the  effect 
that  "the  report  of  the  international  commission  of  inquiry  is  limited 
to  a  statement  of  facts,  and  has  in  no  way  the  character  of  an  arbitral 
award" ;  and  "it  leaves  the  conflicting  Powers  entire  freedom  as  to  the 
effects  to  be  given  to  this  statement."  That  is  to  say,  the  commission 
finds  facts  as  a  jury  in  Anglo-American  procedure ;  it  contents  itself 
with  the  statement  of  the  facts  as  found  and  thereupon  goes  out  of 
existence,  leaving  the  Powers  free  to  take  any  or  no  action  upon  the 
facts.  The  Conference,  however,  felt  that  this  seemingly  meager  re- 
sult, would  be  of  value  to  the  parties ;  otherwise  the  convention  could 
not  have  provided  for  the  creation  of  an  international  agency  of  this 
kind. 

It  was  indeed  proposed  and  urged  by  the  Russian  delegation  to  the 
Second  Conference  to  bind  the  parties  to  submit  the  facts  thus  found 
to  an  arbitral  tribunal  if  they  did  not  proceed  to  the  settlement  of  the 
dispute,  but  this  addition  to  the  text  and  change  in  the  effect  to  be 


INTRODUCTION  XXV 

given  to  the  proceedings  found  little  or  no  favor,  although  the  only 
commission  hitherto  constituted  under  the  convention  was  authorized 
to  fix  responsibility  for  the  injury  flowing  from  the  facts  as  "eluci- 
dated" by  means  of  the  "impartial  and  conscientious  investigation"  in 
the  North  Sea  or  Dogger  Bank  case  arising  out  of  the  Russo-Japanese 
War  of  1903-5.  If  the  "incident"  had  taken  place  upon  the  stage,  the 
most  inveterate  theater-goer  could  hardly  have  suppressed  a  laugh. 
But  what  could  be  looked  upon  as  comical  between  individuals  was  a 
serious  matter  between  nations.  British  fishing  smacks  had  been  dam- 
aged, two  British  subjects  killed  and  six  wounded  by  the  discharge 
of  guns  from  the  Russian  fleet  under  Admiral  Rodjestvensky  in  its  ill- 
starred  voyage  from  the  Baltic  Sea  to  the  Straits  of  Japan.  Upon  its 
arrival  in  these  waters  it  was  destroyed  by  Japanese  battleships  under 
the  command  of  Admiral  Togo,  who,  it  may  be  said  in  passing,  began 
life  in  the  small  sailing  vessels  and  row-boats  which  in  his  youth  formed 
the  Navy  of  Japan,  just  as  Marshal  Oyama,  the  victor  of  Mukden, 
began  his  military  career  in  the  Japanese  forces  then  armed  with  bows 
and  arrows.  But  to  return  to  Rodjestvensky,  whose  fleet  on  the  night  of 
October  8-9,  1904,  opened  fire  off  Dogger  Bank,  upon  some  vessels 
which  were  mistaken,  it  would  seem,  for  Japanese  torpedo  boats  lurking 
in  the  distance  and  threatening  the  Russian  fleet  by  its  presence.  After 
firing  at  the  hostile  craft  and  scattering  the  insidious  enemy,  the  Ad- 
miral, having  discharged  his  duty  in  the  premises,  continued  his  way, 
which  was  the  way  of  destruction,  until  the  seriousness  of  the  situation 
caused  him  to  interrupt  his  voyage,  as  the  British  Government  had  in  the 
meantime  protested  to  Russia,  and  interposed  a  British  squadron  be- 
tween the  Russian  fleet  and  its  progress  towards  Japan.  Due,  it  would 
seem,  to  the  good  offices,  mediation  or  friendly  intervention  of  France, 
the  expedient  of  the  commission  of  inquiry,  devised  in  1899,  was  tried 
for  the  first  time  and  amply  justified  its  institution  and  the  statesmen 
who  stood  sponsor  for  it  in  the  Peace  Conference.  Great  Britain  and 
Russia  invested  the  Commission,  as  already  stated,  witli  the  power,  not 
only  of  finding  the  facts,  but  of  fixing  the  blame  for  their  commission, 
thus  taking  one  instead  of  two  bites  of  the  cherry.  It  was  natural  that 
this  should  be  done  on  this  occasion  inasmuch  as  the  presence  or  absence, 
found  as  a  fact,  of  Japanese  vessels  on  the  night  of  the  tragedy  neces- 
sarily justified  or  condemned  the  action  of  the  Russian  Admiral.  We 
must  not  overlook  the  consequences  of  the  incident  in  our  amusement 


XXVI  INTRODUCTION 

at  the  facts,  and  the  vast  importance  of  the  case  as  a  precedent,  because, 
given  the  world  as  it  is,  it  is  difficult  to  maintain  that  the  honor  or  vital 
interest  of  one  or  the  other  of  the  nations  was  not  involved,  if  these 
terms  are  to  be  understood  as  defined  by  the  practice  of  nations.  Yet 
the  presence  or  absence  of  a  Japanese  ship  was  so  essentially  a  mere 
matter  of  fact,  that  the  questions  of  honor  and  of  vital  interests  could 
be  waived  and  the  fact  found,  which  also  settled  both  the  question 
of  responsibility,  without  requiring  a  special  finding  on  that  head,  and 
the  liability  for  damages,  which  however  would  need  to  be  assessed  in 
accordance  with  the  proofs. 

Because  the  commission  was  a  success  and  because  it  shows  of  itself 
the  practicability  and  the  possibility  of  this  method  of  peaceful  settle- 
ment, for  which  Mr.  Bryan  stands  sponsor  on  a  large  and  permanent 
scale,  the  procedure  had  in  the  adjustment  is  given  in  some  little  detail. 

On  November  29,  1904,  or  the  12th  of  the  month  if  the  Russian 
calendar  be  used,  representatives  of  Great  Britain  and  Russia  agreed 
upon  and  signed  a  declaration  to  submit  the  North  Sea  Incident,  as  it 
is  officially  called,  to  an  international  commission  of  inquiry,  composed 
of  five  members,  two  officers  of  high  rank  in  the  British  and  Russian 
Navies,  two  officers  of  high  rank  in  the  French  and  American  Navies, 
and  a  fifth  member  chosen  by  the  four  officers  in  question  or,  in  default 
of  their  agreement,  by  the  Emperor  of  Austria,  who  happens  also  to 
be  the  King  of  Hungary.  The  five  members  of  the  Commission  thus 
selected  were  to  be  assisted  by  a  legal  assessor,  appointed  by  each  of 
the  high  contracting  Parties,  and  an  agent,  likewise  chosen  by  each, 
"officially  empowered  to  take  part  in  the  labors  of  the  commission." 

The  commission  thus  constituted  was  directed  to  "inquire  into  and 
report  on  all  the  circumstances  relative  to  the  North  Sea  Incident, 
and  particularly  on  the  question  as  to  where  the  responsibility  lies  and 
the  degree  of  blame  attaching  to  the  subjects  of  the  two  high  contract- 
ing Parties  or  the  subjects  of  other  countries  in  the  event  of  their 
responsibility  being  established  by  the  inquiry." 

The  commission,  to  meet  at  Paris,  was  to  adopt  its  procedure,  and 
be  furnished,  "to  the  greatest  possible  extent,"  by  the  two  Govern- 
ments "with  all  the  means  and  facilities  necessary,  to  enable  it  to 
acquaint  itself  thoroughly  with  and  appreciate  correctly  the  matters 
in  dispute."  The  report  adopted  by  a  majority,  was  to  be  signed  by 
all  of  the  members,  the  two  Governments  were  to  bear  their  respective 


INTRODUCTION  XXvii 

expenses  incurred  prior  to  the  meeting  of  the  commission,  and  equal 
moieties  of  the  expenses  after  its  meeting,  incurred  in  connection  with  it. 

The  commission  composed  of  Admirals  from  the  British,  Russian, 
French,  American  and  Austro-Hungarian  Navies  sat  in  Paris  from 
December  22,  1904,  until  February  26,  1905,  on  which  latter  date  it 
rendered  a  report,  finding  that  no  Japanese  vessels  were  among  the 
British  fishing  fleet,  that  Admiral  Rodjestvensky  was  to  blame  for 
firing  upon  the  fishermen,  whereby  two  of  their  crews  were  killed,  six 
wounded,  one  boat  sunk  and  five  more  or  less  damaged ;  and  that  Rod- 
jestvensky's  action  did  not  discredit  him  from  the  military  or  humani- 
tarian point  of  view,  although  he  should  have  informed  "the  authorities 
of  the  neighboring  maritime  Powers,  that,  as  he  had  been  led  to  open 
fire  near  a  group  of  trawlers,  these  boats,  of  unknown  nationality, 
stood  in  need  of  assistance." 

The  Russian  Government  accepted  the  facts  as  found,  assumed  the 
responsibility  for  its  Admiral's  action,  and  paid  damages  amounting 
approximately  to  $300,000.^ 


We  are  now  prepared  to  consider  the  Bryan  peace  plan,  as  it  is 
called,  which  the  reader  will  observe  takes  the  commission  of  inquiry 
as  its  point  of  departure,  substitutes  a  permanent  for  a  temporary 
commission,  extends  its  jurisdiction  from  facts  to  all  questions  not 
otherwise  provided  for,  retains  as  essential  the  purely  advisory  or 
voluntary  character  of  the  report  and  assigns  to  the  commission  the 
generous  period  of  a  year  within  which  to  complete  its  labors,  during 
which  time  the  nations  pledge  themselves  not  to  go  to  war  or  resort 
to  any  act  of  hostility.  Thirty  States  have  done  this,  in  thirty  impor- 
tant documents,  twenty  of  which  have  been  proclaimed  and  actually 
are  the  supreme  law  of  the  land  of  the  contracting  parties. 

Mr.  Bryan  was  apparently  not  influenced  in  first  instance  by  the 
action  of  the  Hague  Conference,  but  proceeded,  and  properly,  from  a 
procedure  of  private  law  which  had  proved  so  successful  within  its 
limited  domain  as  to  suggest  and  to  justify  its  extension  from  the 
national  to  the  international  field.  In  the  course  of  various  interviews, 
Mr.  Bryan  explained  to  the  undersigned,  approximately  as  follows, 
the  genesis  and  nature  of  his  peace  plan. 


^  For   flocuments    in    the   case,    see   American   Journal   of   International   Law, 
vol.  2  (1908),  pp.  929-936;  Scott,  The  Hague  Court  Reports,  pp.  403-412,  609-615. 


XXVni  INTRODUCTION 

The  treaties  providing  for  the  investigation  of  all  disputes  had  their 
origin  in  a  plan  similar  in  principle,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  which  he  advo- 
cated for  several  years  as  a  means  of  dealing  with  labor  disputes.  He 
thought  compulsory  arbitration  objectionable  in  this  country,  because 
it  would  be  contrary  to  public  sentiment  to  attempt  to  compel  either 
party  to  the  dispute  to  comply  with  an  order  which  involved  either 
carrying  on  business  at  a  loss,  or  furnishing  labor  at  a  price  or  upon 
terms  believed  by  the  laboring  men  to  be  inequitable.  Compulsory 
investigation,  however,  was  not  open  to  the  same  objection,  for  the 
purpose  of  investigation  is  only  to  lay  before  the  public  the  facts  in  the 
dispute  and  the  disposition  of  the  parties,  relying  upon  the  force  of 
public  opinion  to  secure  an  adjustment  of  the  dispute  after  the  facts 
are  known. 

Mr.  Bryan's  plan  involved  the  following  principles : 

First,  that  it  should  be  applied  to  all  disputes  of  every  kind  and 
character. 

Secondly,  that  the  investigation  should  be  made  by  a  permanent 
board  whose  aid  could  be  invoked  by  either  side  at  any  time,  and  in- 
vested with  authority  to  investigate  upon  its  own  initiative. 

Thirdly,  that  in  order  to  assure  fairness,  the  board  should  in  each 
investigation  add  two  members,  one  selected  by  each  side,  the  tem- 
porary members  to  have  equal  authority  with  the  permanent  members 
during  the  investigation  for  which  they  were  selected. 

Fourthly,  that  each  side  should  possess  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently at  the  conclusion  of  the  investigation  and  the  presentation  of  the 
report,  the  recommendations  of  the  commission  enjoying  only  such 
force  as  their  intrinsic  merits  gave  them. 

During  the  Russian- Japanese  war  it  occurred  to  Mr.  Bryan  that  the 
plan  proposed  for  labor  disputes  might  with  advantage  be  applied  to 
international  disputes,  and  in  February,  1905,  he  suggested  the  plan 
in  an  editorial  in  his  paper,  the  Commoner.  This  editorial  was  fol- 
lowed a  few  weeks  later  by  another  elaborating  the  same  idea. 

In  the  first  editorial  referred  to,  Mr.  Bryan  said  in  the  Commoner 
for  February  17,  1905^ : 

It  is  time  for  the  leading  nations  to  join  together  in  proffering 
their  good  offices  for  the  settlement  of  the  war  in  the  east.  There 
must  be  mediation  some  time,  why  not  now  ?    Russia  can  not  hope 


1  Reprinted  in  the  Commoner,  August,  1915,  from  which  number  the  following 
excerpt  was  taken. 


INTRODUCTION  Xxix 

to  retake  Port  Arthur  in  years,  if  at  all,  and  Japan  will  find  war 
more  expensive  and  more  hazardous  the  farther  her  army  marches 
inland.  There  has  been  killing  enough  on  both  sides  to  satisfy 
that  absurd  sense  of  honor  which  requires  bloodshed.  There  never 
was  a  time  when  the  Christian  nations  were  under  a  more  im- 
perative duty  to  throw  their  influence  on  the  side  of  peace,  and 
the  United  States  can  well  afford  to  take  the  lead  because  our  re- 
lations with  both  Russia  and  Japan  are  such  as  to  relieve  us  of  any 
suspicion  of  selfish  interest.  And  when  peace  is  restored  our 
nation  should  take  the  initiative  in  promoting  a  system  of  arbitra- 
tion so  comprehensive  that  all  differences  will  he  submitted  to  the 
Arbitration  Court,  resennng  to  each  nation  the  right  to  refuse  to 
accept  the  finding  if  it  believes  that  it  affects  its  honor  or  integrity. 
Such  a  system  would  make  war  a  remote  possibility. 

In  the  second  editorial  in  the  Commoner  a  week  later,  on  February 
24,  1905,  Mr.  Bryan  said,  after  commenting  upon  the  Senate  amend- 
ments to  President  Roosevelt's  and  Secretary  Hay's  treaties  of  ar- 
bitration : 

It  is  possible  ...  to  provide  for  the  impartial  investi- 
gation of  any  international  dispute,  leaving  the  final  submission 
to  arbitration  to  be  a  matter  of  treaty.  The  president  might  be 
authorized  to  enter  into  an  agreement  to  submit  any  and  every 
international  dispute  to  the  Hague  Court  for  investigation. 
When  the  court  reports  upon  the  facts  and  presents  the  real  issue 
between  the  parties  then  the  parties  can  decide  intelligently 
whether  it  involves  a  proper  question  for  arbitration  or  affects 
the  integrity  and  honor  of  either  nation.  Such  an  investigation 
would,  in  most  cases,  remove  misunderstanding  and  bring  about 
a  reconciliation,  and  public  opinion  would  exert  a  powerful  in- 
fluence in  harmonizing  any  differences  which  might  be  found  to 
exist.  ...  If  such  a  plan  had  been  in  operation  the  Russian- 
Japanese  war  might  have  been  prevented.  It  is  quite  certain 
that  a  preliminary  investigation  by  an  impartial  board  would  have 
prevented  most  of  the  international  wars  of  the  last  half  century, 
and  would  be  still  more  effective  in  the  future. 

in  September  of  1905  Mr.  Bryan  left  the  United  Slates  for  a  trip 
around  the  world.  The  first  nation  visited  was  Japan  and  there, 
on  the  twentieth  of  October,  he  presented  his  project  at  a  dinner 
tendered  him  at  the  Bankers'  Club  in  Tokio.  On  this  occasion  Mr. 
Bryan  proposed  investigation  before  a  declaration  of  war,  and  in  his 
remarks  in  support  of  the  proposal  he  said:  "I  believe  the  establish- 
ment of  such  a  board,  leaving  to  the  nations  the  right  of  independent 


XXX  INTRODUCTION 

action  afterwards,  would  do  much  to  settle  difficulties  between  nations, 
— indeed,  it  would  do  more  than  any  system  involving  an  agreement  in 
advance  to  abide  by  the  decision." 

During  the  following  June,  while  in  Norway,  he  received  and  ac- 
cepted an  invitation  to  the  meeting  of  the  Interparliamentary  Union 
to  be  held  in  London  in  July.  The  invitation  came  from  Lord  Wear- 
dale,  then  and  now,  one  of  the  active  and  intelligent  advocates  of  inter- 
national peace,  whom  Mr.  Bryan  had  met  two  years  before  in  the 
United  States.  Upon  reaching  London,  Mr.  Bryan  laid  the  proposed 
plan  before  Lord  Weardale,  who  heartily  and  unreservedly  endorsed 
it.  It  was  then  presented  to  Sir  Henry  Campbell-Bannerman,  the 
British  Premier,  who  also  approved  of  it,  and  in  his  remarks  at  the 
opening  of  the  Union,  Sir  Henry  inserted  a  passage  which  was  intended 
to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  plan.  In  this  famous  address,  de- 
livered on  July  25,  1906,  known  as  the  Duma  speech  because  of  its 
ending  "the  Duma  is  dead,  long  live  the  Duma,"  inasmuch  as  that 
body  had  just  been  dissolved.  The  Prime  Minister  said,  in  the  passage 
referred  to  by  Mr.  Bryan: 

Gentlemen,  I  fervently  trust  that  before  long  the  principle  of 
arbitration  may  win  such  confidence  as  to  justify  its  extension  to 
a  wider  field  of  international  differences.  We  have  already  seen 
how  questions  arousing  passion  and  excitement  have  attained  a 
solution,  not  necessarily  by  means  of  arbitration  in  the  strict  sense 
of  the  word,  but  by  referring  them  to  such  a  tribunal  as  that  which 
reported  on  the  North  Sea  incident ;  and  I  would  ask  you  whether 
it  may  not  be  worth  while  carefully  to  consider,  before  the  next 
congress  meets  at  The  Hague,  the  various  forms  in  which  differ- 
ences might  be  submitted,  with  a  view  to  opening  the  door  as  wide 
as  possible  to  every  means  which  might  in  any  degree  contribute  to 
moderate  or  compose  such  differences.^ 

In  the  course  of  Mr.  Bryan's  remarks  in  behalf  of  investigation  as 
an  alternative  to  arbitration  and  as  an  amendment  to  the  proposed 
treaty  of  arbitration  drafted  by  the  Union  and  adopted  at  this  session 
he  said,  in  justification  of  his  own  proposal  and  after  quoting  the 
above  passage  from  the  Premier's  speech : 

This  amendment  is  in  harmony  with  this  suggestion.  The 
resolution  is  in  the  form  of  a  postscript  to  the  Treaty,  but  like  the 
postscripts  of  some  letters,  it  contains  a  very  vital  subject — in  fact, 

1  Interparliamentary    Union.      Official  Report   of   the  Fourteenth   Conference, 
p.  103. 


INTRODUCTION  XXXI 

I  am  not  sure  but  the  postscript  in  this  case  is  as  important  as  the 
letter  itself,  for  it  deals  with  those  questions  which  have  defied 
arbitration.  Certain  questions  affecting  the  honor  or  integrity  of 
a  nation  are  considered  outside  the  jurisdiction  of  a  court  of  ar- 
bitration, and  these  are  the  questions  which  have  given  trouble. 
Passion  is  not  often  aroused  by  questions  that  do  not  aft'ect  a 
nation's  integrity  or  honor,  but  for  fear  these  questions  may  arise, 
arbitration  is  not  always  employed  where  it  might  be.  The  first 
advantage,  then,  of  this  resolution  is  that  it  secures  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  facts  and  if  you  can  but  separate  the  facts  from  the 
question  of  honor,  the  chances  are  100  to  1  that  you  can  settle 
both  the  fact  and  the  question  of  honor  without  war.  There  is, 
therefore,  a  great  advantage  in  an  investigation  that  brings  out  the 
facts,  for  disputed  facts  between  nations,  as  between  friends,  are 
the  cause  of  most  disagreements. 

The  second  advantage  of  this  investigation  is  that  it  gives  time 
for  calm  consideration.  That  has  already  been  well  presented  by 
the  gentleman  who  has  preceded  me,  Baron  von  Plener.  I  need  not 
say  to  you  that  man  excited  is  a  very  different  animal  from  a  [sic] 
man  calm,  and  that  questions  ought  to  be  settled,  not  by  passion,  but 
by  deliberation.  If  this  resolution  would  do  nothing  else  but  give 
time  for  reflection  and  deliberation,  there  would  be  sufficient  reason 
for  its  adoption.  If  we  can  but  stay  the  hand  of  war  until  con- 
science can  assert  itself,  war  will  be  made  more  remote.  When 
men  are  mad  they  swagger  around  and  tell  what  they  can  do ;  when 
they  are  calm  they  consider  what  they  ought  to  do. 

The  third  advantage  of  this  investigation  is  that  it  gives  oppor- 
tunity to  mobilize  public  opinion  for  the  compelling  of  a  peaceful 
settlement,  and  that  is  an  advantage  not  to  be  overlooked.  Public 
opinion  is  coming  to  be  more  and  more  a  power  in  the  world.  One 
of  the  greatest  statesmen  my  country  has  produced — Thomas 
Jefferson,  and,  if  it  would  not  ofifend,  I  would  say  I  believe  him 
to  be  the  greatest  statesman  the  world  has  produced — said  that 
if  he  had  to  choose  between  a  government  without  newspapers 
and  newspapers  without  a  government,  he  would  rather  risk  the 
newspapers  without  a  government.  You  may  call  it  an  extravagant 
statement,  and  yet  it  presents  an  idea,  and  that  idea  is  that  public 
opinion  is  a  controlling  force.  I  am  glad  that  the  time  is  coming 
when  public  opinion  is  to  be  more  and  more  powerful ;  glad  that 
the  time  is  coming  when  the  moral  sentiment  of  one  nation  will 
influence  the  action  of  other  nations;  ghid  that  the  time  is  coming 
when  the  world  will  realize  that  a  war  between  two  nations  affects 
others  than  the  two  nations  involved;  glad  that  the  time  is  coming 
when  the  world  will  insist  that  nations  settle  their  differences  by 
some  peaceful  means.  If  time  is  given  for  marslialhng  the  force 
of  public  opinion,  peace  will  be  promoted.     This  resolution  is  pre- 


XXXll  INTRODUCTION 

sented,  therefore,  for  the  reasons  that  it  gives  an  opportunity  to 
investigate  the  facts  and  to  separate  them  from  the  question  of 
honor ;  that  it  gives  time  for  the  calming  of  passion ;  and  that  it 
gives  a  time  for  the  formation  of  a  controUing  pubhc  sentiment.^ 

A  proposition  relating  to  mediation  was  also  before  the  conference 
and  the  committee  reported  in  favor  of  combining  the  two  as  alternative 
propositions  and  in  this  form  the  resolution  went  through  without 
opposition.     The  text  of  this  resolution  as  amended  was  thus  worded: 

If  a  difference  should  arise  between  the  contracting  parties 
which,  by  the  terms  of  the  Convention,  should  not  be  submitted 
to  arbitration,  the  parties  shall  not  have  recourse  to  any  measure 
of  hostility  of  whatever  nature  before  having  jointly  or  separately 
demanded,  according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  either  the 
constitution  of  an  international  commission  of  inquiry  or  the 
mediation  of  one  or  more  friendly  Powers.  This  requisition  shall 
be  made,  in  case  of  need,  comformably  to  Article  VIII  of  the 
Hague  Convention  for  the  peaceful  settlement  of  international 
conflicts.^ 

From  that  time  on,  Mr.  Bryan  presented  his  plan  wherever  and 
whenever  opportunity  offered,  and  it  was  afterward  endorsed  at  an  in- 
ternational peace  gathering  in  New  York  and  in  1910  at  a  public  meet- 
ing in  Edinburgh, 

Later,  when  President  Taft  was  negotiating  treaties  of  arbitration 
with  Great  Britain  and  France,  Mr.  Bryan  called  at  the  White  House 
and  laid  before  the  President  and  Secretary  of  State  Knox  his  peace 
plan,  a  part  of  which,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  was  incorporated  in  the  treaties. 
Mr.  Bryan  further  adds,  in  this  connection,  that  the  President  very 
generously  gave  him  credit  for  his  suggestion  in  a  public  address 
which  he  made  shortly  afterwards  in  Nebraska. 

The  Senate,  it  is  well  known,  objected  to  these  treaties,  but  on 
grounds  immaterial  to  the  present  purpose,  and  they  failed  of  ratifi- 
cation in  the  form  in  which  they  were  submitted. 

When,  after  the  election  of  1912,  Mr.  Bryan  was  summoned  to 
Trenton  by  Mr.  Wilson,  who  tendered  him  the  Secretaryship  of  State, 
the  prospective  Secretary  of  State  laid  the  plan  before  the  President- 
Elect  and  told  him  that  with  his  support  the  project  would,  he  be- 
lieved, be  accepted  by  the  world.  The  President,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  very 
heartily  approved  the  proposal. 


1  Interparliamentary  Union,  ibid.,  p.  125. 

2  Ibid.,  p.  123. 


INTRODUCTION  XXxiii 

Shortly  after  Mr.  Wilson's  inauguration,  Secretary  Bryan  submitted 
to  the  President  a  written  outline  of  the  plan,  and  the  President,  after 
conferring  with  the  Cabinet  on  the  subject,  authorized  its  presentation 
to  the  diplomatic  agents  of  foreign  nations  represented  at  Washington, 
and  ]\Ir.  Bryan,  to  remove  possible  misunderstanding  with  the  other 
branch  of  the  treaty  making  power,  wisely  took  the  precaution  to  con- 
fer with  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  before  presenting 
it  to  the  diplomats.  On  the  24th  of  April,  1913,  the  Ambassadors  and 
Ministers  residing  at  the  national  Capital  met  by  invitation  in  the  re- 
ception room  of  the  State  Department,  and  Mr.  Bryan  presented  to  each 
diplomat  present  a  written  outline  of  the  plan,  after  accompanying  it 
with  explanations.    The  plan,  as  thus  presented,  provides: 

First,  for  the  investigation  of  all  disputes. 

Secondly,  for  a  permanent  international  commission.  All  of  the 
treaties  authorize  the  commission  to  act  upon  the  request  of  either  party 
and  in  a  number  of  treaties  the  commission  is  empowered  to  act  upon 
its  own  initiative,  a  provision  which  Mr.  Bryan  says  he  tried  to  in- 
corporate in  all  of  the  treaties,  but  was  unable  to  do  so  in  every  case. 
The  reason  for  this  desire  and  effort  on  his  part  Mr.  Bryan  illustrated 
by  the  following  "Story"  which  he  recounted  to  the  diplomats,  to 
their  amusement  no  doubt  and  perhaps  to  their  edification :  "A  man 
was  complaining  to  a  friend  that  he  found  it  impossible  to  drink  moder- 
ately, because  of  the  numerous  invitations  which  he  received  from 
others.  The  friend,  to  whom  the  complaint  was  made,  suggested  to 
him  that  the  difficulty  might  be  remedied  by  calling  for  'sarsaparilla' 
whenever  he  found  that  he  had  all  the  whiskey  he  wanted."  "But," 
said  the  complainant,  "that  is  the  trouble ;  when  I  get  all  the  whiskey 
I  want  I  can  not  say  sarsaparilla."  Upon  this  anecdote,  given  in  his 
own  words,  Mr.  Bryan  thus  comments.  "The  application  is  easily 
made.  At  the  time  when  investigation  is  most  needed  the  parties  to 
the  dispute  may  be  restrained  from  asking  for  investigation  by  the  fear 
that  such  a  request  might  be  construed  as  cowardice.  It  is  difficult  for 
a  nation  to  say  "investigate"  when  it  is  angry.  At  such  a  time,  there- 
fore, the  commission  should  be  authorized  to  tender  its  services,  and 
thus  relieve  both  parties  of  embarrassment." 

Thirdly,  for  the  sake  of  impartiality,  that  the  commission  be  made  up 
of  one  subject  or  citizen  from  each  nation  to  be  chosen  by  tlwt  nation, 
and  one  subject  or  citizen  to  be  chosen  by  each  nation  from  a  foreign 


XXXIV  INTRODUCTION 

nation,  and  a  fifth  to  be  selected  by  agreement  of  the  two  contracting 
nations. 

Fourthly,  for  a  year's  time  for  investigation  and  report,  during  which 
the  parties  are  not  to  declare  war,  or  resort  to  hostilities. 

Fifthly,  for  the  reservation  by  each  of  the  nations  of  the  right  to 
decide  for  itself,  at  the  conclusion  of  investigation,  what  action  it  will 
take. 

The  resemblance  between  this  plan  and  the  plan  intended  for  labor 
troubles  is,  as  Mr.  Bryan  says,  very  apparent.  The  two  most  important 
features  are  identical ;  the  investigation  of  all  disputes  and  the  reserva- 
tion of  the  right  to  act  independently — the  second,  in  Mr.  Bryan's 
opinion,  being  necessary  to  the  acceptance  of  the  first. 

The  great  trouble  with  treaties  of  arbitration  has  been  and  is  that 
they  leave  exceptions — questions  of  honor,  questions  of  independence, 
vital  interest,  and  interests  of  the  third  parties.  It  is,  however,  impos- 
sible, as  Mr.  Bryan  himself  admits,  to  eliminate  these  exceptions,  in  the 
present  state  of  public  opinion,  and  his  plan  is  intended  to  close  the 
gap,  as  it  were,  and  to  leave  undiscussed  no  dispute  which  may  indeed 
become  the  cause  of  war  but  which  should  not  result  in  war  during 
the  year  allowed  for  investigation  and  report. 

It  is  also  obvious  that  the  plan  resembles  that  proposed  for  labor  dis- 
putes, inasmuch  as  the  commission  is  permanent  and  each  party  is 
allowed  to  select  from  among  its  citizens  a  member  of  the  commission. 

After  sufficient  time  had  elapsed  for  the  diplomatic  representatives 
to  communicate  with  their  respective  countries,  Mr.  Bryan  took  up 
with  each  country  the  negotiation  of  a  separate  treaty  along  the  line 
proposed.  No  attempt  was  made  to  enforce  the  use  of  any  particular 
phraseology.  On  the  contrary,  the  nations  were  assured  that  the  United 
States  stood  ready  to  consider  any  changes  in  detail  that  might  be 
suggested,  as  Mr.  Bryan's  desire  was  to  embody  in  conventional  form 
the  provisions  necessary  to  secure  the  submission  of  all  disputes  to  in- 
vestigation before  resort  to  force. 

The  first  treaty  was  signed  with  Salvador  on  the  7th  of  August,  1913, 
and  thereafter  treaties  with  Guatemala,  Panama,  Honduras,  and  Nica- 
ragua in  the  order  named.  These  treaties,  it  may  be  added,  contained  a 
provision  that  the  parties  should  not  change  their  military  or  naval  pro- 
grammes during  the  period  of  investigation,  but  this  clause,  objected 
to  by  the  European  nations,  was  struck  out  of  the  five  treaties  by  the 


INTRODUCTIOX  XXXV 

Senate  at  the  time  of  their  ratification,  so  that  the  treaties  are  as  a 
series  and  as  a  whole  practically  uniform. 

The  Netherlands  was  appropriately  the  first  of  the  European  nations 
to  sign  one  of  these  treaties  with  the  United  States. 

Only  one  nation,  Mr.  Bryan  says,  objected  to  any  vital  principle,  and 
that  nation  finally  yielded  its  objection  to  the  all-inclusive  character 
of  the  treaty. 

On  July  24,  1914,  Brazil,  Argentina  and  Chile  signed  simultaneously. 
On  September  15,  1914,  France,  Great  Britain,  Spain,  and  China  like- 
wise signed  simultaneously,  thus  in  one  day  bringing,  as  Mr.  Bryan  is 
accustomed  to  say,  something  like  nine  hundred  millions  of  people 
under  the  influence  of  these  treaties  which  their  negotiator  believes  will 
tend  to  make  war  a  remote  possibility  between  the  contracting  parties. 
These  four  treaties,  Mr.  Bryan  adds,  had  been  practically  agreed  upon 
for  some  time,  but  the  contracting  nations  waited  on  one  another,  wish- 
ing to  sign  at  the  same  time.  The  delay  in  this  instance  was  apparently 
due  to  the  desire  and  the  present  policy  of  Great  Britain  to  submit 
drafts  of  proposed  agreements  to  its  self-governing  dominions,  in 
whose  favor  the  treaty  contained  a  clause  permitting  the  withdrawal 
of  the  Imperial  and  the  substitution  of  a  Colonial  Commissioner  chosen 
by  the  colony  affected. 

The  treaty  with  Russia  was  signed  on  October  1.  1914.  Austria- 
Hungary,  Belgium  and  Germany  endorsed  the  plan,  Mr.  Bryan  assures 
us,  but  they  did  not  enter  into  treaties  embodying  it,  although,  to  qviote 
Mr.  Bryan's  exact  language  on  this  point,  "the  same  earnest  effort  was 
put  forth  to  negotiate  treaties  with  them  which  was  employed  in  secur- 
ing treaties  with  the  other  nations,  and  the  plan  was  offered  to  all 
nations  alike  without  regard  to  population,  extent  of  territory,  or  rela- 
tive influence." 

From  an  examination  of  the  list  it  will  be  noticed,  as  Mr.  Bryan 
stated  to  the  undersigned :  "that  nearly  all  of  the  nations  of  large  in- 
fluence are  included  and  the  nations  which  have  not  endorsed  the  prin- 
ciple have,  as  a  rule,  been  restrained  by  circumstances  whicii  readily 
explain  their  failure  to  give  endorsement.  For  instance,  Mexico  has 
not  until  very  recently  had  a  government  recognized  by  the  United 
States.  Between  us  and  Japan  there  is  an  unsettled  dispute  relating 
to  the  California  alien  laws,  and  Colombia,  the  only  country  in  South 
America  which  has  not  signed  the  treaty,  failed  to  do  so  because 
another  treaty  awaited  ratification  by  the  United  States." 


XXXVl  INTRODUCTION 

The  principal  arguments  in  favor  of  Mr.  Bryan's  plan,  are,  to  quote 
his  exact  language  instead  of  paraphrasing  it: 

First,  that  it  gives  time  for  passion  to  subside  and  for  reason  to 
resume  her  sway — a  time  for  cooling  off.  European  diplomats 
have  asserted  that  a  week's  time  for  consideration  would  have 
prevented  the  present  war.     Our  plan  gives  fifty-two  weeks. 

Second,  it  gives  time  for  separation  of  questions  of  honor  from 
questions  of  fact,  inasmuch  as  the  line  between  these  two  kinds 
of  questions  is  apt  to  be  obscured  in  times  of  excitement. 

Third,  it  gives  time  for  the  peace  forces  of  the  world  to  operate. 

While  the  treaties  do  not  make  war  impossible  they  make  it  a 
remote  possibility.  Nations  are  not  apt  to  go  to  war  after  a  year's 
time  spent  in  investigation  of  the  facts  by  an  international  tribunal. 

The  nations  have  had  machinery  for  war — they  could  go  to  war 
in  a  week — but  strange  to  say,  they  had  no  machinery  for  the  ad- 
justment of  disputes  which  defied  diplomatic  settlement.  They 
were  compelled  to  rely  upon  good  offices  or  mediation  with  noth- 
ing to  prevent  acts  of  hostilities  before  either  could  be  offered. 
The  peace  treaty  plan  furnishes  the  miachinery,  and  it  can  be  in- 
voked as  soon  as  diplomacy  fails.  The  time  may  come  when  all 
questions,  without  exception,  will  be  submitted  to  arbitration ;  until 
that  time,  the  treaty  providing  for  investigation  in  all  cases  is  the 
best  insurance  we  have  against  war.^ 


Taking  Mr.  Bryan's  account  of  the  nature,  purpose  and  scope  of  the 
treaties,  officially  called,  "Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,"  as 
accurate,  as  indeed  Mr.  Bryan  must  be  regarded  as  the  primary  source 
of  authority  in  such  matters,  we  are  now  prepared  to  consider  the  texts 
of  the  treaties  which  he  negotiated  to  give  effect  to  his  views.  They 
are  thirty  in  number.  The  first  five  were  quite  naturally  concluded  with 
American  countries,  of  which  Salvador  was  the  first  to  sign,  and  these 
countries  were  willing  to  go  farther  than  the  European  countries  in 
which  a  step  in  advance  is  the  subject  of  much  discussion  and  is  only 
taken  with  extreme  caution.  The  first  European  treaty  was,  as  pre- 
viously stated,  appropriately  concluded  with  the  Netherlands,  which 
country  has  been  for  some  years  the  very  pivot  and  center  of  an  en- 
lightened and  reasonable  peace  movement,  and  since  the  meeting  of  the 
two  Conferences  at  The  Hague  and  the  location  in  that  city  of  the 
Peace  Palace,  due  to  the  munificence  of  an  American  citizen,   Mr. 


1  Letter  of  Mr.  Bryan  to  J.  B.  Scott,  September  30,  1917. 


INTRODUCTION 


XXXVll 


Andrew  Carnegie,  to  house  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  and  a 
library  for  its  use,  The  Hague  may  with  considerable  propriety  be 
called  the  very  center  and  capital  of  internationalism. 

Let  us  therefore  compare  the  treaties  with  Salvador  and  the  Nether- 
lands and  then  pass  to  a  consideration  of  the  other  treaties  which  Mr. 
Bryan  was  fortunate  enough  to  negotiate  with  the  remaining  American 
and  European  countries,  and  with  China  and  Persia. 

But  before  doing  so,  it  is  advisable  to  state  that  treaties  embodying 
Mr.  Bryan's  plan  were  concluded  with  the  following  countries,  ar- 
ranged according  to  the  dates  of  signature  which  are  given  in  each 
instance : 


Country 


Date  of  Signature 


Salvador    August    7 

Guatemala    September  20 

Panama    September  20 

Honduras    November    3 

Nicaragua    December  17 

Netherlands    December  18 

Bolivia    January  22 

Persia   February    4 

Portugal    February    4 

Costa  Rica February  13 

Switzerland    February  13 

Dominican   Republic    February  17 

Venezuela    March  21 

Denmark    April    17 

Italy    May    5 

Norway    June  24 

Peru    July  14 

Uruguay    July  20 

Brazil    July  24 

Argentine   Republic    luly  24 

Chile    July  24 

Paraguay    August  29 

China    September  15 

France    September  15 

Great  Britain    September  15 

Spain    September  1 5 

Russia    October    1 

Ecuador    October  1 3 

Greece    October  13 

Sweden    October  13 


1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
I'n4. 
1914. 
1914. 


XXXVlll 


INTRODUCTION 


Of  these  treaties,  thirty  in  number,  the  Senate  of  the  United  States 
has  advised  and  consented  to  the  ratification  of  the  following  twenty- 
eight,  arranged  in  the  order  of  such  approval : 


Conntrx 


Ratification  advised 
bv  the  Senate 


Argentine    Republic    August  13,  1914. 

Bolivia    August  13,  1914. 

Brazil    August  13,  1914. 

Costa  Rica    August  13,  1914. 

Guatemala    August  13,  1914. 

Honduras    August  13,  1914. 

Italy    August  13,  1914. 

Netherlands    August  13,  1914. 

Nicaragua    August  13,  1914. 

Norway   August  13,  1914. 

Persia    August  13,  1914. 

Portugal    August  13,  1914. 

Salvador    August  13,  1914. 

Switzerland    August  13,  1914. 

Uruguay    August  13,  1914. 

Venezuela    August  13,  1914. 

Chile    August  20,  1914. 

Peru  August  20,  1914. 

France    September  25,  1914. 

Great  Britain    September  25,  1914. 

Spain    September  25,  1914. 

Denmark    September  30,  1914. 

China    October  12,  1914. 

Russia    October  13,  1914. 

Ecuador    October  20,  1914. 

Greece    October  20,  1914. 

Paraguay    October  22,  1914. 

Sweden October  22,  1914. 


Of  these  twenty-eight,  ratifications  have  been  exchanged  with  the 
following  countries,  arranged  according  to  the  date  of  such  exchange : 


Cotmtry  Ratifications  Exchanged 

Guatemala    .' October  13,  1914. 

Norway    October  21,  1914. 

Portugal     October  24,  1914. 

Great  Britain    November  10,  1914. 

Costa   Rica    November  12,  1914. 


INTRODUCTION  XXxix 

Spain    December  21,  1914. 

Bolivia January  8,  1915. 

Sweden    January  11,  1915. 

Denmark    January  19,  1915. 

France    January  22,  1915. 

Uruguay    February  24,  1915. 

Peru    March    4,  1915. 

Paraguay    March    9,  1915. 

Italy    March  19,  1915. 

Russia    March  22,  1915. 

China    October  22,  1915. 

Chile    January  19,  1916. 

Ecuador    January  22,  1916. 

Honduras   July  27,  1916. 

Brazil    October  28,  1916. 

The  preamble  in  all  of  the  treaties  is  identical  and  states  the  con- 
tracting countries  as  "desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity  that 
bind  them  together  and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general  peace." 

In  the  first  article  of  the  treaty  with  Salvador  the  high  contracting 
Parties  "agree  that  all  disputes  between  them,  of  every  nature  what- 
soever, which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  adjust,  shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  an  international  commission,  to  be  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article."  That  is  to 
say,  all  disputes,  whether  involving  questions  of  fact,  law  or  policy, 
are  to  be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report,  provided  only  that 
diplomacy  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  them.  The  treaty  with  the 
Netherlands  is  more  cautious,  and  makes  it  clear  that  the  new  supple- 
ments but  does  not  supplant  an  older  treaty  providing  for  arbitration. 
Thus :  "The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  to  the  settlement  of  which  previous 
arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or  are 
not  applied  in  fact,  shall,  when  diplomatic  methods  of  adjustment  have 
failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and  report  to  a  permanent  inter- 
national commission,  to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
next  succeeding  article." 

This  limitation  is  just  and  proper  from  every  point  of  view. 

In  the  first  place,  an  obligation  to  arbitrate  is  not  satisfied  by  sub- 
mitting a  dispute  covered  by  such  a  treaty,  to  the  commission  which 
only  investigates  and  reports,  whereas  an  ari)itral  tribunal  decides  the 


Xl  INTRODUCTION 

questions  laid  before  it  and  binds  the  conscience  and  the  good  faith  of 
the  parties  to  comply  with  and  to  execute  the  award. 

In  the  second  place,  the  membership  of  the  arbitral  tribunal  may  well 
differ  from  that  of  the  commission,  inasmuch  as  different  qualifica- 
tions may  be  required  to  pass  upon  questions  of  law  and  to  apply  them 
to  the  facts  as  stated  or  found,  from  those  fitted  to  find  facts  or  take 
into  consideration  questions  of  honor,  or  vital  interest  which  inevitably 
involve  politics  and  international  policy  and  in  which  questions  of  law 
may  play  but  a  modest  or  subdued  role. 

In  the  third  and  final  place,  for  only  essential  dift'erences  are  to  be 
pointed  out,  the  Netherland  Government  wanted  to  have  it  distinctly 
appear  that,  as  far  as  it  was  concerned,  the  treaty  was  primarily  to 
bring  to  investigation  and  report  questions  ordinarily  reserved  from 
the  obligation  to  arbitrate  contained  in  the  general  treaties  of  arbitra- 
tion, although  if  the  agreement  to  arbitrate  under  the  general  treaty 
or  agreement  has  not  been  complied  with,  the  Bryan  treaty  may  then  be 
utilized  to  cause  the  particular  matter  to  be  submitted  to  the  commis- 
sion.   Such  action  is,  however,  to  be  the  exception,  not  the  rule. 

The  two  treaties  are,  however,  alike  in  the  final  and  vital  clause  of 
the  first  article,  for  the  text  of  both  is  so  similar  as  to  be  almost  iden- 
tical in  language  as  in  meaning.  Thus  the  treaty  with  Salvador  pro- 
vides, as  do  all  of  the  series,  that  the  high  contracting  Parties  "agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  investigation  and 
report." 

In  each  treaty  the  commission  of  inquiry  is  to  be  composed  of  five 
members,  one  to  be  chosen  by  each  from  its  citizens  or  subjects,  a 
second  from  a  third  country,  and  in  the  treaty  with  Salvador  "the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two  Govern- 
ments" ;  in  the  treaty  with  the  Netherlands  the  proviso  is  added  "that 
he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either  country."  Doubtless  in  practice  the 
umpire  would  be  a  foreigner  to  each,  but  it  was  well  to  state  it  in  order 
that  three  of  the  members,  that  is  the  majority,  must  be  indifferent  to 
the  dispute.  In  each  treaty  the  expenses  of  the  commission  are  to  be 
paid  in  equal  proportions ;  in  the  treaty  with  Salvador  the  commission 
is  to  be  appointed  within  four,  in  that  with  the  Netherlands,  within 
six  months  after  exchange  of  ratifications  and  vacancies  are  to  be  filled 
in  each  as  in  the  case  of  original  appointments. 

The  third  article  of  both  is  very  similar,  but  not  identical,  as  Mr. 
Bryan  did  not  attempt  to  secure  absolute  uniformity  of  detail,  wisely 


INTRODUCTION  xli 

leaving  something  to  the  other  side  to  suggest  and  to  the  United  States 
to  accept.  By  the  first  paragraph  of  each  treaty  the  dispute  is  to  be 
submitted  to  the  commission  immediately  upon  the  collapse  of  diplo- 
macy. In  the  Salvadorian  treaty  the  commission  may  "act  upon  its  owr 
initiative,"  notifying  and  requesting  the  cooperation  of  the  Govern- 
ments; whereas  in  the  Netherland  draft  the  commission  may  "spon- 
taneously" offer  its  services.  The  meaning  seems,  however,  to  be 
identical  in  each  case,  as  where  special  formalities  are  to  be  required, 
they  are  stated  in  the  treaties. 

In  the  second  sentence  of  the  third  article  the  treaty  with  Salvador 
presumes  that  the  request  of  cooperation  is  tantamount  to  an  obligation 
to  cooperate.  This  is  not,  however,  left  to  conjecture  by  the  Nether- 
lands, as  by  the  third  paragraph  of  the  article,  the  high  contracting 
Parties  "agree  to  furnish"  the  commission  "with  all  the  means  and 
facilities  required  for  its  investigation  and  report."  In  the  next  para- 
graph of  the  article  the  commission  has  a  year  in  which  to  investigate 
and  to  report  upon  the  dispute,  which,  in  the  case  of  Salvador,  may  be 
extended,  and  in  the  case  of  the  Netherlands  limited  or  extended  by 
mutual  agreement.  In  each  the  report  is  to  be  in  triplicate,  one  copy 
for  each  of  the  parties  and  the  third  for  the  files  of  the  commission. 

The  concluding  paragraph  is  identical  and  as  it  is  of  the  essence  of 
Mr.  Bryan's  plan  it  is  found  in  all  of  the  treaties  in  similar  if  not  in 
identical  language.  According  to  the  text  of  the  Salvadorian  and 
Netherland  treaty  it  reads:  "The  high  contracting  Parties  retain  the 
right  to  act  independently  on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after 
the  report  of  the  commission  shall  have  been  submitted." 

Thus  far  there  have  only  been  slight  dififerences  in  the  two  texts 
making  for  clearness  in  thought  and  expression,  and  precision  in  the 
nature  and  extent  of  the  obligation  assumed.  There  was,  however,  an 
important  difference  between  the  treaties  with  Salvador.  Guatemala. 
Panama,  Plonduras,  Nicaragua  and  Persia  on  the  one  hand,  and  all  the 
others,  including,  of  course,  the  Netherlands,  which  latter  country  was 
the  first  to  strike  out  the  fourth  article  of  the  five  American  treaties  in 
which  it  was  followed  by  all  other  countries  with  the  exception  of 
Persia. 

This  article  is  thus  worded: 

Pending  the  investigation  and  report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  high  contracting  parties  agree  not  to  increase  their 


xlii  INTRODUCTION 

military  or  naval  programs,  unless  danger  from  a  third  power  shall 
compel  such  increase,  in  which  case  the  party  feeling  itself  menaced 
shall  confidentially  communicate  the  fact  in  writing  to  the  other 
contracting  party,  whereupon  the  latter  shall  also  be  released  from 
its  obligation  to  maintain  its  military  and  naval  status  quo. 

The  Senate  in  advising  and  consenting  to  the  ratification  of  the 
treaties  eliminated  this  article,  thus  removing  this  difference  between 
them,  reducing  any  variation  in  the  various  treaties  to  one  of  method 
rather  than  of  obligation. 

In  taking  this  action  the  Senate  was  well  advised  as  the  provisions  of 
the  article  were  complicated,  difficult  to  supervise  or  control,  and  sought 
to  lay  a  burden  upon  the  contracting  Parties  which  they  would  find  irk- 
some to  observe  and  which  in  addition  was  really  out  of  place,  as  the  re- 
lations of  a  contracting  party  with  a  third  State  was  no  concern  of  the 
contracting  country. 

The  final  and  formal  article  regarding  ratification  provides  in  each 
of  the  two  treaties  under  consideration  that  each  is  concluded  for  a 
period  of  five  years  and  remains  in  effect  thereafter  until  twelve  months 
after  notice  given  by  either  of  an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

Each  article  of  the  earliest  American  and  of  the  European  or  later 
model  has  been  passed  in  review  in  order  to  show  how  alike  they  are  in 
all  their  essential  parts,  and  a  careful  examination  and  comparison  of 
all  the  treaties  will  disclose  the  fact  that  they  differ  from  one  another 
and  from  these  two  in  what  may  be  considered  minor  details,  due  to  a 
desire  for  different  provisions  in  some  instances,  to  a  preference  for  a 
more  precise  formulation  of  their  terms  and  to  a  greater  precision  of 
expression. 

The  sense  in  which  the  various  treaties  ratified  and  proclaimed  was 
understood  by  Mr.  Bryan  and  the  Senate  can  be  seen  from  Secretary 
Bryan's  letter  of  August  1,  1914,  addressed  to  the  Honorable  William 
J.  Stone,  then  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  of  the 
United  States  Senate,  and  in  an  editorial  comment  written  by  the  under- 
signed on  the  treaties  in  the  American  Journal  of  International  Law 
for  July,  1914,  which  Mr.  Bryan  sent  to  each  member  of  the  Senate  at 
the  time  of  and  for  the  purpose  of  their  ratification.  The  differences  in 
each  case  arranged  under  appropriate  headings  are  admirably  stated, 
and  classified  in  an  editorial  comment  in  the  American  Journal  of  Inter- 
national Lazu  for  October,  1916,  written  by  George  A.  Finch,  secre- 
tarv  of  the  Board  of  Editors  of  the  Journal. 


INTRODUCTION  xliil 

To  avoid  conscious  repetition  and  an  unconscious  reproduction  of 
their  terms  in  language  paraphrased  when  not  directly  quoted,  these 
three  documents  are  for  the  convenience  of  the  reader  appended  to  the 
present  introduction. 

The  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace  leave  diplomacy  to 
achieve  its  hundred  silent  victories  to  one  announced  defeat.  Good 
offices  and  mediation  may  be  offered  and  accepted.  Friendly  com- 
position may  be  invoked  and  arbitration  employed  without  interposition 
of  the  commission  of  inquiry.  If  diplomacy  fails  and  no  other  means 
are  resorted  to,  or  if  the  dispute  involves  honor  or  vital  interests,  fall- 
ing beyond  the  scope  of  any  agreement,  Mr.  Bryan's  permanent  com- 
mission, composed  of  three  indifferent  persons  and  a  member  from  each 
disputant,  stands  ready  to  accept  jurisdiction  at  the  behest  of  the 
parties,  or  of  one  of  them,  or  to  offer  their  services  in  order  to  inves- 
tigate the  case,  and  to  report  its  findings  to  the  Governments  in  con- 
troversy. 

Imitation,  they  say,  is  the  sincerest  flattery,  and  it  is  a  very  striking 
tribute  to  the  excellence  of  Mr.  Bryan's  treaties  that  the  great  and 
progressive  States  of  Argentina,  Brazil,  and  Chile  have  not  only  nego- 
tiated treaties  for  the  advancement  of  peace  with  the  United  States, 
but  have  also  negotiated  a  treaty  of  the  same  kind  between  and  among 
themselves.^ 

This  treaty,  signed  in  the  city  of  Buenos  Aires  on  the  25th  day  of 
May,  1915,  shows  that  in  their  opinion  an  agreement  of  this  kind  need 
not  be  confined  to  two  countries,  and  it  is  therefore  the  first  step,  appro- 
priately taken  in  the  new  world,  towards  the  creation  of  an  interna- 
tional commission  of  inquiry  to  which  many  nations,  if  not  all,  may  be 
parties.  What  two  can  do,  three  have  done ;  and  what  three  can  do, 
all  may.  It  is  no  doubt  easier  for  a  small  number  of  nations  to  con- 
clude a  treaty  of  this  kind,  inasmuch  as  each  may  have  a  permanent 
member  without  unduly  enlarging  the  commission.  In  the  present 
case,  each  of  the  contracting  nations  limited  itself  to  a  member,  and  the 
commission  of  three  members  was  to  meet  and  to  function  in  case  of 
need  in  the  conveniently  located  city  of  Montevideo,  in  the  Republic 
of  Uruguay. 


*  Appendix,  post,  p.   147. 


xliv 


INTRODUCTION 


For  a  treaty  to  which  many  nations  would  be  parties,  it  would  only 
be  necessary  to  agree  upon  a  number  of  members  possessing  the  con- 
fidence of  the  contracting  countries,  and  to  allow  each  of  the  nations  in 
dispute  to  add  one  of  its  citizens  or  subjects  to  the  permanent  mem- 
bership thus  composed,  which  may  be  considered  the  nucleus  of  the 
commission. 

Because  of  the  interest  and  importance  of  this  treaty,  four  of  its 
articles  are  quoted.    The  first,  dealing  with  jurisdiction  is  thus  worded: 

Controversies  which  may  arise  among  the  three  Contracting 
Parties,  or  between  two  of  them,  on  any  subject  whatever  orig- 
inating in  the  future  and  which  can  not  be  adjusted  by  diplomacy, 
or  submitted  to  arbitration  in  conformity  with  existing  or  future 
treaties,  shall  be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  a  Per- 
manent Commission  organized  in  the  manner  established  by  Article 
3.  The  High  Contracting  Parties  engage  not  to  commit  hostile 
acts  before  the  report  of  the  Commission  established  by  the  present 
treaty,  or  until  the  expiration  of  the  period  of  one  year  mentioned 
in  Article  5. 

The  third  article  provides  that  the  commission  shall  be  organized 
as  follows: 

In  order  to  constitute  the  permanent  commission  referred  to  in 
Article  1,  each  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  appoint  a 
delegate  within  three  months  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  treaty.  Each  Government  may  revoke  the  appoint- 
ment of  its  own  delegate  at  any  time  before  the  beginning  of  the 
investigation,  but  shall,  however,  designate  the  successor  in  the 
same  act  of  revocation.  Vacancy  due  to  other  causes  shall  be 
filled  by  the  respective  Government,  and  the  provisions  of  the 
present  treaty  shall  not  be  suspended  thereby. 

To  the  commission  thus   formed,  the  fourth  article  requires  that : 

The  controversies  mentioned  in  Article  1  shall  be  submitted  for 
investigation  and  report  to  the  commission  immediately  after  the 
breakdown  of  the  diplomatic  negotiations  for  their  solution.  Each 
of  the  Governments  interested  in  the  controversy  can  convoke  the 
Commission.  In  order  that  the  convocation  may  produce  its  effect, 
it  is  sufficient  to  communicate  it  to  the  two  other  Governments. 

The  fifth  article  deals  with  the  procedure,  which  it  regulates  in  the 
following  manner: 

The  Permanent  Commission  shall  be  constituted  in  the  city  of 
Montevideo  within  three  months  of  its  convocation,  and  it  shall 


INTRODUCTION  xlv 

determine  the  rules  of  procedure  necessary  for  the  accomplishment 
of  its  mission.  If  for  any  reason  the  Commission  can  not  meet,  it 
shall,  at  the  expiration  of  the  three  months,  be  considered  as  con- 
stituted for  the  purposes  of  the  periods  established  in  the  present 
article.  The  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  submit  the  antece- 
dents and  the  information  necessary  for  the  investigation.  The 
Commission  must  present  its  report  before  the  expiration  of  a 
year  from  the  date  of  its  constitution.  If  it  can  not  complete  its 
investigation  nor  prepare  its  report  within  the  period  fixed,  it  may 
extend  the  period  for  six  months  or  longer,  with  the  consent  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,  to 
which  only  two  contracting  nations  are  parties,  the  report  is  advisory, 
leaving  it  to  the  nations  to  take  such  action  as  their  wisdom,  discre- 
tion, or  special  interests  may  suggest. 

But  Mr.  Bryan's  plan  and  method  of  composing  the  commission  is  as 
applicable  to  an  international  court  of  justice  as  to  an  international 
commission  of  inquiry.  In  enumerating  the  advantages  of  his  method 
of  constituting  the  Board  or  Commission,  Mr.  Bryan  says  that  in 
order  to  assure  fairness  two  members  should  be  added  in  every  inves- 
tigation, one  of  whom  should  be  chosen  by  each  side;  and  that  the 
temporary  should  possess  equal  authority  with  the  permanent  members 
during  the  investigation  for  which  they  were  selected.  If  an  interna- 
tional court  were  to  be  formed  by  the  civilized  nations  professing  and 
practicing  international  law,  and  if  the  court  were  to  consist  of  an  odd 
number  of  judges, — not  less  than  nine,  nor  more  than  thirteen, — each 
litigating  nation  could,  if  not  represented  on  the  bench,  appoint  "in 
order  to  assure  fairness,"  one  of  its  subjects  or  citizens,  to  sit  with 
the  permanent  judges  during  the  trial  and  disposition  of  the  case.  The 
judgment  would,  under  given  conditions,  be  reached  by  permanent  and 
indifferent  members  who  would  nevertheless  enjoy  the  advantage  of 
the  presence  of  alert  and  vigilant  representatives  of  the  litigating 
nations.  The  judges  would  also  benefit  by  the  knowledge  which  the 
temporary  members  possessed,  of  the  laws  and  constitutions  of  the 
countries  in  controversy,  without  danger  that  the  decision  would  in  any 
way  depend  upon  these  frankly  interested  parties. 

A  court  constituted  in  this  manner  would  be  as  ready  as  the  commis- 
sion to  assume  jurisdiction  and  if  either  party  could  thus  lay  its  case 
before  the  court  as  it  may  before  the  commission,  a  judgment  would 


xlvi  INTRODUCTION 

be  reached  by  judicial  means  ascertaining  the  rights  and  duties  of  the 
contending  parties. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  commission,  it  is  not  necessary  to  enforce  the 
decision  as  execution  of  an  arbitral  award  depends  upon  the  good  faith 
of  the  parties,  and  good  faith  has  hitherto  been  found  sufficient.  If  we 
would  frankly  admit  that  the  duty  of  the  judge  is  to  decide  and  not  to 
execute,  we  could  by  this  simple  device  secure  a  judicial  decision  of 
every  justiciable  dispute  when  and  as  it  arises,  upon  the  initiative  of  the 
party  in  interest,  and  leave  public  opinion  to  do  the  rest. 

By  this  method  a  special  agreement  for  each  case  would  not  need  to 
be  negotiated  and  any  nation  could  as  plaintiff  carry  its  difference  to 
the  court  and  set  it  in  motion.  If  each  party  were  left  free  to  accept 
and  to  comply  with  the  holding,  according  to  its  standard  of  honor  and 
conception  of  its  duty  in  the  premises,  there  could  be  no  greater  ob- 
jection to  a  treaty  creating  a  permanent  international  court  of  justice 
instead  of  or  in  addition  to  a  permanent  international  commission  of 
inquiry,  and,  as  far  as  the  United  States  is  concerned,  there  would  be 
thirty  precedents  for  signing,  twenty-nine  precedents  for  ratifying, 
and  twenty  precedents  for  proclaiming  such  an  agreement. 

We  are  so  accustomed  to  associate  execution  with  judgment  that  we 
find  it  hard,  if  not  impossible,  to  separate  the  two  and  think  of  one 
without  the  other.  Yet  it  is  a  fact  that  the  two  grew  up  separately,  that 
the  judgment  antedated  the  execution  and  that  it  is  only  in  fully  de- 
veloped systems  of  jurisprudence  that  the  two  are  combined.  They  are 
concomitants  in  suits  between  private  suitors,  they  are  not  inseparable 
companions  in  litigation  to  which  nations  are  parties.  It  is  therefore 
well  to  let  experience  decide  whether  execution  is  necessary,  and  to 
suggest  the  terms  of  an  agreement  on  this  subject,  if  one  should  prove 
to  be  advisable  and  practicable. 

The  absence  of  the  sheriff  does  not  prevent  the  negotiation  of  treaties 
of  arbitration,  the  absence  of  the  marshal  should  not  delay  the  negotia- 
tion of  a  treaty  for  judicial  settlement.  The  experience  had  with  the  one 
suggests  the  feasibility  of  the  other,  and  a  permanent  nucleus  of  judges, 
chosen  by  the  nations,  to  pass  upon  their  justiciable  disputes,  would  as- 
sure a  judgment  by  disinterested  parties,  in  accordance  with  a  treaty 
creating  the  obligation  for  all  of  the  high  contracting  parties  to  submit 
their  controversies  to  the  same  body  and  number  of  indifferent  judges, 
preserving  to  each  equality  of  representation  upon  the  bench  during  the 
trial  and  disposition  of  the  case. 


INTRODUCTION  xlvii 

This  equality  would  not  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  a  member  of 
the  court  happened  to  belong  to  one  of  the  litigating  nations,  inasmuch 
as  the  other  litigant  could  exercise  its  right  of  appointment  for  the  case 
and  have  its  views  presented  by  a  judge  of  its  own  choice,  who  would, 
it  is  to  be  presumed,  be  equally  well  informed  and  vigilant  as  the 
judge  of  the  other  litigant. 

By  this  method  we  would  thus  have  one  obligation  for  all,  and  an 
equality  of  representation  for  each  at  the  very  moment  when  it  is  de- 
sired and  supposed  to  be  of  prime  importance. 

Possessed  of  the  experience  which  would  necessarily  result  from 
such  an  institution,  the  nations  could  then  in  the  light  of  this  experience 
and  of  its  lessons  establish  a  more  perfect  tribunal,  just  as  the  framers 
of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  created  a  more  perfect  Union 
because  of  the  experience  and  the  lessons  of  the  Confederation. 

To  the  modern  man  with  the  medieval  mind,  these  treaties  will  seem 
but  sorry  stuff,  for  they  decide  nothing,  leaving  the  nations  free  to 
adopt  or  to  reject  the  report  of  the  commitee  of  inquiry.  To  others 
they  will  seem  unheroic,  as  physical  force  is  neither  invoked  to  compel 
the  contracting  parties  to  submit  the  dispute  to  the  commission  nor  to 
enforce  its  findings. 

To  those  who  believe  in  good  faith  and  that  it  can  only  be  educated, 
not  coerced  into  action  in  conformity  with  the  given  word,  as  well  as  to 
those  who  regard  public  opinion  as  the  universal  and  supreme  sanction 
before  which  in  the  long  run  crowns  are  humbled  and  against  which 
the  mailed  fist  strikes  in  vain,  these  harmless  agreements,  for  they  can 
neither  injure  man  nor  nation,  will  be  a  comfort  and  a  hope:  a  comfort 
that  the  persuasion  of  public  opinion  is  relied  upon  instead  of  physical 
coercion,  and  a  hope  that  other  advocates  of  justice  between  nations 
will  regard  these  treaties  as  precedents  for  further  progress. 

Any  dispute  that  can  be  talked  about  can  be  settled ;  any  dispute  that 
is  talked  about  must  and  will  be  settled  in  accordance  with  the  dictates 
of  an  insistent  and  enlightened  public  opinion. 

James  Brown  Scott. 

Washington,  D.  C,  July  p.  iqt8. 


Letter  of  Secretary  of  State  Bryan  to  the  Honorable  W.  J.  Stone, 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  of  the  United 
States  Senate,  August  1,  1914^ 

August  J,  19 1 4. 
My  dear  Senator: 

In  compliance  with  your  request,  I  am  sending  you  a  comparison  of 
the  twenty  treaties  showing  wherein  they  are  identical  and  wherein 
they  differ.  The  treaty  with  Salvador,  signed  August  7,  1913,  is  the 
first  of  this  series,  and  the  text  of  this  treaty  will  be  used  as  the  basis 
for  comparison. 

The  first  clause  of  Article  1  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to 
adjust,  shall  be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  an  Inter- 
national Commission,  to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  article ; 

This  clause  in  the  treaties  with  Guatemala,  Panama,  Honduras, 
Nicaragua  and  Persia  is  identical  with  Article  1  of  the  Salvador  treaty, 
and  in  the  treaties  with  Denmark,  the  United  States  of  Venezuela,  Nor- 
way, the  Argentine  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  is  substantially 
the  same,  the  difference  being  merely  in  the  use  of  other  words  of  the 
same  meaning. 

The  first  clause  of  Article  1  of  the  Netherland  treaty  reads : 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  to  the  settlement  of  which 
previous  arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  International  Commission,  to  be  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article ; 

and  this  language  is  followed  substantially  in  the  treaties  with  Bolivia, 
the  Portuguese  Republic,  Switzerland,  Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican 
Republic  (see  first  sentence  in  Article  III),  Italy,  Uruguay,  and  Brazil 
— the  treaty  with  the  United  States  of  Brazil  limits  questions  of  an 


1  MS.  Department  of  State. 


INTRODUCTION  xlix 

international  character  and  this  Hmitation  is.  of  course,  understood  in 
the  others.  The  exception  in  regard  to  arbitration  to  be  found  in  the 
treaty  with  the  Netherlands  and  in  those  that  contain  similar  language 
is  also  understood.  These  treaties  are  intended  to  supplement  other 
treaties,  not  abrogate  them. 

The  last  clause  of  Article  I  of  the  Salvador  treaty  will  be  found  in 
all  the  treaties ;  where  there  is  any  change  in  the  wording,  the  change 
does  not  affect  the  meaning.  This  clause  embodies  one  of  the  essential 
principles  of  the  plan,  namely,  that  there  shall  be  no  declaration  of 
war  or  commencement  of  hostilities  until  the  investigation  is  concluded 
and  the  report  prepared.     The  treaty  Avith  the  Republic  of  Chile  adds : 

Nor  before  all  resources  stipulated  in  this  treaty  have  proved 
unsuccessful. 

The  first  paragraph  of  Article  II  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows :  One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from  some  third  country ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal  proportion. 

This  method  of  selection  is  followed  in  all  the  other  treaties,  but  in 
three  treaties,  namely,  those  with  Norway,  the  Argentine  Republic,  and 
the  Republic  of  Chile,  provision  is  made  for  the  selection  of  the  fifth 
member  in  case  the  two  countries  can  not  agree.  In  the  treaty  with  the 
Argentine  Republic  the  fifth  member,  in  case  of  disagreement  between 
the  two  countries,  is  to  be  chosen  by  the  president  of  the  Swiss  Con- 
federation. The  treaty  with  Norway  provides  that,  in  case  of  dis- 
agreement, the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  according  to  Article  87  of 
the  Hague  Convention  of  1907.  The  treaty  with  the  United  States 
of  Venezuela  provides  that  the  selection  of  the  fifth  member  may  be 
submitted  to  the  other  four. 

The  treaties  with  the  Netherlands,  Bolivia,  the  Portuguese  Republic, 
Denmark,  Switzerland.  Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Republic,  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela,  Italy,  Norway,  Uruguay,  and  the  Argentine  Re- 
public provide  that  the  fifth  member  of  the  Commission  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  cf)ntracting  nations,  and  the  treaties  with  the 
United  States  of  I'razil  and  the  Rc|)ublic  of  Chile  provide  that  the  fifth 


1  INTRODUCTION 

member  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  any  of  the  countries  represented  by 
the  other  four  commissioners.  The  treaties  with  the  United  States  of 
Brazil  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  that  the  fifth  member  shall 
preside. 

All  the  treaties  provide  that  the  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be 
borne  equally  by  the  two  countries. 

In  the  treaties  with  Bolivia,  Switzerland,  Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican 
Republic.  Italy,  and  Uruguay  it  is  provided  that  the  Commissioners  are 
to  receive  compensation  only  when  actually  employed.  While  this  is 
not  stated  in  the  other  treaties,  we  may  assume  that  the  same  is 
intended. 

All  the  treaties  provide  that  vacancies  are  to  be  filled  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  original  appointments  are  made. 

The  treaties  with  Bolivia,  Switzerland,  Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Re- 
public, Italy,  Uruguay,  the  United  States  of  Brazil,  the  Argentine 
Republic,  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  that  each  party,  before 
investigation  begins,  may  withdraw  any  Commissioner  appointed  by  it 
and  substitute  another  of  its  choice.  These  treaties  provide  that,  before 
investigation  begins,  either  party  may  withdraw  its  consent  to  the  fifth 
member,  in  which  case  the  parties  are  to  agree  upon  a  substitute.  The 
treaties  with  the  United  States  of  Brazil,  the  Argentine  Republic,  and 
the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  that  the  Swiss  Confederation  shall  select 
the  fifth  member  if,  before  investigation  begins,  one  of  the  two  parties 
withdraws  its  consent  to  the  fifth  member  and  the  two  countries  cannot 
agree  upon  his  successor. 

Nine  of  the  treaties  provide  that  the  Commission  shall  be  organized 
within  four  months  after  exchange  of  ratifications ;  seven  of  the  treaties 
fix  the  time  at  six  months  and  four  provide  that  it  shall  be  as  soon  as 
possible. 

The  treaty  with  Switzerland  provides  that  the  Commission  shall  make 
its  own  rules.  The  treaties  with  Denmark  and  Norway  provide  that  the 
Hague  Convention  (1907)  rules  shall  govern  the  Commission  unless 
other  rules  are  agreed  upon  by  the  parties. 

The  first  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  investigation  and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may,  however,  act  upon  its  own  initiative, 
and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request  their 
cooperation  in  the  investigation. 


INTRODUCTION  H 

This  provision  for  action  by  the  Commission  on  its  own  initiative,  as 
well  as  when  action  is  requested  by  the  parties,  is  contained  in  the 
treaties  with  Guatemala,  Panama,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  the  Nether- 
lands, Bolivia,  Persia,  the  Portuguese  Republic,  Denmark,  Switzerland, 
Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican  Republic,  the  United  States  of  Venezuela, 
Norway  and  Uruguay;  in  the  treaties  with  Bolivia  and  Uruguay  the 
action  taken  by  the  Commission  offering  its  services  must  be  taken  by 
unanimous  agreement. 

The  treaties  with  Italy,  the  United  States  of  Brazil,  the  Argentine 
Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  provide  for  the  invocation  of  the 
Commission  by  one  or  both  of  the  contracting  parties,  but  do  not  au- 
thorize the  Commission  to  take  the  initiative. 

The  treaty  with  the  United  States  of  Venezuela  provides  that  "The 
International  Commission  may,  however,  before  taking  diplomatic  steps 
or  in  the  course  thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initiative,  and  in  such  case 
it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation." 

That  sentence,  standing  alone,  might  indicate  an  intention  that  the 
Commission  should  offer  its  services  before  diplomatic  efforts  had 
failed,  but  when  taken  in  connection  with  the  preceding  sentence — 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  investigation  and  report — 

it  can  not  be  so  construed. 

In  the  treaties  with  the  Netherlands,  Bolivia,  the  Portuguese  Re- 
public, Switzerland,  Costa  Rica,  the  Dominican  Republic,  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela,  Norway,  Uruguay,  the  United  States  of  Brazil, 
the  Argentine  Republic,  and  the  Republic  of  Chile  the  parties  agree  to 
furnish  tlie  necessary  documents  and  assist  the  Commission.  In  the 
treaty  with  Italy  the  parties  agree  to  furnish  documents  and  afford  all 
facilities,  provided  they  do  not  conflict  with  the  laws  or  supreme  inter- 
ests of  the  State  or  damage  the  rights  or  interests  of  third  States. 

The  second  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  inves- 
tigation to  have  begun,  unless  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  trij)licate;  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  by  the  Commission  for  its  files. 


Hi  INTRODUCTION 

All  the  other  treaties  likewise  provide  for  a  year's  investigation,  the 
report  to  be  made  at  the  end  of  that  period,  unless  the  time  is  extended 
by  agreement.  The  treaty  with  the  Republic  of  Chile  allows  six 
months  more  for  renewed  negotiations  to  bring  about  a  settlement  in 
view  of  the  findings. 

The  third  paragraph  of  Article  III  of  the  treaty  with  Salvador  reads : 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  ot 
the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 

All  the  other  treaties  contain  the  same  or  similar  language,  the  reser- 
vation of  the  right  to  act  independently  after  investigation  being  neces- 
sary because  the  treaties  cover  all  controversies  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided for. 

Article  IV  of  the  Salvador  treaty  reads : 

Pending  the  investigation  and  report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless  danger  from  a  third  Power 
should  compel  such  increase,  in  which  case  the  party  feeling  itself 
menaced  shall  confidentially  communicate  the  fact  in  writing  to 
the  other  Contracting  Party,  whereupon  the  latter  shall  also  be 
released  from  its  obligation  to  maintain  its  military  and  naval 
status  quo. 

The  same  provision  is  embodied  in  the  treaties  with  Guatemala, 
Panama,  Honduras,  Nicaragua  and  Persia,  but  this  article  is  not  found 
in  any  of  the  other  treaties.  This  provision  in  regard  to  the  military 
and  naval  program  was  suggested  by  this  Government  on  the  theory 
that  it  would  be  necessary  to  include  some  such  provision  in  order  to 
secure  the  necessary  time  for  investigation,  but  most  of  the  Govern- 
ments have  preferred  to  make  no  reference  to  the  subject  and  the 
omission  is  entirely  agreeable  to  this  Government.  The  Governments 
which  signed  the  treaties  containing  this  provision  would  doubtless 
have  signed  as  willingly  had  the  treaties  with  them  omitted  Article  IV. 

The  treaty  with  Salvador  provides  in  Article  V  that  the  convention 
shall  continue  for  a  period  of  five  years  and  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  Contracting  Parties  gives  notice 
to  terminate  it.  This  form  is  followed  in  all  the  other  treaties,  ex- 
cepting the  treaty  with  the  Republic  of  Chile,  which  prescribes  for  auto- 
matic renewal  for  successive  five-year  periods. 


INTRODUCTION  liii 

In  addition  to  the  agreement  for  investigation  in  all  cases,  the  treaties 
with  the  Republic  of  Chile  and  the  Dominican  Republic  contain  the 
provisions  embodied  in  the  arbitration  treaties  which  the  United  States 
has  negotiated  with  some  twenty-six  countries,  the  Dominican  Re- 
public and  the  Republic  of  Chile  not  having  arbitration  treaties  pre- 
viously concluded  with  the  United  States. 

Appreciating  the  support  which  the  members  of  your  Committee 
have  given  to  this  plan  for  the  promotion  of  peace,  and  hoping  for  an 
early  ratification  of  these  conventions,  I  am, 

Very  truly  yours, 

W.  J.  Bryan. 


Secretary  Bryan's  Peace  Plan^ 

As  the  Journal  has  devoted  two  editorial  comments  to  Secretary 
Bryan's  peace  plan — that  is  to  say,  the  conventions  negotiated  by  him 
as  Secretary  of  State  with  foreign  countries,  providing  for  commis- 
sions of  inquiry  to  pass  upon  international  disputes  which  may  arise 
between  them — it  is  not  necessary  to  restate  the  terms  of  the  treaties 
or  the  advantages  which  are  expected  to  flow  from  their  ratification 
and  application  in  practice.  The  Journal,  however,  is  pleased  to  print 
the  following  list  of  countries,  chronologically  arranged,  which  have 
indicated  acceptance  in  principle  of  the  peace  plan  up  to  July  24,  1914, 
furnished  by  the  courtesy  of  His  Excellency  the  Secretary  of  State : 


1.  Italy 

13. 

Argentina 

2.  Great  Britain 

14. 

China 

3.  France 

15. 

Dominican  Republic 

4.  Brazil 

16. 

Guatemala 

5.  Sweden 

17. 

Haiti 

6.  Norway 

18. 

Spain 

7.  Russia 

19. 

Portugal 

8.  Peru 

20. 

Belgium 

9.  Austria-Hungary 

21. 

Denmark 

10.   Netherlands 

22. 

Chile 

11.  Bolivia 

23. 

Cuba 

12.  Germany 

24. 

Costa  Rica 

^  Editorial  by  JamcF   Brown   .Scott   in   the  American  Journal  of  Intcrnafioual 
Law,  1914,  p.  565. 


Hv 


INTRODUCTION 


25.  Salvador 

26.  Switzerland 

27.  Paraguay 

28.  Panama 

29.  Honduras 


30.  Nicaragua 

31.  Persia 
22.  Ecuador 
22.  Venezuela 
34.  Greece 


The  following  is  likewise  an  official  list,  furnished  by  the  Secretary 
of  State,  of  countries,  chronologically  arranged,  which  have  entered  into 
treaties  endorsing  the  principles  and  details  of  the  peace  plan  up  to 
July  24,  1914: 


1.  Salvador   August  7 

2.  Guatemala   September  20 

3.  Panama    September  20 

4.  Honduras November  3 

5.  Nicaragua December  17 

6.  Netherlands   December  18 

7.  Bolivia   January  22 

8.  Portugal February  4 

9.  Persia    February  4 

10.  Denmark    February  5 

11.  Switzerland  February  13 

12, 
13 
14. 
15, 
16. 
17 


Costa  Rica February  13 

Dominican  Republic    February  17 

Venezuela March  21 

Italy May  5 

Norway June  24 

Peru    July  14 

18.  Uruguay   July  20, 

19.  Argentina   July  24, 

20.  Brazil    July  24, 


1913 
1913 
1913 
1913 
1913 
1913 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 
1914 


21.  Chile    July  24,  1914 

Treaties  with  France  and  Great  Britain  have  been  agreed  upon  and 
will,  it  is  expected,  be  signed  in  a  few  days.  It  is  thus  seen  that  twenty- 
one  treaties  have  actually  been  signed,  and  on  July  24,  1914,  twenty 
of  these  were  laid  before  the  Senate  for  its  advice  and  consent.  As  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  has  already  approved  them  in 
principle,  it  is  believed  that  they  will  shortly  be  ready  for  ratification. 


INTRODUCTION  Iv 

The  treaty  with  Peru,  owing  to  delay  in  transmission,  will  be  sent  to 
the  Senate  later. 

The  provisions  of  the  treaties  differ,  although  the  principle  is  in- 
variably the  same,  and  through  the  courtesy  of  the  Secretary  of  State 
the  Journal  is  enabled  to  give  the  text  of  what  Mr.  Bryan  regards  as 
representative  of  the  entire  group,  namely,  the  convention  between  the 
Netherlands  and  the  United  States  of  December  18,  1913.  The  pre- 
amble states — and  the  preamble  is  true  in  this  case — that  the  United 
States  and  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  Netherlands  are  "desirous 
to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  together  and  also  to 
advance  the  cause  of  general  peace."  It  would  be  a  waste  of  time  to 
comment  upon  this  simple  sentence,  for  since  the  Jay  Treaty  of  1794, 
which  introduced  arbitration  into  the  modern  practice  of  nations,  the 
United  States  has  been  a  leader,  as  well  as  a  pioneer  in  the  peaceful 
settlement  of  international  disputes,  and  since  the  meeting  of  the 
First  Peace  Conference  at  The  Hague  in  1899  Holland  has  been  and 
is  the  center  of  international  development.  It  is  perhaps  not  too  much 
to  say  that  the  little  city  of  The  Hague  has  become  the  unofficial  capital 
of  the  society  of  nations. 

It  may  be  permissible  to  quote,  in  support  of  these  views,  a  passage 
from  an  address  of  Mr.  Frederic  R.  Coudert,  introducing  His  Excel- 
lency Mr.  Loudon,  then  Netherland  Minister  to  the  United  States,  but 
now  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  his  country,  who  in  his  present 
capacity  authorized  the  Netherland  Minister  to  negotiate  the  treaty  in 
question  with  the  United  States : 

There  is  in  Europe  one  country — I  was  going  to  say  a  little 
country,  but  that  is  not  the  word,  because  if  bigness  consists  of 
high  principles,  if  it  consists  of  altruism,  if  it  consists  of  spiritual 
power,  if  it  consists  of  standing  for  the  right  and  for  fairness 
among  men,  then  Holland  is  a  great  country,  and  always  has  been. 
It  was  great  in  the  days  when  the  military  ideal  stood  high.  and.  if 
I  remember  rightly,  none  other  than  Hollanders  were  accustomed 
to  carrying  brooms  at  their  mastheads  in  a  certain  historic  channel. 
But  times  pass  along,  and  having  excelled  in  the  ideals  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  they  left  them  to  excel  in  the  ideals  of  modern 
times. ^ 

But  to  the  treaty.     By  its  first  article 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,   of   every   nature   whatsoever,   to   the   settlement   of    which 


1  American  Society  of  International  Law,  Procccdiiujs    (1913),  pp.  265-266. 


Ivi  INTRODUCTION 

previous  arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and  report 
to  a  permanent  International  Commission,  to  be  constituted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  investigation  and 
before  the  report  is  submitted. 

It  is  believed  that  this  article  defines  in  the  clearest  and  most  unmis- 
takable language  the  relation  of  the  International  Commission  for  ar- 
bitration, for  it  is  expressly  stated  that  diplomatic  methods  shall  have 
been  used  to  produce  agreement  and  that  they  have  failed ;  that  arbitra- 
tion is  not  rejected  in  favor  of  a  commission,  because  the  disputes  to 
be  submitted  to  it  are  either  those  not  covered  by  a  treaty  of  arbitration, 
or,  if  included,  are  not  actually  arbitrated.  That  is  to  say,  disputes 
of  whatsoever  nature,  not  included  in  arbitration  treaties,  are  to  be 
submitted  to  the  Commission,  so  that  the  new  agency  is  to  supple- 
ment the  defects  or  shortcomings  of  such  treaties  and  to  bring  to 
discussion  all  matters  of  controversy  between  the  two  countries  in 
excess  of  the  obligation  assumed  in  treaties  of  arbitration. 

As  will  be  seen  in  Article  III,  the  two  countries  do  not  confuse  the 
proceedings  before  the  Commission  with  the  consequences  of  arbitra- 
tion, because  the  Commission  reports ;  the  arbitral  tribunal  decides. 
The  contracting  parties  believe,  and  it  would  appear  properly,  that  a 
report  based  upon  careful  investigation  is  tantamount  to  a  settlement, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  belief  will  be  justified  by  the  facts.  It 
will  be  noted  that  the  concluding  clause  of  Article  I  provides  that  war 
shall  not  be  declared  or  hostilities  begun  before  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mission is  submitted.  While  war  between  the  Netherlands  and  the 
United  States  is  unthinkable,  such  an  agreement  is  far  from  useless. 
Its  very  presence  is  an  invitation  to  other  nations,  with  which  war  is 
not  unthinkable,  to  investigate  before  they  fight,  or  rather  to  investi- 
gate instead  of  fighting.  Its  presence  in  many  instruments  of  this 
kind  will  reinforce  its  influence  in  this  one,  and  it  will  be  harder  in 
the  future  than  in  the  past  to  refuse  the  reasonable  demand  of  a  foreign 
nation,  as  did  the  United  States  in  1898,  to  submit  a  controversy  such 
as  the  blowing  up  of  the  Maine  to  an  international  commission  of 
inquiry. 

The  next  article  deals  with  the  composition  of  this  important  body: 


INTRODUCTION  IvU 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows :  One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from  some  third  country ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal  proportion. 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  treaty ;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 

In  the  first  place,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  Commission  is  to  be 
permanent  (Article  I)  ;  that,  although  each  country  is  to  be  repre- 
sented in  it  by  a  citizen  or  subject  of  its  choice,  the  other  members, 
including  the  fifth,  who  may  probably  be  chairman,  are  to  be  foreigners, 
so  that  control  of  the  national  element  is  excluded ;  for,  say  what  we 
will,  a  citizen  or  subject  remains  in  international  matters  a  citizen  or 
subject.  His  presence  in  a  commission  of  this  kind,  however,  may  well 
be  helpful  rather  than  detrimental,  because  the  report,  as  will  be  seen 
in  Article  III,  is  not  binding  upon  the  Governments.  This  article  is 
very  important,  because  it  contains  an  obligation  on  the  part  of  the 
Governments  and  vests  the  Commission  with  the  initiative,  if  the  Gov- 
ernments do  not  themselves  lay  the  dispute  before  it.  But  it  will  be 
well  to  quote  the  article  in  full  before  commenting  upon  it: 

Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  investigation  and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may,  however,  spontaneously  offer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both  Gov- 
ernments and  request  their  cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with  all  the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  inves- 
tigation to  have  begun,  unless  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Gov- 
ernment, and  the  third  retained  by  the  Commission  for  its  files. 


Iviii  INTRODUCTION 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 

The  first  sentence  should  be  construed  with  Article  I.  for.  standing 
alone,  it  might  seem  that  arbitration  was  to  be  excluded.  By  so  doing 
it  appears  that,  if  there  be  no  treaty  of  arbitration  covering  the  dispute, 
or  if  the  duty  to  arbitrate  has  not  been  complied  with,  diplomacy  is  not 
to  drag  on  interminably,  for  upon  its  failure  the  Governments  agree 
to  refer  the  dispute  "at  once"  for  investigation  and  report.  It  may  hap- 
pen, however,  that  one  of  the  Governments  may  be  unwilling  to  do  this 
and,  were  it  not  for  the  second  sentence  of  Article  III,  we  would  have, 
as  it  were,  a  deadlock.  This  sentence,  however,  allows  the  Commission 
on  its  own  initiative — "spontaneously"  is  the  word  in  the  text — "to 
oflfer  its  services,"  and  the  second  paragraph  of  the  article  apparently 
binds  the  contracting  parties  to  furnish  the  Commission  "with  all  the 
means  and  facilities  required  for  its  investigation  and  report"  as  fully 
as  if  the  reference  were  with  the  consent  and  upon  the  motion  of  the 
two  Governments.  There  would  seem,  therefore,  to  be  no  escape  from 
arbitration,  on  the  one  hand,  if  a  treaty  exists,  or  from  the  investigation 
and  report  of  a  Commission,  whether  the  Government  will  or  no. 
Herein  lies  the  great  importance  of  the  treaties,  for  investigation  must 
in  many  cases  amount  to  settlement ;  for  no  nation,  however  powerful, 
can  in  the  long  run  withstand  public  opinion,  and  public  opinion  will 
no  doubt  be  created  by  this  article. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  provision  found  in  some  of  the  treaties 
not  to  declare  war  and  begin  hostilities  within  a  year,  absent  in  ex- 
press terms  from  this  treaty,  is  nevertheless  read  into  it  indirectly,  for 
the  Commission  has,  by  Article  III.  a  year  after  the  beginning  of  its 
investigation  to  prepare  its  report.  The  advantage  of  such  a  provision 
is  too  evident  to  need  comment,  and  its  application  to  the  Maine  inci- 
dent will  no  doubt  suggest  itself,  even  to  the  casual  reader. 

The  concluding  paragraph  of  Article  III  is  hardly  less  important 
than  the  power  of  the  Commission  to  act  spontaneously — that  is,  on 
its  own  initiative — and  this  although  it  does  not  attach  any  obligation 
on  the  part  of  the  Governments  to  put  into  eflfect  the  conclusions  of 
the  report.  Indeed,  this  seeming  defect  is  its  crowning  glory,  for  we 
know  from  e\ery-dd.y  experience  how  unwilling  we  are  to  do  that  which 
we  are  bound  to  do,  and  how  often  we  do  voluntarily  what  we  do  not 


INTRODUCTION  lix 

need  to  do.  There  is  no  escape  from  the  investigation,  for,  if  the 
Governments  are  recalcitrant,  the  Commission  itself  may  step  in,  and 
it  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  public  documents  "may"  is  not  permis- 
sive, but  mandatory.  If  therefore  the  case  is  before  the  Commission, 
and  its  submission  does  not  depend  upon  the  two  Governments  or  upon 
their  national  representatives,  for  they  are  a  minority  of  two  in  a  body 
of  five,  a  report  is  inevitable,  supposing  that  the  foreign  members  are 
set  upon  a  report,  and  it  is  believed  that  compliance  with  the  report  is 
inevitable,  because  of  the  pressure  of  public  opinion  which  will  be  in 
this  case  enlightened. 

For  the  sake  of  completeness  Article  IV  is  quoted,  although  the 
last  two  paragraphs  of  it  deal  with  its  signature: 

Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  Nether- 
lands ;  and  the  ratifications  shall  be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications, 
and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  have  given  notice  to  the  other  of  an 
intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  eighteenth  day  of  December,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  thirteen. 

The  treaty,  it  will  be  noted,  is  concluded  for  a  period  of  five  years, 
but  in  reality  it  is  for  six  years,  as  it  remains  in  force  for  a  twelvemonth 
after  one  or  the  other  party  may  have  given  notice  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it. 

From  this  brief  analysis  of  the  convention,  it  is  evident  that  it  does 
not  interfere  with  any  existing  agency  of  peace,  because  the  nations 
are  always  free,  through  the  channels  of  diplomacy,  to  adjust  their 
disputes  by  direct  negotiations  or  by  some  other  means,  if  they  so  de- 
sire. Arbitration  is  expressly  reserved,  so  that  the  present  treaty  sup- 
plements, but  does  not  modify,  a  duty  to  arbitrate.  It  does  bind  the 
nations,  however,  to  submit  their  other  disputes  without  reservation  to 
the  investigation  and  rej)ort  of  a  ])crnianent  Commission,  which  can 
act  upon  their  mutual   request,  or  indeed  without  their  request,  and 


Ix  INTRODUCTION 

Mr.  Bryan  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  having  secured  the  discussion 
of  all  disputes  between  the  contracting  parties,  not  otherwise  provided 
for,  by  the  apparently  simple  yet  effective  device  of  an  investigation  and 
report,  which  is  believed  to  be  tantamount  to  settlement. 


The  Bryan  Peace  Treaties^ 

We  are  printing  in  the  Supplement  to  this  number  of  the  Journal 
the  complete  English  texts  of  the  treaties  negotiated  by  former  Secre- 
tary of  State  Bryan  for  the  purpose  of  advancing  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  the  ratifications  of  which  have  been  exchanged  up  to  the  present 
time  (October  1,  1916),  namely,  the  treaties  with  Bolivia,  Chile,  China, 
Costa  Rica,  Denmark,  Ecuador,  France,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala, 
Honduras,  Italy,  Norway,  Paraguay,  Peru,  Portugal,  Russia,  Spain, 
Sweden  and  Uruguay.  All  of  these  treaties  are  based  upon  the  same 
principle,  namely,  that  disputes  which  the  high  contracting  parties  are 
unable  to  adjust  by  diplomacy  or  arbitration  shall  be  referred  to  a  com- 
mission for  investigation  and  report  and  that  hostilities  may  not  be  re- 
sorted to  in  the  meantime.  Several  formulas  for  stating  and  applying 
these  principles  were  adopted  from  time  to  time,  and  the  later  treaties 
present  a  combination  of  two  or  more  of  the  different  drafts  used.  It 
is  believed  that  it  will  be  of  interest  to  the  readers  of  the  Journal  to 
classify  the  provisions  of  the  treaties  so  as  to  show  the  different  forms 
used  with  respect  to  the  various  countries. 

Jurisdictional  clauses 

Four  variations  of  phraseology  have  been  used  to  express  the  kind  of 
disputes  which  the  high  contracting  parties  agree  to  refer  for  investi- 
gation and  report  to  the  permanent  international  commissions.  They 
are,  with  the  countries  using  them,  as  follows : 

All  disputes  of  ever}'  nature  whatsoever  to  the  settlement  of 
which  previous  arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in 
their  terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact. 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Ecuador,  Great  Britain,  Peru,  Portugal  and  Uruguay. 


1  Editorial  by  George  A.  Finch  in  the  American  Journal  of  International  Law, 
1916,  p.  882. 


INTRODUCTION  Ixi 

All  disputes  of  every  nature  whatsoever  which  diplomacy  shall 
fail  to  adjust. 

Chile,   Denmark,    Guatemala,    Honduras,    Paraguaj-^   and    Russia. 

Any  disputes  of  whatever  nature  they  may  be  when  ordinary 
diplomatic  proceedings  have  failed  and  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties do  not  have  recourse  to  arbitration. 

China,  France,  Italy,  Spain  and  Sweden. 

All  disputes  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  provided  the  treaties 
in  force  do  not  prescribe  settlement  by  arbitration. 

Norway. 

Postponement  of  hostilities 

The  treaties  contain  substantially  the  same  provision  on  this  point, 
namely,  an  agreement  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  the 
investigation  of  the  commission  and  before  its  report  is  submitted.  A 
slight  modification  is  made  in  the  treaty  with  Chile,  which  adds  to  this 
paragraph  a  clause  reading  "nor  before  all  resources  stipulated  in  this 
treaty  have  proved  unsuccessful."  This  clause  contemplates  the  sub- 
mission of  the  case  to  the  Hague  Court  of  Arbitration.  (See  heading 
Action  after  receipt  of  report.) 

Compositio7i  of  the  conmiission 

All  of  the  treaties  provide  that  the  commission  of  investigation  shall 
be  composed  of  five  members.  The  manner  of  their  appointment  is 
most  frequently  governed  as  follows  : 

One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  each  contracting  country  by 
the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  chosen  by  each 
Government  from  some  third  country ;  the  fifth  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two  Governments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either  country. 

Bolivia.    Costa    Rica,    Denmark,    Great    Britain,    Guatemala,    Honduras. 
Italy,   Paraguay,   Peru,    Portugal  and   Uruguay. 

The  same  formula  is  used  by  Chile,  but  with  an  additional  stipula- 
tion that  the  fifth  member  shall  not  belong  to  any  nationality  already 
represented  on  the  commission,  and  that  he  shall  be  its  president. 

The  same  formula  is  likewise  used  by  Ecuador,  but  with  this  proviso, 
that  in  case  of  dispute  regarding  the  selection  of  the  fifth  member,  who 
shall  be  president  of  the  commission,  the  two  Governments  shall  re- 


Ixii  INTRODUCTION 

quest  the  President  of  the  Swiss  Confederation  to  choose  such  member. 
The  treaties  with  China,  France,  Spain  and  Sweden  use  the  original 
formula  together  with  the  addition  made  in  the  case  of  Chile,  and  add 
the  following  clause : 

In  case  the  two  Governments  shall  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  Commissioner,  the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  failing  an  understanding  between  them, 
the  provisions  of  Article  45  of  the  Hague  Convention  of  1907  shall 
be  applied. 

Norway  uses  the  original  formula  and  adds  that  if  an  agreement  is 
not  reached  as  to  the  appointment  of  the  fifth  member,  he  shall  be 
chosen  according  to  the  rules  laid  down  in  Article  87  of  the  Hague 
Convention  of  1907  for  the  peaceful  settlement  of  international  dis- 
putes. 

A  shorter  formula  is  provided  in  the  treaty  with  Russia,  under  which 
each  Government  designates  two  members  (without  reference  to  na- 
tionality) and  the  fifth  is  designated  by  common  consent,  it  being 
stipulated  that  he  shall  not  belong  to  any  of  the  nationalities  already 
represented  on  the  commission,  and  that  he  shall  be  its  president. 

In  the  British  treaty  a  special  provision  was  inserted  to  allow  the 
substitution  upon  the  commission  of  a  person  to  be  named  by  a  self- 
governing  dominion  in  case  the  dispute  mainly  affects  the  interest  of 
such  dominion. 

Removal  of  commissioners 

The  treaties  with  Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Peru  and  Uruguay  provide 
that  each  of  the  contracting  parties  shall  have  the  right  to  remove  at 
any  time  before  investigation  begins  any  commissioner  selected  by  it 
and  to  name  his  successor,  and  under  the  same  conditions  shall  also 
have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  approval  of  the  fifth  commissioner  se- 
lected jointly,  in  which  case  a  new  commissioner  shall  be  selected  jointly 
as  in  the  original  selection. 

The  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  vary  this  clause  by  providing 
that  each  Government  shall  have  the  right  to  remove  at  any  time  before 
investigation  begins  any  commissioner  or  commissioners  selected  by  it, 
but  must  appoint  his  or  their  successors  at  the  time  of  revoking  the 
appointment.  Either  Government  shall  have  the  right  to  withdraw  its 
approval  of  the  fifth  member,  in  which  case  his  successor  must  be  ap- 
pointed by  common  agreement  within  thirty  days  and,  lacking  such 


INTRODUCTION  Ixiii 

agreement,  the  appointment  will  be  made  by  the  President  of  the  Swiss 
Confederation. 

The  treaty  with  Italy  makes  another  variation  by  providing  that  each 
of  the  contracting  parties  shall  have  the  right  before  the  investigation 
has  begun  to  substitute  for  one  of  the  members  of  the  commission  ap- 
pointed by  it  another  person  chosen  from  the  category  to  which  the 
commissioner  to  be  replaced  belonged. 

The  other  treaties  contain  no  provision  on  this  point. 

Expenses 

The  stipulation  on  this  point  is  generally  that  the  expenses  of  the 
commission  shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Governments  in  equal  proportion : 
Chile,  Denmark,  Ecuador,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Nor- 
way, Paraguay,  Portugal  and  Russia. 

Some  of  the  treaties  contain,  in  addition,  a  stipulation  that  when  the 
commissioners  are  actually  employed  they  shall  receive  such  compensa- 
tion as  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  contracting  parties: 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Italy,   Peru  and  Uruguay. 

In  still  other  cases  the  stipulation  varies  by  providing  that  the  con- 
tracting parties,  before  designating  the  commissioners,  shall  reach  an 
understanding  in  regard  to  their  compensation  and  that  each  Govern- 
ment shall  bear  half  of  the  expenses  of  the  commission: 

China,  France,  Spain  and  Sweden. 

Period  for  appointment  of  commissioners 

Three  different  periods  are  used : 

As  soon  as  possible  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  the  treaty: 
Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Peru  and  Uruguay. 

Within  four  months  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications : 
Chile,  Denmark,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Norway  and  Paraguay. 

Within  six  months  after  the  exchange  of   ratifications: 

China,    Ecuador,    France,   Great  Britain,   Italy,   Portugal,   Russia,    Spain 
and  Sweden. 

Vacancies 

All  of  the  treaties  provide  that  vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  to 
the  manner  of  the  original  appointment.     Those  treaties  which  make 


Ixiv  INTRODUCTION' 

provision  for  the  removal  of  commissioners  contain  special  provisions 
for  appointing  their  successors,  as  above  indicated,  and  such  vacancies 
are  excluded  in  these  treaties  from  the  operation  of  the  general  pro- 
vision regarding  other  vacancies. 

The  treaty  with  Ecuador  contains  the  stipulation  that  general  vacan- 
cies shall  be  filled  within  fifteen  days  after  the  receipt  of  notice  of  the 
vacancy. 

Date  of  organisation  of  the  commission 

Only  the  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  provide  that  the  date  of 
the  organization  of  the  commission  shall  be  notified  to  the  contracting 
Governments. 

Tenure  of  office  of  the  commissioners 

Most  of  the  treaties  make  no  reference  to  the  tenure  of  office  of  the 
commissioners,  it  apparently  being  understood  that  their  term  of  office 
is  indefinite. 

The  treaties  with  China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden,  how- 
ever, contain  the  following  provision : 

The  members  shall  be  appointed  for  one  year  and  their  appoint- 
ment may  be  renewed.  They  shall  remain  in  office  until  superseded 
or  reappointed,  or  until  the  work  in  which  they  are  engaged  at  the 
time  their  office  expires  is  completed. 

The  treaty  with  Italy  contains  the  following  provision : 

Each  Commissioner  shall  hold  his  place  during  a  term  of  four 
years ;  at  the  expiration  of  this  term,  or  in  the  event  of  vacancy, 
the  confirmation  or  the  substitution  of  the  Commissioner  whose 
term  may  have  expired  or  v/hose  place  may  be  vacant  shall  be 
made  in  the  same  manner. 

Procedure 

The  procedure  of  the  commission  is  not  always  provided  for  in  the 
treaties.  The  treaties  with  Denmark  and  Norway  provide  that,  unless 
otherwise  agreed  upon,  the  procedure  shall  be  regulated  by  the  pro- 
visions of  Chapter  III  of  the  Hague  Convention  of  1907  for  the  peace- 
ful settlement  of  international  disputes. 

The  following  provision  regarding  procedure  is  contained  in  the 
treaties  with  China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden :  "The  com- 
mission shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided  by  the  provisions  contained 
in  Articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  I  of  The  Hague  of  1907." 


INTRODUCTION  IxV 

The  treaties  with  Chile,  Ecuador  and  Italy  provide  that,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  an  agreement  to  the  contrary,  the  commission  shall  adopt  its 
own   regulations   regarding  procedure. 

Method  of  referring  disputes  to  commission 

The  treaties  usually  contain  an  apparently  simple  provision  that  the 
dispute  shall  be  referred  to  the  international  commission  by  the  con- 
tracting parties : 

Bolivia.  Costa  Rica,  Denmark,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala,  Honduras, 
Norway,  Paraguay,  Peru,  Portugal,  Sweden,  and  Uruguay. 

The  treaties  with  Chile  and  Ecuador  provide  that  the  reference  may 
be  made  by  either  of  the  two  Governments. 

The  treaty  with  Italy  provides  that  the  reference  may  be  made 
either  by  common  agreement  of  the  two  Governments,  or  by  either  of 
them. 

A  more  detailed  article  on  this  point  is  contained  in  the  treaties  with 
China,  France,  Russia,  and  Spain,  which  provides  that  each  party 
shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the  investigation  be  entrusted  to  the 
commission.  Notice  shall  be  given  to  the  president  of  the  commission, 
who  shall  at  once  communicate  with  his  colleagues. 

Jurisdiction  assumed  by  commission 

Four  different  formulas  have  been  used  to  frame  such  a  provision : 

The  International  Commission  may,  by  unanimous  agreement, 
spontaneously  offer  its  services,  and  in  such  a  case  it  shall  notify 
both  Governments  and  request  their  cooperation  in  the  investi- 
gation. 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Great  Britain,  Peru,  and  Uruguay. 

The  International  Commission  may  act  upon  its  own  initiative, 
and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request 
their  cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

Denmark,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Norway,  Paraguay,  and  Portugal. 

The  President  of  the  Commission  may,  after  consulting  his  col- 
leagues and  uj)nn  receiving  the  consent  of  the  majority  of  the 
members  of  the  Commission,  offer  the  services  of  the  latter  to 
each  of  the  Contracting  Parties.    Acceptance  of  that  offer  by  one 


Ixvi  INTRODUCTION 

of  the  two  Governments  shall   be  sufficient   to  give   jurisdiction 
of  the  case  to  the  Commission. 

China,  France  and   Spain. 

The  President  of  the  Commission,  by  a  note  addressed  to  the 
International  Bureau  of  the  Permanent  Court  at  The  Hague,  which 
shall  be  communicated  without  delay  to  both  Governments,  may 
remind  the  parties  that  the  services  of  the  Commission  are  at 
their  disposal. 

Sweden. 

Place  of  meeting 

The  place  of  meeting  of  the  commission  is  provided  for  in  five  of 
the  treaties  and  they  stipulate  that  it  shall  be  determined  by  the  com- 
mission itself. 

Chile,  China,  Ecuador.  France  and  Spain.  • 

Formulation  of  the  question  at  issue 

This  point  is  covered  only  in  the  treaties  with  China,  France,  Spain 
and  Sweden,  which  contain  the  uniform  clause  that, 

Each  Contracting  Party  shall  have  a  right  to  state  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Commission  what  is  the  subject-matter  of  the  con- 
troversy. No  difference  in  these  statements,  which  shall  be  fur- 
nished by  way  of  suggestion,  shall  arrest  the  action  of  the  Com- 
mission. 

Measures  pending  suhm-ission  of  report 

A  provision  of  this  kind  is  contained  in  only  three  treaties,  those 
with  China,  France  and  Sweden,  which  provide  that. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute  should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to  be  committed,  the  commission  shall 
as  soon  as  possible  indicate  what  measures  to  preserve  the  rights 
of  each  party  ought  in  its  opinion  to  be  taken  provisionally  and 
pending  the  delivery  of  its  report. 

Facilities  for  investigation  to  he  afforded  to  commission 

All  of  the  treaties  are  uniform  in  providing  that  the  contracting  par- 
ties shall  furnish  the  commission  with  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and  report.  The  treaty  with  Italy  adds: 
"provided  that  in  their  judgment  this  does  not  conflict  with  the  laws 
or  with  the  supreme  interests  of  the  State,  and  provided  that  the  in- 
terests and  rights  of  third  States  shall  not  thereby  suffer  damage." 


INTRODUCTION  Ixvii 

Time  allowed  for  submission  of  report 

The  treaties  usually  provide  that  the  report  of  the  commission  shall 
be  completed  within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare 
its  investigation  to  have  begun,  unless  the  high  contracting  parties 
shall  limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual  agreement : 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  Norway,  Peru,  Portugal,  and 
Uruguay. 

The  same  provision  is  contained  in  the  following  treaties,  except 
that  the  period  of  one  year  may  be  only  extended  and  not  limited : 
Chile,  Denmark,  Guatemala,  Honduras  and  Paraguay. 

The  following  treaties  provide  for  a  period  of  one  year,  unless  a 
different  period  is  agreed  upon : 

China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden. 

The  treaty  with  Ecuador  also  provides  for  a  period  of  one  year,  but 
adds  that  this  period  may  be  extended  for  an  additional  six  months 
if,  for  reasons  of  force  majeure,  it  is  not  possible  for  the  commission 
to  complete  its  investigation  and  submit  its  report  within  one  year. 

Vote  necessary  for  agreement  on  report  by  commission 

Most  of  the  treaties  are  silent  on  this  point,  but  the  following  pro- 
vision is  contained  in  the  treaties  with  China,  France,  Russia,  Spain,  and 
Sweden : 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commission  and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority.  The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his  office,  shall  be  transmitted  by  him 
to  each  of  the   Contracting:  Parties. 


'to 


The  treaty  with  Chile  contains  the  following  provision :  "The  resolu- 
tions of  the  Commission,  as  well  as  its  final  report,  will  be  adopted  by 
the  majority  of  its  members.'' 

Action  after  receipt  of  report 

The  usual  stipulation  on  this  point  is  as  follows : 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Italy,  Para- 
guay, Peru,  Portugal,  and  Uruguay. 


Ixviii  INTRODUCTION 

The  treaty  with  Ecuador  has  the  same  provision,  but  adds  that  such 
action  may  be  taken  also  if  no  report  is  submitted  within  the  time 
fixed. 

The  treaties  with  Denmark  and  Norway  contain  the  usual  formula, 
but  provide  that  upon  the  receipt  of  the  report  the  parties  shall  en- 
deavor to  adjust  the  dispute  directly  on  the  basis  of  the  findings  of 
the  commission. 

Another  form  of  expression  on  this  point  is  as  follows :  "The  High 
Contracting  Parties  reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action  to  be  taken 
on  the  report  of  the  Commission :" 

China,  France,  Russia,   Spain,  and   Sweden. 

The  treaty  with  Chile  contains  a  special  provision  not  found  in  any 
of  the  other  treaties,  as  follows : 

Once  the  report  is  in  possession  of  both  Governments,  six 
months'  time  will  be  available  for  renewed  negotiation  in  order 
to  bring  about  a  settlement  of  the  difficulty  in  view  of  the  findings 
of  said  report ;  and  if  even  during  this  new  term  both  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  reach  a  friendly  arrangement,  the  dispute  will 
then  be  submitted  to  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  estab- 
lished at  The  Hague. 

A  proviso  is  added,  excluding  from  arbitration  "any  question  that 
may  affect  the  independence,  the  honor  or  the  vital  interests  of  either 
or  both  of  the  countries,  or  the  provisions  of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, or  the  interests  of  a  third  nation."  Another  paragraph  pro- 
vides that  in  case  arbitration  is  resorted  to,  a  special  agreement  shall 
be  previously  agreed  upon  specifying  the  matter  in  controversy,  the 
extent  of  the  arbiter's  powers,  and  the  length  of  time  to  which  the 
court  of  arbitration  must  subject  its  organization  and  procedure,  in- 
cluding the  presentation  of  memorials,  proofs  and  pleas. 

Duration  of  the  treaties 

A  common  provision  is  to  the  effect  that  the  treaty  shall  remain  in 
force  for  five  years,  dating  from  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
remain  in  force  thereafter  until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  con- 
tracting parties  shall  have  given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention 
to  terminate  it: 

Bolivia,  Costa  Rica,  Denmark,  Great  Britain,  Guatemala,  Italy,  Honduras, 
Norway,  Paraguay,  Peru,  Portugal,  and  Uruguay. 


INTRODUCTION  Ixix 

A  like  provision  is  contained  in  the  following  treaties,  except  that  it 
is  stipulated  that  the  denouncement  of  the  treaty  after  the  five-year 
period  must,  in  order  to  be  effective,  take  place  at  least  six  months 
before  the  expiration  of  that  period : 
China,   France,   Russia,    Spain. 

The  treaty  with  Ecuador  provides  that  it  shall  remain  in  force  for 
five  years  and  that  unless  notice  to  terminate  it  is  given  one  year  be- 
fore the  expiration  of  that  period,  it  shall  be  considered  as  renewed 
for  another  year,  and  so  on  successively. 

The  treaty  with  Sweden  provides  for  a  five-year  period  and  for  re- 
newals for  additional  periods  of  five  years,  unless  denounced  at  least 
six  months  before  the  expiration  of  such  period. 

The  treaty  with  Chile  provides  that  it  shall  remain  in  force  for  five 
years,  and  for  successive  periods  of  five  years  until  one  of  the  high 
contracting  parties  shall  have  given  notice  of  its  intention  to  ter- 
minate it. 

As  stated  at  the  outset,  the  above  data  applies  only  to  the  treaties 
which  have  become  effective  at  the  date  of  the  present  writing.  Sup- 
plementary notes  of  this  character  will  be  inserted  in  these  columns  as 

additional  treaties  go  into  effect. 

George  A.  Finch. 


Part  I 
Perfected  Treaties 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Bolivia  for  the  Advancement 

of  Peace^ 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Bolivia,  being 
desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds 
of  amity  that  bind  them  together 
and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of 
general  peace,  have  resolved  to 
enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  Bolivia,  Seiior 
Don  Ignacio  Calderon,  Envoy 
Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plen- 
ipotentiary of  Bolivia  to  the 
United  States ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following 
articles : 

Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatso- 
ever, to  the  settlement  of  which 
previous    arbitration    treaties    or 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Republica  de  Bolivia  con 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  a  la  vez 
cimentar  el  espiritu  de  paz  univer- 
sal ban  resuelto  celebrar  un  Tra- 
tado  con  tal  objeto  y  para  ese  fin 
han  nombrado  como  sus  Plenipo- 
tenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Bolivia,  al 
Sefior  Don  Ignacio  Calderon,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  en  los  Estados 
Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examina- 
dos  sus  respectivos  Plenos  Pode- 
res,  y  encontrandolos  en  debida 
forma,  han  convenido  en  los  arti- 
culos  siguientes : 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Articulo  I 

Las   Altas 
acuerdan    que 


Partes  contratantes  i^'sputes  to  be 

siit)inittoa  to 
todaS     las     dcsaVC-     '.'iternational 

(  oiiiiiussion 


tion  and  report. 


nencias   de   cualquiera   naturaleza   *".'"■  invcstiga- 

'  tlOl 

que  ellas  scan  y  que  en  el  hecho  6 
por  los  terminos  de  tratados  de 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1868.  Sipncd  at  Washington.  Janu- 
ary 22,  1914;  ratificatifm  advised  by  the  Senate.  Angust  13,  1914;  ratified  by 
Bolivia,  November  14,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  January  4,  1915;  ratifica- 
tions exchanged  at  Washington,  January  8,  1915;  proclaimed,  January  9,  1915. 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact, 
shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  re- 
ferred for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  article ;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  in- 
vestigation and  before  the  report 
is  submitted. 


arbitraje  existentes  no  esten  com- 
prendidas  en  sus  estipulaciones,  y 
que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
por  la  via  diplomatica  seran 
sometidas  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional  constituida  en  la  manera 
prescrita  en  el  siguiente  articulo ; 
y  convienen  en  no  declararse  la 
guerra  6  empezar  hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investiga- 
cion y  antes  de  sometido  el  in- 
forme. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore investigation  begins,  any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
the  same  conditions  shall  also 
have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  ap- 
proval of  the  fifth  Commissioner 
selected  jointly ;  in  which  case  a 
new  Commissioner  shall  be  se- 
lected  jointly   as   in   the   original 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  se 
compondra  de  cinco  miembros, 
nombrados  como  sigue :  un  miem- 
bro  sera  escogido  dentro  del  pais, 
por  su  respectivo  Gobierno ;  otro 
miembro  sera  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el 
quinto  miembro  sera  escogido  de 
comun  acuerdo  por  los  dos  Go- 
biernos ;  siendo  entendido  que  no 
podra  serlo  ningun  ciudadano  de 
uno  de  los  dos  paises  interesados. 
Cada  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  se  reserva  el  derecho  de 
separar,  antes  que  hayan  comen- 
zado  las  investigaciones,  el  comi- 
sionado  que  cada  uno  hubiese  ele- 
jido  y  en  tal  caso  se  procedera  a 
nombrar  su  reemplazante.  Bajo 
la  misma  condicion  podra  cual- 
quiera  de  las  Partes  contratantes 
retirar  su  aceptacion  del  quinto 
comisionado  elejido  conjuntamen- 
te  y  en  este  caso  se  procedera  a 


BOLIVIA  3 

selection.  The  Commissioners  una  nueva  eleccion  en  la  forma  ya  Compensation, 
shall,  when  actually  employed  in  establecida.  Los  comisionados 
the  investigation  of  a  dispute,  re-  recibiran  la  compensacion  que 
ceive  such  compensation  as  shall  acuerden  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
be  agreed  upon  by  the  High  Con-  tantes  tan  solo  durante  el  tiempo 
tracting  Parties.  The  expenses  of  que  se  ocupen  de  la  investigacion.  Expenses, 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  seran 
the  two  Governments  in  equal  atendidos  por  mitad  por  los  Go- 
proportion,  biernos  contratantes. 

The   International    Commission         La  Comision  Internacional  sera  Appointment, 

shall    be    appointed    as    soon    as  nombrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 

possible  after  the  exchange  of  the  despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifica- 

ratifications    of    this    treaty ;    and  ciones  del  Tratado  ;  y  las  vacantes 

vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  que  ocurriesen  seran  llenadas  se- 

to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap-  gun  lo  acordado  por  el  nombra- 

pointment.  miento  original. 

Article  III  Articulo  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  En  el  caso  de  que  no  haya  sido  commissLn 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  entre  las  Altas  Partes  contratan- 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  tes  por  los  medios  diplomaticos 
International  Commission  for  in-  esta  sera  referida  inmediatamente 
vestigation  and  report.  The  In-  a  la  Comision  Internacional  para 
ternational  Commission  may,  su  investigacion  e  in  forme.  La 
however,  by  unanimous  agree-  Comision  Internacional  podra 
ment  spontaneously  offer  its  serv-  tambien  \X)r  consentimiento  una- 
ices  to  that  effect,  and  in  such  nime  y  por  iniciativa  propia  inter- 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern-  venir  y  en  tal  caso  debera  hacerlo 
ments  and  request  their  coopera-  saber  a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  pedir 
tion  in  the  investigation.  su  cooperacion  para  la  investiga- 
cion. 

The   High   Contracting   Parties  Las    Altas    Partes   contratantes  Facilities  for 

.  '  .  .    .  ,  investigation. 

agree   to    furnish    the    Permanent  convienen    en    subministrar    a    la 

International     Commission     with  Comision      Permanente     Interna- 

all    the    means    and    facilities    re-  cional   todos  los   medios  y   facili- 

quired    for    its    investigation    and  dados  que  demande  para  la  inves- 

report.  tigacion  e  in  forme. 

The  report  of  the  International  F,I  in  forme  de  la  Comision  In-  J^^Q^f'"^ 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.  The  report  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one 
copy  shall  be  presented  to  each 
Government,  and  the  third  re- 
tained by  the  Commission  for  its 
files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 

Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the 
President  of  Bolivia,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Congress  thereof ; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.  It 
shall  take  efifect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


ternacional  debera  estar  listo 
dentro  de  un  aho  contado  desde  la 
fecha  que  haya  designado  para 
empezar  la  investigacion  a  menos 
que  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
restringieran  6  extendieran  el 
tiempo  por  mutuo  consentimiento. 
El  informe  debe  ser  preparado 
por  triplicado ;  una  copia  para  ser 
entregada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  el  asunto 
en  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 
forme de  la  Comision  se  les  haya 
sometido. 

Articulo  IV 

I 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respective,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Repiiblica  de 
Bolivia,  con  la  aprobacion  del 
Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Producira 
sus  efectos  el  presente  tratado  in- 
mediatamente  despues  del  canje 
de  ratificaciones  y  continuara  en 
vigor  por  cinco  afios,  y  sera 
obligatorio  despues  por  doce 
meses  contados  desde  que  una 
de  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
haya  comunicado  a  la  otra  su 
intencion  de  terminarlo. 


BRAZIL  5 

In    witnesss    whereof    the    re-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Signatures. 
spective      plenipotentiaries      have      Plenipotenciarios   han   firmado   el 
signed    the    present    treaty    and     presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals,     pie  sus  sellos. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  22d         Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  22 
day  of  January,  in  the  year  of  our     de  Enero,  en  el  aiio  de  Nuestro 
Lord      nineteen      hundred      and     Seiior  mil  novecientos  catorce. 
fourteen. 

William  Jennings  Bryan   [seal] 
Ignacio  Calderon  [seal] 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Brazil  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 

The  Governments  of  the  United         Os  Governos  dos  Estados  Uni-  Contracting 

Powers. 

States  of  America  and  of  Brazil  dos    da   America   e    dos    Estados 

being  desirous  of  giving  another  Unidos    do    Brasil,    desejosos    de 

manifestation  of  the  old  friend-  mais  uma  vez  manifestar  a  antiga 

ship  that  binds  the  two  countries  amizade  que  liga  os   dous  paizes 

together,  and  being  united  in  the  e  juntando-se  com  o  proposito  de 

purpose  of  promoting  the  progress  promover   o    progresso    da   civili- 

of  civilization  through  peace,  have  zagao   pela  paz,   resolveram  cele- 

resolved   to   enter   into   a   special  brar  um  tratado  especial  para  o 

treaty  for  the  amicable  settlement  arranjo    amigavel    de    qual    quer 

of    any    future    difficulties    which  difficuldade  que   no   futuro  possa 

may  arise  between  the  two  coun-  suscitar-se    entre    ambos    e    para 

tries,  and  for  that  purpose  have  esse    fim    nomearam    como    sens 

appointed    as     their     Plenipoten-  Plenipotenciarios 
tiaries : 

The    President    of    the    United  O  Presidente  dos  Estados  Uni-  I'lenipotcu- 

tianes. 

States   of  America,   Mr.   William  dos  da  America  o  Senhor  William 

Jennings     Bryan,     Secretary     of  Jennings    Bryan,     Secretario     de 

State;  and  Estado;  e 

The    President    of    the   United  O  Presidente  dos  Estados  Uni- 


'  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Larr/e.  vol.  ^9,  pt.  2.  p.  1698.  .SiRiicrl  at  WasliinKtoii.  July 
24,  1914;  ratification  aflviscfl  by  tlic  Senate,  AuRiist  1.3,  1914;  ratitiefl  by  tlie 
President,  November  22,  191.S;  ratified  by  Brazil,  Jnne  22,  1916;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  October  28,  1916;  proclaimed,  October  30,  1916. 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


States  of  Brazil,  Mr.  Domicio  da 
Gama,  Ambassador  Extraordi- 
nary and   Plenipotentiary; 

Who,  duly  authorized,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 

The  Two  High  Contracting 
Parties  agree  to  submit  to  a  Per- 
manent International  Commis- 
sion, for  investigation  and  report, 
all  disputes  that  may  arise  be- 
tween them  concerning  questions 
of  an  international  character 
which  can  not  be  solved  by  direct 
diplomatic  negotiation,  and  which 
are  not  embraced  by  the  terms  of 
any  treaty  of  arbitration  in  force 
between  them ;  and  they  agree  not 
to  declare  war  or  to  begin  hostili- 
ties pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  said  Commission. 

Article  II 

The  Commission  mentioned  in 
the  preceding  Article  shall  be 
composed  of  five  members  each 
appointed  for  five  years,  as  fol- 
lows :  Each  Government  shall  des- 
ignate two  members,  only  one  of 
whom  shall  be  of  its  own  nation- 
ality. The  fifth  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  common  agreement  be- 
tween the  two  Governments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not 
belong  to  any  of  the  nationalities 
already  represented  in  the  Com- 
mission. 


dos  do  Brasil  o  Senhor  Domicio 
da  Gama,  Embaixador  Extraor- 
dinario  e  Plenipotenciario ; 

Os  quaes,  devidamente  autori- 
zados,  accordaram  nos  seguintes 
artigos : 

Artigo  I 

As  duas  Altas  Partes  Contrac- 
tantes  assentam  em  submetter  a 
investigagao  de  uma  Commissao 
Permanente,  que  sobre  ellas  dara 
parecer,  todas  as  difficuldades  de 
caracter  internacional  que  surjam 
entre  ellas  e  nao  possam  ser  di- 
rectamente  resolvidas  por  via 
diplomatica  nem  caibam  nos  ter- 
mos  da  Convengao  de  Arbitra- 
mento  vigente  entre  ambas ;  e 
accordam  em  nao  declarar  guerra 
uma  a  outra  nem  comegar  hostili- 
dades  emquanto  nao  for  apresen- 
tado  o  resultado  d'essa  investi- 
gaqao. 

Artigo  II 

A  Commissao  acima  menciona- 
da  se  compora  de  cinco  miembros, 
cada  um  d'elles  nomeado  por 
cinco  annos,  da  seguinte  maneira : 
cada  Governo  designara  dous 
membros,  sendo  somente  um 
d'elles  nacional  do  paiz  que  o 
momeia.  O  quinto  sera  escolhido 
de  commum  accordo  entre  os  dous 
Governos,  entendendo-se  que  nao 
pertencera  a  nenhuma  das  na- 
cionalidades  ja  representadas  na 
Commissao. 


BRAZIL 


The  fifth  member  shall  perform 
the  duties  of  President. 

Either  Contracting  Party  may 
remove  at  any  time,  before  inves- 
tigation begins,  any  commissioner 
selected  by  it,  appointing  his  suc- 
cessor on  the  same  occasion. 
Likewise,  each  Government  shall 
also  have  the  right  to  withdraw 
its  approval  of  the  fifth  member ; 
in  which  case  the  new  fifth  mem- 
ber will  be  appointed  within 
thirty  days  following  the  notifica- 
tion of  the  withdrawal,  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  and  failing  this 
agreement,  the  President  of  the 
Swiss  Confederation  shall  be  re- 
quested to  make  the  appointment. 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  paid  by  the  two 
Governments  in  equal  proportions. 

The  Commission  shall  be  con- 
stituted and  shall  be  ready  for 
business  within  six  months  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  treaty. 

At  the  expiration  of  each 
period  of  five  years,  the  Commis- 
sioners may  be  reappointed  or 
others  may  be  substituted  for 
them. 

Any  vacancy  shall  be  filled  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  original 
appointment. 

The  Commission  shall  make  its 
own  rules  of  procedure. 


Esse    quinto    membro    exercera  President. 
as  funcgoes  de  Presidente. 

Cada  uma  das  Partes  Contrac-  Substitution 

of  Commis- 

tantes  podera  remover  em  qual-  sioners. 
quer  tempo,  antes  que  comece  a 
investigacao,  qualquer  Commis- 
sario  que  tiver  nomeado,  apresen- 
tando  o  seu  successor  na  mesma 
occasiao.  Outrosim  tera  cada 
Governo  o  direito  de  negar  seu 
accordo  ao  quinto  membro ;  isso 
succedendo,  o  novo  quinto  mem- 
bro sera  nomeado  dentro  de  trinta 
dias  a  contar  da  notificagao,  por 
accordo  entre  os  dous  Governos ; 
e  nao  podendo  haver  accordo,  o 
Presidente  da  Confederagao  Suis- 
sa  sera  convidado  a  fazer  a  no- 
meagao. 

As     despezas     da     Commissao  Expenses, 
serao  pagas  por  metade  por  am- 
bos  OS  Governos. 

A   Commissao  sera   constituida  Organization. 
e  se  achara  prompta  a  funccionar 
dentro   de    seis   mezes   depois    da 
troca   de   ratificaqoes  do  presente 
tratado. 

Ao    cabo   de   cada    periodo    de  Reappoint- 

'  _  inent,    etc. 

cinco  annos  os  Commissarios 
serao  reconduzidos  ou  outros  os 
substituirao. 

As  vagas  serao  preenchidas  do  Vacancies, 
mesmo   modo   que   as    nomeagcjes 
primitivas. 

A    Commissao    formulara    suas  I'rocedure. 
proprias  rcgras  de  processo. 


8 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Meetings. 


Time  for 
report. 


Triplicate 
reports. 


Article  III 

In  the  case  of  failure  to  agree 
upon  the  diplomatic  solution  of  a 
dispute  concerning  a  question  of 
an  international  character,  the 
Two  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall  submit  it  to  said  Commission 
for  investigation  and  report.  The 
convocation  of  the  Commission 
may  be  made  by  either  Contract- 
ing Government.  The  Commis- 
sion shall  by  preference  sit  in  the 
country  in  which  there  are  the 
greater  facilities  for  the  study  of 
the  question,  and  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  shall  furnish  all 
the  means  to  that  end.  The  re- 
port of  the  Commission  shall  be 
presented  within  a  year  counted 
from  the  date  at  which  the  Com- 
mission shall  declare  that  its 
work  is  begun,  unless  a  prolonga- 
tion of  the  time  shall  be  accorded 
by  both  Parties.  This  report, 
which  is  purely  advisory  and  does 
not  bind  the  Contracting  Parties 
as  to  the  question  at  issue,  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate,  each 
Government  being  furnished  with 
a  copy  and  the  third  kept  in  the 
files  of  the  Commission. 


Artigo  III 

Caso  nao  cheguem  a  accordo 
quanto  a  solugao  diplomatica  de 
alguma  questao  de  caracter  in- 
ternacional,  as  duas  Altas  Partes 
Contractantes  a  submetterao  a 
dita  Commissao,  para  que  investi- 
gue  o  de  parecer. 

A  Commissao  pode  ser  convo- 
cada  por  qualquer  das  Partes 
Contractantes  e  funccionara  de 
preferencia  no  paiz  em  que  se  Ihe 
offeregam  mais  facilidades  para 
o  estudo  da  questao,  para  cujo 
fim  as  Altas  Partes  Contractantes 
fornecerao  todos  os  meios. 

O  parecer  da  Commissao  sera 
apresentado  dentro  de  um  anno  a 
contar  da  data  em  que  a  Commis- 
sao declarar  que  comeqou  sens  tra- 
balhos,  salvo  prorogagao  accord- 
ada  pelas  duaS  Partes. 

Este  parecer,  que  e  puramente 
consultivo  e  nao  obriga  as  Partes 
Contractantes  quanto  ao  assump- 
to  em  questao,  sera  preparado  em 
triplicata,  cada  um  dos  Governos 
recebendo  um  exemplar  e  sendo  o 
terceiro  guardado  no  archivo  da 
Commissao. 


Submission 
to  arbitration. 


Article  IV 

After  presentation  of  the  re- 
port to  both  Governments  six 
months'  time  will  be  given  to  re- 
newed negotiations  in  order  to 
bring  about  a  solution  of  the  ques- 
tion in  view  of  the  findings  of  said 


Artigo  IV 
Apresentado  o  parecer  a  ambos 
OS  Governos,  estes  terao  seis 
mezes  para  negociar  um  arranjo 
de  accordo  com  o  dito  parecer  e, 
se  ao  cabo  d'este  novo  termo  nao 
conseguirem  entender-se,  submet- 


BRAZIL 


report;  and  if  after  this  new  term 
both  Governments  should  be  un- 
able to  reach  a  friendly  arrange- 
ment, they  will  proceed  to  submit 
the  dispute  to  arbitration  under 
the  terms  of  the  Convention  in 
force  between  them,  if  such  con- 
vention covers  the  question  or 
questions  investigated. 

Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  Two  High  Contracting 
Parties  according  to  their  national 
Constitutions,  and  the  ratifica- 
tions shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible.  It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of 
ratifications  and  shall  continue  in 
force  for  a  period  of  five  years, 
and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in 
force  until  twelve  months  after 
one  of  the  two  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  ter- 
minate it. 

The  strict  and  honest  fulfill- 
ment of  the  foregoing  clauses  is 
intrusted  to  the  honor  of  the  sig- 
natory nations. 


terao  o  litigio  a  arbitramento,  em 
conformidade  com  os  termos  da 
Convengao  vigente  entre  ambos, 
se  couber  nella  a  questao  consi- 
derada. 


Duration. 


Artigo  V 

O  presente  tratado  sera  ratifi-  JJ[,?fica"tfonf 
cado  pelas  duas  Altas  Partes  Con- 
tractantes,  na  forma  prescripta 
pelas  Constituigoes  nacionaes,  e 
as  ratificagoes  serao  trocadas  no 
mais  breve  prazo.  O  tratado  en- 
trara  em  vigor  logo  depois  dessa 
troca  e  continuara  por  um  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  annos,  findo  o  qual 
vigorara  ate  doze  mezes  depois 
que  uma  das  duas  Altas  Partes 
Contractantes  tiver  annunciado  a 
outra  a  sua  intengao  de  o  ter- 
minar. 

O  estricto  e  leal  cumprimento  Compliance. 
das  clausulas  precedentes   e  con- 
fiado  a  honra   das  naqoes  signa- 
tarias. 


In  witness  whereof,  the  re- 
spective Plenipotentiaries  have 
signed  the  present  treaty  and 
have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington,  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

William  Jennings  Bryan     [seal] 

DOMICIO  DA  GaMA  [seal] 


Em  testemunho  de  que  os  re-  Signatures, 
spectivos   Plenipotenciarios  assig- 
naram  o  presente  tratado  ao  qual 
appuzeram  os  sens  selos. 

Fcito  na  cidade  de  Washington, 
no  dia  24  do  mez  de  julho  do  anno 
de  mil  novecentos  e  quatorze. 


10 


PERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Chile  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Treaty  for  the  Settlement  of  dis- 
putes that  may  occur  between 
the  United  States  of  America 
and  Chile. 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Republic  of  Chile  be- 
ing desirous  to  secure  in  the  most 
effective  way  the  amicable  settle- 
ment of  any  future  difficulties  be- 
tween both  countries  and  the  sub- 
sequent maintenance  of  peace  and 
good  amity  between  them,  have 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  special 
treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  their 
Plenipotentiaries  as  follows: 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  His  Excellency 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States ; 
and 

The  President  of  the  Republic 
of  Chile,  His  Excellency  Eduardo 
Suarez  IMujica,  Envoy  Extraordi- 
nary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary 
of  Chile  to  the  United  States  of 
America ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 


Tratado  para  la  Solucion  de  las 
Difjcultades  que  surgieren  entre 
los  Estados  Unidos  de  America 
y  Chile. 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  y  el  Presi- 
dente de  la  Republica  de  Chile, 
deseosos  de  proveer  de  la  manera 
mas  eficaz  al  arreglo  amistoso  de 
cualquiera  futura  dificultad  entre 
ambos  paises  y  de  asegurar  mejor 
el  mantenimiento  de  la  paz  y 
buena  amistad  entre  ellos,  han 
resuelto  concluir  un  tratado  es- 
pecial con  tales  fines,  y  han  nom- 
brado  al  efecto  sus  Plenipoten- 
ciarios,  a  saber : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America,  a  su  Ex- 
celencia  William  Jennings  Bryan, 
Secretario  de  Estado  de  los  Esta- 
dos Unidos ;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
de  Chile,  a  Su  Excelencia  Eduardo 
Suarez  Mujica,  Enviado  Ex- 
traordinario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciario  de  Chile  en  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America ; 

Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  sus  respectivos  plenos 
poderes  y  encontradolos  en  buena 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1645.  Signed  at  Washington  July 
24,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate.  August  20,  1914;  ratified  by  the 
President,  November  11,  1915;  ratified  by  Chile,  November  9,  1915;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  January  19,  1916;  proclaimed,  January  22,  1916. 


CHILE 


11 


proper  and  due  form,  have  agreed      y    debida    forma,    han   convenido 
upon  and  concluded  the  following      en  los  articulos  siguientes : 
articles : 

Articulo  I 


Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

submitted  to 


Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 

agree  that  all  disputes  that  may  convienen  en  que  todas  las  cues-  international 

o  ^  J  T.  Commission 

arise  in  the  future  between  them,  tiones  que  en  lo  f uturo  se  susciten   ^P""  '"vestiga 

'  ^  tion  and 

shall,    when    diplomatic    methods  entre    ellas,    y    que    no    hubieren  report. 

of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  sub-  podido  arreglarse  por  la  via  di- 

mitted    for   investigation  and   re-  plomatica,  sean  sometidas  para  su 

port  to  an  International  Commis-  investigacion    e    informe    a    una 

sion  to  be  constituted  in  the  man-  Comision     Internacional     consti- 

ner   prescribed   in   the   next   sue-  tuida  de  la  manera  que  se  indica 

ceeding    article ;    and    they    agree  en  el  articulo  siguiente ;  y  se  com- 

not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos-  prometen     a     no     declararse     la 

tilities  during  such   investigation,  guerra  6   iniciar  hostilidades   du- 

nor  before  all  resources  stipulated  rante    el    periodo    de    investiga- 

in  this  treaty  have  proved  unsuc-  cion  y  antes   de  agotados   todos 

cessful.  los   resortes   que   se  estipulan   en 

el  presente  tratado. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows  : — 
Each  Government  shall  designate 
two  members,  only  one  of  whom 
shall  be  of  its  own  nationality. 
The  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen 
by  common  agreement  between 
the  two  Governments,  it  being 
understood  that  he  shall  not  be- 
long to  any  of  the  nationalities 
already  represented  on  the  Com- 
mission. The  fifth  member  shall 
perform  the  duties  of  President. 

Each  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  the  right  to  re- 


Articulo  II. 
La    Comision    Internacional    se  international 

Commission. 

compondra  de  cinco  miembros.  Composition, 
nombrados  en  esta  forma : — Cada 
Gobierno  elegira  dos  miembros, 
de  los  cuales  solo  uno  podra  ser  de 
su  propia  nacionalidad.  El  quin- 
to  miembro  sera  elegido  de  comun 
acuerdo  por  ambos  Gobiernos,  no 
pudiendo  recaer  la  designacion  en 
ciudadano  de  ninguna  de  las  na- 
cionalidades  ya  representadas  en 
la  Comision.  El  quinto  miembro 
desempcfiara  las  funciones  de 
Presidente. 

Cada  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  Jifs'^joners. 
Contratantes    tendra    el    derecho 


12 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


\'acancies. 


Appointment. 


Expenses. 


move,  at  any  time  before  inves- 
tigation begins,  any  Commis- 
sioner selected  by  it  and,  con- 
jointly, the  nomination  of  the 
successor,  or  successors,  must  be 
enacted.  Likewise,  either  Gov- 
ernment shall  also  have  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  approval  of  the 
fifth  member ;  in  which  case  the 
new  fifth  member  will  be  ap- 
pointed within  thirty  days  fol- 
lowing the  notification  of  the 
withdrawal,  by  common  agree- 
ment between  the  two  Govern- 
ments, and  such  agreement  lack- 
ing, the  appointment  will  be 
made  by  the  President  of  the 
Swiss   Confederation. 

The  vacancies  that  may  occur 
through  other  causes  than  those 
already  named,  will  be  filled  as 
mentioned  in  this  article. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  constituted  within  the 
four  months  following  the  ex- 
change of  the  ratifications  of  this 
treaty,  and  shall  notify  both 
Governments  of  the  date  of  its  or- 
ganization. The  Commission  will 
establish  its  own  regulations. 
The  resolutions  of  the  Commis- 
sion, as  well  as  its  final  report, 
will  be  adopted  by  the  majority 
of  its  members. 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  paid  by  the  two 
Contracting  Governments  in 
equal  proportion. 


de  revocar,  antes  de  que  se  haya 
iniciado  la  investigacion,  el  nom- 
bramiento  de  cualquiera  de  los 
miembros  que  le  hubiere  corres- 
pondido  designar,  y  en  el  mismo 
acto  de  la  revocacion  debera 
proveer  al  reemplazo  del  6  de 
los  miembros  separados.  Podra 
igualmente  cualquiera  de  los  dos 
Gobiernos  retirar  su  aceptacion 
del  quinto  miembro,  y  en  tal  caso 
se  designara  al  reemplazante  den- 
tro  de  los  treinta  dias  siguientes 
a  la  notificacion  de  la  revocatoria, 
de  comun  acuerdo  entre  ambos 
Gobiernos,  y  en  defecto  de  este 
acuerdo  la  designacion  se  hara  por 
el  Presidente  de  la  Confederacion 
Suiza. 

Las  vacantes  por  causas  diver- 
sas  de  las  enumeradas  se  llenaran, 
respectivamente,  en  la  forma  es- 
tablecida  en  este  articulo. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera constituirse  dentro  de  los 
cuatro  meses  siguientes  al  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  de  este  tratado, 
y  dara  cuenta  a  ambos  Gobiernos 
de  la  fecha  de  su  instalacion.  La 
Comision  establecera  por  si  misma 
las  reglas  de  su  procedimiento. 
Las  decisiones  de  la  Comision,  lo 
mismo  que  su  informe  final,  seran 
acordados  por  la  mayoria  de  sus 
miembros. 

Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  seran 
sufragados  por  mitad  entre  los 
dos  Gobiernos  Contratantes. 


CHILE 


13 


The  Commission  shall  deter- 
mine the  country  wherein  it  will 
sit,  taking  into  consideration  the 
greater  facilities  for  the  investi- 
gation. 

Article  III 

In  case  that,  as  established  in 
Article  I,  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
the  difficulty  by  diplomatic  meth- 
ods, said  difficulty  will  be  imme- 
diately submitted  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  its  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  con- 
vocation of  said  Commission  may 
be  made  by  either  contracting 
Government. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with  all 
the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate :  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Gov- 
ernment and  the  third  retained 
bv  the  Commission  for  its  files. 


La    Comision    determmara    el  I'laceof 

.  meeting. 

pais  en  que  deba  funcionar,  to- 
mando  en  cuenta  las  mayores  fa- 
cilidades  de  investigacion. 


Articulo  III 
Producido  el  caso  contemplado  ^"t'«.of 

^  Commission. 

en  el  articulo  I,  de  que  las  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes  no  hubieran 
podido  solucionar  su  dificultad 
por  la  via  diplomatica,  esta  sera 
sometida  inmediatamente  a  la 
Comision  Internacional  para  su 
investigacion  e  informe.  La  con- 
vocatoria  de  la  Comision  podra 
hacerse  por  cualquiera  de  los  dos 
Gobiernos  contratantes. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Facilities  for 

investigation.. 

se  obligan  a  suministrar  a  la  Co- 
mision Internacional  todas  las 
facilidades  que  scan  necesarias 
para  la  investigacion  e  informe. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In-  Report, 
ternacional  sera  evacuado  dentro 
del  termino  de  un  ano,  a  contar 
desde  el  dia  que  ella  hubiere  de- 
signado  para  empezar  la  investi- 
gacion. Este  plazo  podra  ser 
prorrogado  por  acuerdo  de  ambos 
Gobiernos  Contratantes.  El  in- 
forme se  extendera  por  triplicado : 
un  ejemplar  sera  entregado  a  cada 
uno  de  los  dos  Gobiernos  contra- 
tantes, y  el  tercero  mantenido  en 
el  archivo  de  la  Comision. 


ArtIculo  IV 


Article  IV 
Once  the   report   in   possession 
of  both  Governments,  six  months'     Comision  a  los  dos  Gobiernos  Con-  [^pg^.^'jation. 


Transmitido    el    informe   de    la  Additional 

time  for 


14 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Questions 
not  to  be 
submitted. 


Special 
convention  to 
determine 
details. 


time  will  be  available  for  renewed 
negotiation  in  order  to  bring 
about  a  settlement  of  the  diffi- 
culty in  view  of  the  findings  of 
said  report;  and  if  even  during 
this  new  term  both  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  reach  a 
friendly  arrangement,  the  dispute 
will  then  be  submitted  to  the 
Permanent  Court  of  xA.rbitration 
established  at  The  Hague. 

Notwithstanding,  any  question 
that  may  affect  the  independence, 
the  honor  or  the  vital  interests  of 
either  or  both  of  the  countries, 
or  the  provisions  of  their  respec- 
tive Constitutions,  or  the  interests 
of  a  third  nation,  will  not  be  sub- 
mitted to  such  or  any  other  arbi- 
tration. 

A  special  and  previously  agreed 
convention  will  detail,  if  arbitra- 
tion is  resorted  to,  the  matter  of 
the  controversy,  the  extent  of  the 
Arbiters'  powers,  and  the  length 
of  time  to  which  the  Court  of 
Arbitration  must  subject  its  or- 
ganization and  procedure,  includ- 
ing the  presentation  of  memorials, 
proofs,  and  pleas. 


tratantes,  estos  dispondran  de  un 
termino  de  seis  meses  para  pro- 
curar  nuevamente  el  arreglo  de  la 
dificultad  en  vista  de  las  conclu- 
siones  del  mencionado  inf  orme ; 
y  si  durante  este  nuevo  plazo  los 
dos  Gobiernos  no  pudieren  toda- 
via  llegar  a  una  solucion  amistosa, 
se  sometera  la  cuestion  a  la  Corte 
Permanente  de  Arbitraje  de  La 
Haya. 

No  sera,  sin  embargo,  sometida 
a  arbitraje  ninguna  cuestion  que 
pueda  afectar  a  la  soberania, 
honor  6  intereses  vitales  de  cual- 
quiera  de  los  dos  paises,  a  las  dis- 
posiciones  de  sus  respectivas  car- 
tas fundamentales  6  a  los  inte- 
reses de  una  tercera  potencia. 

Un  convenio  especial  y  previo 
precisara,  llegado  el  caso,  la  ma- 
teria de  la  controversia,  la  exten- 
sion de  los  poderes  de  los  arbitros 
y  los  plazos  a  que  deban  sujetarse 
la  organizacion  y  procedimientos 
del  Tribunal  de  Arbitraje,  incluso 
la  presentacion  de  memoriales, 
pruebas  y  alegatos. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications, 
etc. 


Article  V 
The  present  treaty  will  be  rati- 
fied by  both  Governments  after 
obtaining  its  approval  by  the 
Constitutional  Powers  of  both 
countries,  and  the  ratifications 
shall  be  exchanged  in  Washing- 
ton as  soon  as  possible. 


Articulo  V 
El  presente  tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  ambos  Gobiernos,  pre- 
vios  los  tramites  constitucionales 
de  uno  y  otro  pais,  y  las  ratifica- 
ciones  seran  cangeadas  en  Wash- 
ington tan  pronto  como  sea 
posible. 


CHINA 


15 


The  special  convention  pre- 
scribed by  the  final  paragraph  of 
Article  IV  remains  also  subject 
to  the  constitutional  requisites  of 
both  countries. 

The  present  treaty  shall  take 
effect  immediately  after  the  ex- 
change of  the  ratifications ;  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years,  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force,  during  suc- 
cessive periods  of  five  years,  until 
one  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  terminate 
it. 


El  convenio  especial  prescrito 
por  el  parrafo  final  del  articulo 
IV,  quedara  tambien  sujeto  a  los 
requisitos  constitucionales  de  am- 
bos  paises. 

La  duracion  del  presente  tra-  Duration, 
tado  sera  de  cinco  afios,  contados 
desde  la  fecha  del  cange  de  las 
ratificaciones ;  y  se  entendera  que 
continua  subsistente  por  periodos 
sucesivos  de  igual  duracion,  mien- 
tras  alguna  de  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  no  haya  comunicado 
a  lo  otra  su  resolucion  de  ponerle 
termino. 


In  witness  thereof  the  respec-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Signatures. 
tive  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed      Plenipotenciarios   han  firmado   el 


the   present   treaty  and  have   af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington,  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 


presente   tratado   y   selladolo   con 
sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  24 
de  Julio  del  ano  de  mil  novecientos 
catorce. 

William  Jennings  Bryan     [seal] 
[seal]    Ed°.  Suarez  MujicA 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  China  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  President  of   Contracting 

Powers. 

the  Republic  of  China,  desiring  to  strengthen  the  friendly  relations 
which  unite  their  two  countries  and  to  serve  the  cause  of  general  peace, 
have  decided  to  conclude  a  treaty  for  these  purposes  and  have  conse- 
quently appointed  the  plenipotentiaries  designated  hereinafter,  to  wit: 


'  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Larr/c.  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1642.  Sipncd  at  WashinRton,  Sep- 
tember 15,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  .Senate,  October  12,  1914;  ratified 
by  the  President,  June  17,  1915;  ratified  by  Cbina,  June  18,  1915;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  October  22,  1915;  proclaimed,  October  23,  1915. 


16 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
Wilham  Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States ;  and 

The  President  of  the  Republic  of  China,  Kai  Fu  Shah,  Envoy  Ex- 
traordinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Republic  of  China  to 
the  United  States ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each  other  their  full  powers,  found  to  be 
in  due  and  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
a  Permanent 
International 
Commission 
for  examina- 
tion and 
report. 


Article  I 

Any  disputes  arising  between  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  and  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  China,  of  what- 
ever nature  they  may  be,  shall,  when  ordinary  diplomatic  proceedings 
have  failed  and  the  High  Contracting  Parties  do  not  have  recourse  to 
arbitration,  be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  a  Permanent 
International  Commission  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect  to 
each  other,  to  any  act  of  force  during  the  investigation  to  be  made  by 
the  Commission  and  before  its  report  is  handed  in. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Organization. 


Appointment. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members 
appointed  as  follows :  Each  Government  shall  designate  two  members, 
only  one  of  whom  shall  be  of  its  own  nationality;  the  fifth  member 
shall  be  designated  by  common  consent  and  shall  not  belong  to  any 
of  the  nationalities  already  represented  on  the  Commission ;  he  shall 
perform  the  duties  of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments  should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the  choice 
of  the  fifth  commissioner,  the  other  four  shall  be  called  upon  to  desig- 
nate him,  and  failing  an  understanding  between  them,  the  provisions 
of  article  45  of  The  Hague  Convention  of  1907^  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  organized  within  six  months  from  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications  of  the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  appointed  for  one  year  and  their  appointment 
may  be  renewed.  They  shall  remain  in  ofiice  until  superseded  or  re- 
appointed, or  until  the  work  on  which  they  are  engaged  at  the  time 
their  office  expires  is  completed. 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2223. 


CHINA 


17 


Duties  of 
mission. 


Any  vacancies  which  may  arise   (from  death,  resignation,  or  cases  Vacancies, 
of  physical  or  moral  incapacity)    shall  be  filled  within  the  shortest 
possible  period  in  the  manner  followed  for  the  original  appointment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  shall,  before  designating  the  commis-  Expenses, 
sioners,  reach  an  understanding  in  regard  to  their  compensation.   They 
shall  bear  by  halves  the  expenses  incident  to  the  meeting  of  the  Com- 
mission. 

Article  III 

In  case  a  dispute  should  arise  between  the  High  Contracting  Parties  co"m 
which  is  not  settled  by  the  ordinary  methods,  each  Party  shall  have  a 
right  to  ask  that  the  investigation  thereof  be  intrusted  to  the  Interna- 
tional Commission  charged  with  making  a  report.  Notice  shall  be 
given  to  the  President  of  the  International  Commission,  who  shall  at 
once  communicate  with  his  colleagues. 

In  the  same  case  the  President  may,  after  consulting  his  colleagues 
and  upon  receiving  the  consent  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the 
Commission,  offer  the  services  of  the  latter  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties.  Acceptance  of  that  offer  declared  by  one  of  the  two  Gov- 
ernments shall  be  sufficient  to  give  jurisdiction  of  the  case  to  the  Com- 
mission in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  paragraph. 

The  place  of  meeting  shall  be  determined  by  the  Commission  itself. 


Provisional 
action. 


Article  IV 

The  two  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  a  right,  each  on  its  fubjecl^matter 
own  part,  to  state  to  the  President  of  the  Commission  what  is  the  referred, 
subject  matter  of  the  controversy.     No  difference  in  these  statements, 
which  shall  be  furnished  by  way  of  suggestion,  shall  arrest  the  action 
of  the  Commission. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute  should  consist  of  certain  acts  already 
committed  or  about  to  be  committed,  the  Commission  shall  as  soon  as 
possible  indicate  what  measures  to  preserve  the  rights  of  each  party 
ought  in  its  opinion  to  be  taken  provisionally  and  pending  the  delivery 
of  its  report. 

Article  V 
As  regards  the  procedure  which  it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission  shall 
as  far  as  possible  be  guided  by  the  provisions  contained  in  articles  9  to 
36  of  Convention  1  of  The  Hague  of  1907.^ 


Procedure. 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


18 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


The  High  Contractin<r  Parties  agree  to  afford  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities  for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  work  of  the  Commission  shall  be  completed  within  one  year 
from  the  date  on  which  it  has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  should  agree  to  set  a  different  period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commission  and  the  terms  of  its  report  shall 
be  adopted  by  a  majority.  The  report,  signed  only  by  the  President 
acting  by  virtue  of  his  office,  shall  be  transmitted  by  him  to  each  of 
the  Contracting  Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the  Commission. 

Article  VI 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States,  and  by  the  President  of  the  Republic  of  China. 

It  shall  go  into  force  immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  shall  last  five  years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months  at  least  before  the  expiration  of  the 
said  period  of  five  years,  it  shall  remain  in  force  until  the  expiration 
of  a  period  of  twelve  months  after  either  party  shall  have  notified  the 
other  of  its  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  nine- 
teen hundred  and  fourteen,  corresponding  to  the  15th  day  of  the  ninth 
month  in  the  third  year  of  the  Republic  of  China. 

[seal!  William  Jennings  Bryan 

[seal]    [Signature  in  Chinese  characters  of  the  Chinese 

plenipotentiary,  Kai  Fu  Shah] 

[Chinese  text  not  printed.] 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Chinese  Minister] 

Department  of  State, 

Washington,  May  ii,  igi6. 
Sir: 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  International  Com- 
mission provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between  the 


CHINA  19 

United  States  and  China  for  the  advancement  of  the  general  cause  of 
peace,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest,  for  the  consideration  of  your  Gov- 
ernment that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Commission 
may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  April  22, 
1916,  to  August  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing  that  your  Government  receives 
the  suggestion  favorably  will  be  regarded  on  this  Government's  part 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension,  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  re- 
ceive your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded  by  your  Government 
also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing. 
Mr.  Vi  Kyuin  Wellington  Koo, 

Chinese  Minister. 


[The  Chinese  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Chinese  Legation, 
Washington,  May  ig,  igi6. 
Sir: 

I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of  the  11th 
instant,  in  which  you  are  good  enough  to  suggest,  for  the  considera- 
tion of  my  Government,  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization 
of  the  International  Commission  provided  for  in  the  Treaty  of  Sep- 
tember 15,  1914,  between  China  and  the  United  States,  for  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  general  cause  of  peace  may  be  completed,  be  ex- 
tended by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  April  22,  1916,  to  y\ugust  1,  1916. 

I  am  authorized  by  my  Government  to  inform  you  in  reply  that  my 
Government  is  pleased  to  accept  this  suggestion  of  your  Government 
and  accordingly  regards  the  extension  of  time  from  April  22,  1916,  to 
August  1,  1916,  for  the  organization  of  the  Commission  as  effective  by 
this  exchange  of  notes. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  m}'  highest  consideration. 

Vt  Kyuin  Wellington  Koo. 

Ho.VORAFlLK    RORKKT    LaNSING, 

Secretary  of  State. 


20 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Costa  Rica  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  RepubHc  of  Costa  Rica, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

The  President  of  Costa  Rica, 
Seller  Don  Joaquin  Bernardo 
Calvo,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Costa 
Rica  to  the  United  States ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Repiiblica  de  Costa  Rica 
con  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vin- 
culos  de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  a 
la  vez  cimentar  el  espiritu  de  paz 
universal  han  resuelto  celebrar  un 
Tratado  con  tal  objeto  y  para  ese 
fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Pleni- 
potenciarios ; 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Costa  Rica, 
al  Sehor  Don  Joaquin  Bernardo 
Calvo,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  en  los 
Estados  Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examina- 
dos  sus  respectivos  Plenos  Po- 
deres,  y  encontrandolos  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes ; 


Article  I  Articulo  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  Las   Altas   Partes   contratantes 

agree    that    all    disputes    between  acuerdan   que   todas   las    desave- 

them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  nencias,    de    cualquier    naturaleza 

to   the   settlement   of   which   pre-  que  ellas  sean  y  que  en  el  hecho  o 

vious  arbitration  treaties  or  agree-  por   los   terminos   de  tratados   de 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1856.  Signed  at  Washington,  Feb- 
ruary 13,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914;  ratified  by 
Costa  Rica,  July  25,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  November  11,  1914;  ratifi- 
cations exchanged  at  Washington,  November  12,  1914;  proclaimed,  November 
13,  1914. 


COSTA  RICA 


21 


ments  do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall, 
when  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
for  investigation  and  report  to  a 
permanent  International  Com- 
mission, to  be  constituted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  in  the  next 
succeeding  article ;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during  such  investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof ;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
common  agreement  between  the 
two  Governments,  it  being  un- 
derstood that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  cither  country.  Each 
of  the  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall  have  the  right  to  remove,  at 
any  time  before  investigation 
begins,  any  Commissioner  se- 
lected by  it  and  to  name  his  suc- 
cessor, and  under  the  same  con- 
ditions shall  also  have  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  approval  of  the 
fifth  Commissioner  selected 
jointly ;    in     which    case    a    new 


arbitraje  o  compromisos  exis- 
tentes  no  esten  comprendidas  en 
sus  estipulaciones,  y  que  no  hayan 
podido  arreglarse  por  la  via  diplo- 
matica,  seran  sometidas  para  su 
investigacion  e  informe  a  una 
Comision  Internacional  consti- 
tuida  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
siguiente  articulo ;  y  convienen 
asimismo  en  no  declararse  la 
guerra  o  empezar  hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investi- 
gacion ni  antes  de  que  la  Comi- 
sion les  comunique  el  informe. 

Articulo  II 
La    Comision    Internacional   se  international 

Commission. 

compondra  de  cinco  miembros,  Composition, 
nombrados  como  sigue :  un  miem- 
bro  sera  elegido  dentro  del  pais, 
por  su  respectivo  Gobierno ;  otro 
miembre  sera  elegido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el 
quinto  miembre  sera  elegido  de 
comiin  acuerdo  por  los  dos  Go- 
biernos ;  debiendo  entenderse  que 
no  podra  elegirse  a  ningiin  ciu- 
dadano  de  alguno  de  los  dos 
paises  interesados.  Cada  una  de 
las  Altas  Partes  contratantes  se 
reserva  el  derecho  de  separar, 
antes  que  hayan  comenzado  las 
investigaciones,  a  cualquiera  de 
los  comisionados  que  hubiese  ele- 
gido, y  en  tal  caso  procedera 
a  nombrar  a  su  reemplazante. 
P)ajo  la  niisma  condicion  podra 
cualquiera  de  las  Partes  contra- 
tantes   rctirar    su    aceptacion    del 


22 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Commissioner  shall  be  selected 
jointly  as  in  the  original  selection. 

Compensation.  'fhe  Commissioners  shall,  when 
actually  employed  in  the  inves- 
tigation of  a  dispute,  receive  such 
compensation  as  shall  be  agreed 
upon    by    the    High    Contracting 

Expenses.  Parties.      The    expenses    of    the 

Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the 
two  Governments  in  equal  pro- 
portion. 

Appointment.  I'hg    International    Commission 

shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as 
possible  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  accord- 
ing to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The 
International  Commission  may, 
however,  spontaneously  offer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 


quinto  comisionado  elegido  con- 
juntamente,  y  en  este  caso  se 
procedera  a  una  nueva  eleccion 
en  la  forma  ya  establecida.  Los 
comisionados  recibiran  la  com- 
pensacion  que  acuerden  las  Altas 
Partes  contratantes  tan  solo  du- 
rante el  tiempo  que  se  ocupen 
de  la  investigacion.  Los  gastos 
de  la  Comision  seran  sufragados 
por  mitad  por  los  Gobiernos  con- 
tratantes. 

La  Comision  Internacional  sera 
nombrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifi- 
caciones  del  Tratado ;  y  las  va- 
cantes  que  ocurrieren  seran  lle- 
nadas  segun  lo  acordado  para  el 
nombramiento  original. 

Articulo  III 

En  el  caso  de  que  no  haya  sido 
posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 
entre  las  Altas  Partes  contratan- 
tes por  los  medios  diplomaticos, 
esta  sera  referida  inmediatamente 
a  la  Comision  Internacional  para 
su  investigacion  e  informe.  La 
Comision  Internacional  podra 
tambien  por  iniciativa  propia 
intervenir,  y  en  tal  caso  debera 
hacerlo  saber  a  ambos  Gobiernos 
y  pedir  su  cooperacion  para  la 
investigacion. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  subministrar  a  la 
Comision  Permanente  Interna- 
cional todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  que  demande  para  la  in- 
vestigacion e  informe. 


COSTA  RICA  23 

The  report  of  the  International  EI     informe    de    la     Comision  Time  for 

^  ,  report. 

Commission  shall  be  completed  Internacional  debera  estar  listo 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on  dentro  de  un  afio  contado  desde 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi-  la  fecha  en  que  ella  declare  haber 
gation  to  have  begun,  unless  the  empezado  la  investigacion,  a 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall  nienos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu-  tratantes  restringieran  o  exten- 
tual  agreement.  The  report  shall  dieran  el  tiempo  por  mutuo  con- 
be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one  sentimiento.  El  informe  debe 
copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  ser  preparado  por  triplicado ;  una 
Government,  and  the  third  re-  copia  para  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tained  by  the  Commission  for  tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
its  files.  para  su  archivo. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties         Las  Altas   Partes   contratantes  independent 

°  °  action 

reserve    the    right    to    act    inde-  se   reservan   el  derecho   de  obrar  reserved, 
pendently   on   the   subject   matter  independientemente   en   el   asunto 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of  en  disputa  despues  que  el  informe 
the   Commission    shall   have  been  de  la  Comision  se  les  haya  some- 
submitted,  tido. 

Article  IV  Articulo  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati-  fa'^,ificrtfon°s^ 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the  ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
United  States  of  America,  by  and  Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
the  Senate  thereof;  and  by  the  del  Senado,  y  por  el  Presidente 
President  of  Costa  Rica,  with  the  de  la  Republica  de  Costa  Rica, 
approval  of  the  Congress  thereof ;  con  la  aprobacion  del  Congreso 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex-  Constitucional,  y  las  ratifica- 
changed  as  soon  as  possible.  It  ciones  seran  canjeadas  tan 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after  pronto  como  fuere  posible.  Pro- 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  ducira  sus  efectos  el  presente 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  Tratado  inmediatamente  despues  nuration. 
period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  del  canje  de  ratificaciones  y  con- 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until  tinuara  en  vigor  por  cinco  afios, 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the  y  sera  obligatorio  despues  por 
High  Contracting  Parties  have  doce  niescs  contados  desde  que 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
intention  to  terminate  it.  tantes     haya     comunicado     a     la 

otra  su  intencion  de  terminarlo. 


24 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signatures.  In  witness  whcreof,  the  respec- 

tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
13th  day  of  February,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  fourteen. 

William  Jen 
[seal]      J.  B.  Calvo 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  puesto  al  pie 
sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
13  de  febrero  en  el  ano  de  Nuestro 
Sehor  mil  novecientos  catorce. 

NiNGS  Bryan     [seal] 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Denmark  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Den- 
mark being  desirous  to  strengthen 
the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind 
them  together  and  also  to  advance 
the  cause  of  general  peace,  have 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States :  The  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Den- 
mark: Mr.  Constantin  Brun,  His 
Chamberlain     and     Envoy     Ex- 


De  amerikanske  Forenede  Sta- 
ter og  Hans  Majestset  Kongen  af 
Danmark  har,  besjaelede  af  0nsket 
om  at  styrke  de  Venskabsbaand, 
som  sammenknytter  dem,  og 
samtidig  at  fremme  Freden  i  Al- 
mindelighed,  besluttet  at  indgaa 
en  Traktat  mellem  sig  til  dette 
Formaal  og  har  i  den  Anledning 
udnsevnt  til  deres  befuldmaegti- 
gede: 

Praesidenten  for  de  Forenede 
Stater,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings     Bryan,     Statssekretser ; 


og 


Hans  Majestast  Kongen  af  Dan- 
mark,  Hr.  Constantin  Brun,  Hans 
Majestaets  Kammerherre  og  En- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1883.  Signed  at  Washington,  April 
17,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  September  30,  1914;  ratified  by 
Denmark,  November  21,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President.  January  14,  1915;  rati- 
fications exchanged  at  Washington,  January  19,  1915 ;  proclaimed,  January  20, 
1915. 


DENMARK 


25 


traordinary    and    Minister    Pleni- 
potentiary to  the  United  States ; 

\\Tio,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the   following  articles : 


voye  extraordinaire  og  Ministre 
plenipotentiaire  i  de  Forenede 
Stater ; 

Som  efter  at  have  meddelt  hin- 
anden  deres  respektive  Fuldmag- 
ter,  der  fandtes  at  vaere  i  beh^rig 
Form,  er  komne  overens  om  fjzJl- 
gende  Artikler: 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  an 
International  Commission,  to  be 
constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
article;  and  they  agree  not  to 
declare  war  or  begin  hostilities 
during  such  investigation  and 
report. 


Artikel  I 
De  hdje  kontraherende   Parter  Disputes  to  be 

'^•'  submitted  to 

er  enijre  om,  at  alle  Stridisrheder   international 

^  '^  Commission 

mellem  dem,  li^egyldie:  af  hvilken  fpr  im-estiga- 

'       fc>    &y         &  tjQn  and 

Art,  som  det  ikke  er  lykkedes  at  report, 
bilaegge  ad  diplomatisk  Vej,  skal 
forelaegges  en  international  Kom- 
mission  til  Unders^gelse  og  Be- 
taenkning.  Komissionen  skal 
sammensjettes  paa  den  i  den  f^l- 
gende  Artikel  bestemte  Maade,  og 
de   er  eniee  om   ikke   at   erklasre  status 

■^  _  pendin 

Krig    eller    paabegynde     Fjendt-  report 
ligheder,    saal?cnge    Kommission- 
ens  Unders^gelse  ikke  er  tilende- 
bragt  og  dens  Betsenkning  afgivet. 


ng 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fiftli 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  It  is  understood 
that  the  fifth  member  of  the  Cnm- 


Artikel  II 

Den  Internationale  Kommis- 
sion  skal  bestaa  af  5  Medlem- 
mer,  der  udnaevnes  paa  f^lgende 
Maade :  et  Mcdlem  skal  va;lges 
fra  hvert  I.and  af  dettes  Rege- 
ring ;  et  Medlem  skal  va^lges  af 
hvcr  Regcring  fra  et  trcdje  Land; 
det  fcnite  Mcdlem  skal  va^lges 
cfter  Overenskomst  mellem  de  to 
Rcpjeringer.  Det  femte  Medlem 
af  Kommissionen  maa  ikke  vsere 
Statsborger    i     nogct    af     de    to 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


26 


PERFECTED  TREATIi:S 


mission  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
Expenses.  either  country.     The  expenses  of 

the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the    two     Governments    in    equal 
proportion. 
Appointment.  The    International    Commission 

shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 
Procedure.  Uulcss    Otherwise     agreed    be- 

tween the  parties  the  procedure 
of  the  International  Commission 
shall  be  regulated  by  the  pre- 
scriptions contained  in  the  Con- 
vention signed  at  The  Hague  on 
October  18,  1907,  for  the  peaceful 
settlement  of  international  dis- 
putes. Chapter  III.^ 


Lande.  Kommissionens  Udgifter 
skal  betales  af  de  to  Regeringer 
med  lige  Dele. 


Den  internationale  Kommis- 
sion  skal  udnaevnes  inden  Udljzibet 
af  4  Maaneder  efter  Udvekslingen 
af  Ratifikationerne  af  denne  Tra- 
ktat,  og  ledige  Pladser  skal  ud- 
fyldes  paa  samme  Maade  som 
den  oprindelige  Udnsevnelse. 

Medmindre  andet  er  aftalt  mel- 
lem  Parterne,  skal  Proceduren 
ved  den  internationale  Kommis- 
sion  ske  i  Overensstemmelse  med 
Reglerne  i  Kap.  Ill  i  den  i  Ha^g 
den  18.  Oktober  1907  underteg- 
nede  Konvention  om  fredelig 
Bilseggelse  af  internationale  Stri- 
digheder. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The 
International  Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such,  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree   to    furnish   the   Permanent 


Artikel  III 

Hvis  det  ikke  lykkes  de  h^je 
kontraherende  Parter  at  bilaegge 
en  Strid  gennem  diplomatisk  For- 
handling,  skal  de  straks  henvise 
den  til  den  internationale  Kom- 
mission  til  Unders^gelse  og  Be- 
tsenkning.  Den  internationale  Kom- 
mission  kan  desuden  handle  paa 
eget  Initiativ,  og  i  .saa  Tilfalde 
skal  den  underrette  begge  Rege- 
ringer og  anmode  om  deres  Bi- 
stand  til  Unders^gelsen.  De  hjz(je 
kontraherende  Parter  er  enige  om 
at   yde   den  permanente   interna- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


DENMARK 


27 


International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


tionale  Kommission  alle  Hjael- 
pemidler  og  enhver  Bistand,  som 
er  n^dvendig  til  Foretagelse  af 
UndersjzJgelsen  og  Afgivelse  af 
Betgenkningen. 

Den     internationale     Kommis-  J™^ 

tor  report. 

sions  Beretning  skal  vsere  faerdig 
inden  1  Aar  efter  det  Tidspunkt, 
paa  hvilket  den  erklaerer,  at  dens 
Unders^gelse  er  paabegyndt, 
niedmindre  de  h^je  kontraherende 
Parter  efter  Aftale  forlaenger  dette 
Tidsrum.  Betsenkningen  skal 
udfserdiges  i  3  Eksemplarer,  af 
hvilke  eet  skal  overHves  hver  Re- 
gering;  det  tredje  skal  Kommis- 
sionen  beholde  til  sine  Arkiver. 


Article  IV 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that,  upon  the  receipt  of 
the  report  of  the  International 
Commission  as  provided  in  Ar- 
ticle III,  they  will  inmiediately 
endeavor  to  adjust  the  dispute 
directly  between  them  upon  the 
basis  of  the  Commission's  find- 
ings. The  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties, however,  reserve  the  right  to 
act  independently  on  the  subject 
matter  of  the  dispute  after  the 
report  of  the  Commission  shall 
have  been  submitted. 


Artikel  IV 

De  h^je  kontraherende  Parter 
er  enige  om  ved  Modtagelsen  af 
den  internationale  Kommissions 
Betaenkning,  som  forudsat  i  Art. 
Ill,  uopholdelig  at  ville  bestraebe 
sig  for  at  bilaegge  Striden  direkte 
mellcm  sig  paa  Grundlag  af 
Kommissionens  Resultater 
h0je  kontraherende  Parter  forbe- 
holde  sig  dog  Ret  til  at  handle 
uafhasngigt  med  Hensyn  til 
Stridens  Gjenstand,  efterat  Kom- 
missionens Betaenkning  er  bleven 
forelagt. 


Adjustment 
of  dispute. 


Y)c    Independent 
action 
reserved. 


Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent 


Artikel  V 

Naervaerende       Traktat        skal  Ratification. 

ratificeres  af  Praesidenten   for  de 

amerikanske  Forenede  Stater  med 

Scnatets  Raad  og  Samtykke  og  af 


28 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration 
and  de- 
nouncement. 


Signatures. 


of  the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  His 
Alajesty  the  King  of  Denmark. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed at  Washington  as  soon 
as  possible.  It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange 
of  ratifications,  and  shall  continue 
in  force  for  a  period  of  five  years  ; 
and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in 
force  until  twelve  months  after 
one  of  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties shall  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  termi- 
nate it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  En- 
glish and  Danish  languages  at 
Washington  this  17th  day  of 
April,  in  the  year  1914. 

William  Jennings  Bryan     [seal] 
C.  Brun  [seal] 


Hans  Majestaet  Kongen  af  Dan- 
mark. 

Ratifikationerne  skal  udveksles 
i  Washington  saa  snart  som 
muligt.  Traktaten  skal  trasde  i 
Kraft  umiddelbart  efter  Udveks- 
lingen  af  Ratifikationerne  og  skal 
forblive  i  Kraft  for  et  Tidsrum  af 
5  Aar,  og  derefter  skal  den  blive 
i  Kraft  indtil  Udl^bet  af  12 
Maaneder  efter,  at  en  af  de  hjzije 
kontraherende  Parter  maatte  give 
den  anden  Part  Meddelelse  om, 
at  den  har  til  Hensigt  at  bringe 
den  til  Oph^r. 

Til  Bekrseftelse  heraf  har  de 
tvende  Befuldmsegtigede  under- 
tegnet  naerveerende  Traktat  og 
paatrykt  den  deres  Segl. 

Givet  i  to  Eksemplarer  paa 
Engelsk  og  Dansk  i  Washington 
den  17^«  April,  1914. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Ecuador  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


The  Governments  of  the  United  Los  Gobiernos  de  los  Estados 
States  of  America  and  of  the  Re-  Unidos  de  America  y  de  la  Repii- 
public  of  Ecuador,  being  desirous  blica  del  Ecuador,  en  el  anhelo  de 
of  once  more  contributing  to  the  contribuir  una  vez  mas  a  la  con- 
consolidation  of   their  traditional  solidacion    de    su    politica    tradi- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1650.  Signed  at  Washington,  Octo- 
ber 13,  1914 ;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  October  20,  1914 ;  ratified  by  the 
President,  January  4,  1916 ;  ratified  by  Ecuador,  November  10,  1915 ;  ratifica- 
tions exchanged  at  Washington,  January  22,  1916;  proclaimed,  January  24,  1916. 


ECUADOR 


29 


policy  of  peace  and  amity  and 
also  to  advance  the  diffusion  of 
the  spirit  of  universal  peace,  have 
resolved  to  enter  into  a  special 
treaty  and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America :  The  Honor- 
able William  Jennings  Bryan, 
Secretary  of  State ;  and 

The  President  of  the  Republic 
of  Ecuador:  Seiior  Dr.  Don  Gon- 
zalo  S.  Cordova,  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Republic  of  Ecuador 
to  the  United  States  of  America ; 

\\  ho,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


cional  de  paz  y  de  amistad  y  con 
el  proposito  de  fomentar  la  difu- 
sion  del  espiritu  de  paz  universal, 
han  convenido  en  concluir  un 
Tratado  Especial  nombrando  a 
este  fin  como  sus  Plenipoten- 
ciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America :  al  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tario  de  Estado ;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Repiiblica 
del  Ecuador:  al  Seiior  Dr.  Don 
Gonzalo  S.  Cordova,  Enviado 
Extraordinario  y  Ministro  Pleni- 
potenciario  de  la  Republica  del 
Ecuador  en  los  Estados  Unidos  de 
America ; 

Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  los  Plenos  Poderes  de 
que  se  hallan  investidos.  hallados 
en  buena  y  debida  forma,  han 
convenido  en  las  disposiciones 
siguientes : 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 
ments do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  and 
which  it  has  not  been  possible  to 
adjust  through  dii)lomatic  meth- 
ods, be  referred  for  investigation 
and  report  to  an  International 
Commission  to  be  constituted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  fol- 
lowing article.    And  they  further 


Articulo  I 
Las   Altas   Partes   contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

submitted  to 

acuerdan  que  todas  las  desavenen-   international 

Commission 

cias  de  cualquiera  naturaleza  que   for  invesUga- 

,  tion  and 

ellas  scan  y  que  en  el  hecho  o  por  report. 
los  terminos  de  tratados  de  arbi- 
traje  existentes  no  esten  com- 
prendidas  en  sus  estipulaciones, 
y  que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
por  la  via  diplomatica  seran 
sometidas  para  su  investigacion 
e  in  forme  a  una  Comision  Inter- 
nacional  constituida  en  la  manera 
prescrita  en  el  siguiente  articulo. 
Convienen  asimismo  en  no  decla- 


30 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


agree  not  to  declare  war  or  com-  rarse    la   guerra    6   cometer   acto 

mit  any   act   of   hostility   against  alguno    de    hostilidad    durante    el 

each  other,  during  such  investiga-  periodo     de     la     investigacion     y 

tion    and    before    the    report    is  antes  de  sometido  el  informe. 
submitted. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


New 

appointments- 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  article 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
Each  Government  shall  appoint 
two  members,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  a  citizen  of  the  country  whose 
government  appoints  him,  and 
the  other  a  citizen  of  some  third 
country ;  the  fifth  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement 
between  the  two  Governments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not 
be  a  citizen  of  either  of  the  two 
contracting  countries.  In  case  of 
disagreement  regarding  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  fifth  member, 
the  two  Governments  shall  re- 
quest the  President  of  the  Swiss 
Confederation  to  choose  such 
member.  Said  fifth  member  shall 
be  of  right  the  President  of  the 
International  Commission. 

Each  Government  shall  have 
the  right  to  revoke  the  appoint- 
ment of  either  or  both  of  the  mem- 
bers chosen  by  it,  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  investigation  is  begun, 
but  must  appoint  his  or  their  suc- 
cessors at  the  time  his  or  their  ap- 
pointments are  revoked.  If  the 
fifth  member  be  chosen  by  com- 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  a 
que  se  refiere  el  articulo  anterior 
sera  compuesta  de  cinco  miem- 
bros  designados  en  la  siguiente 
forma :  Cada  Gobierno  nombrara 
dos  miembros,  debiendo  uno  de 
ellos  ser  ciudadano  del  pais  cuyo 
Gobierno  lo  nombra  y  el  otro  ciu- 
dadano de  un  tercer  pais.  El 
quinto,  debera  ser  designado  co- 
mun  acuerdo  por  ambos  Gobier- 
nos,  no  pudiendo  recaer  la  desig- 
nacion  en  un  ciudadano  de  nin- 
guno  de  los  dos  paises  contra- 
tantes.  En  el  caso  de  desacuerdo 
sobre  la  eleccion  del  quinto,  los 
dos  Gobiernos  pediran  al  Presi- 
dente  de  la  Confederacion  Suiza 
que  haga  la  designacion  de  el. 
Este  quinto  miembro  sera  de  de- 
recho  Presidente  de  la  Comision 
Internacional. 

Cada  Gobierno  podra  revocar  el 
nombramiento  de  cualquiera  de 
los  miembros  designados  por  el, 
en  cualquier  momento  antes  de 
iniciada  la  investigacion,  debiendo 
sin  embargo  designar  el  6  los 
reemplazantes  en  el  mismo  acto 
en  que  produzca  la  revocacion.  Si 
el    quinto    miembro    hubiera  sido 


ECU  ADO  R 


31 


mon  agreement  between  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  they  may 
also  at  any  time  before  the  inves- 
tigation is  begun,  withdraw  their 
approval,  but  shall  in  such  case 
come  to  an  agreement  within  the 
next  thirty  days  as  to  the  ap- 
pointment of  a  successor  or  re- 
quest the  President  of  the  Swiss 
Confederation  to  make  such  ap- 
pointment. Vacancies  due  to 
other  causes  than  those  enumer- 
ated in  this  article  shall  be  filled  in 
the  manner  established  for  the 
original  appointment,  and  the 
new  appointments  shall  not  be  de- 
layed more  than  fifteen  days  from 
the  date  on  which  notice  of  the 
vacancy  was  received.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  shall  or- 
ganize within  six  months  after  the 
exchange  of  the  ratifications  of 
this  treaty,  and  shall  report  its 
organization  to  both  Govern- 
ments on  the  same  date.  It  shall 
prescribe  the  rules  of  practice  to 
be  observed  in  the  discharge  of  its 
mission,  and  shall  also  designate 
the  place  where  the  investigations 
are  to  be  conducted.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  Commission  and  the 
compensation  of  its  members  shall 
be  paid  by  the  two  contracting 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 


designado  de  comun  acuerdo  por 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes, 
estas  podran  tambien  en  cual- 
quier  momento  antes  de  iniciada 
la  investigacion,  retirar  ese  acuer- 
do, debiendo  sin  embargo  dentro 
de  los  treinta  dias  siguientes  po- 
nerse  de  acuerdo  en  la  designacion 
del  reemplazante  6  pedir  al  Presi- 
dente  de  la  Confederacion  Suiza 
que  haga  esa  designacion.  Las  Vacancies, 
vacantes  que  se  produjeran  por 
otras  causas  que  las  enumeradas 
en  este  articulo  seran  llenadas  en 
la  forma  establecida  para  la  desig- 
nacion original,  no  debiendo  las 
nuevas  designaciones  retardarse 
mas  de  quince  dias  a  contar  desde 
aquel  en  que  se  haya  tenido  noti- 
cia  de  la  vacante.  La  Comision 
Internacional  se  constituira  den- 
tro de  los  seis  meses  siguientes  al 
cange  de  las  ratificaciones  del  pre- 
sente  Tratado.  debiendo  dar  cuen- 
ta  de  su  constitucion  a  ambos  Go- 
biernos  ne  la  misma  fecha.  Ella 
establecera  las  reglas  de  procedi- 
miento  a  que  debera  ajustarse  en 
el  desempeiio  de  su  mision  y  de- 
signara  asimismo  el  lugar  en  que  Expenses,  etc. 
se  practicaran  las  investigaciones. 
Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  y  los 
honorarios  de  sus  miembros  seran 
sufragados  por  partes  iguales  por 
los  dos  Gobiernos  contratantes. 


ARTfrur.o  III 


Article  ITT 
In  case  the   High    Contracting 
Parties   shall   have   failed   to  ad-      tratantes   no  hayan   pod'd'^   solu- 


Cuando   las   Altas  Partes  Con-   j^"*'"."^. 

Commission. 


32 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities  _ 
for  investi- 
gation, etc. 


Report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


just  their  disputes  by  diplomatic 
methods,  they  shall  at  once  be 
referred  to  the  International  Com- 
mission for  investigation  and  re- 
port, and  either  of  the  two  inter- 
ested governments  may  make  the 
respective  reference.  The  High 
Contracting  Parties  agree  to  fur- 
nish the  International  Commis- 
sion with  all  the  facilities  which 
it  requires  for  the  proper  discharge 
of  its  trust,  and  it  shall  complete 
its  investigation  and  submit  its 
report  within  a  period  of  one  year 
from  the  date  on  which  it  shall 
declare  its  investigation  to  have 
begun.  If  for  reasons  of  force 
majeure  it  shall  not  have  found  it 
possible  to  complete  its  investiga- 
tion or  submit  its  report  within 
the  said  period,  it  may  be  ex- 
tended for  six  months  more,  if  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  agree  in 
this  respect.  Upon  the  submis- 
sion of  its  report  by  the  Inter- 
national Commission,  or  if  for  any 
reason  whatsoever  no  report  is 
submitted  within  the  term  fixed 
in  this  article,  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act 
in  the  subject  matter  of  the  in- 
vestigation and  report  as  their  re- 
spective interests  may  demand. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied   by    the    respective    Govern- 


cionar  sus  diferencias  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  ellas  seran  inmedia- 
tamente  referidas  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe  a  la  Comision 
Internacional,  pudiendo  cualquie- 
ra  de  los  dos  Gobiernos  interesa- 
dos  hacer  la  convocatoria  respec- 
tiva.  Las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes  se  obligan  a  suministrar  a 
la  Comision  Internacional  todas 
las  facilidades  que  reclame  el  me- 
jor  desempeno  de  su  cometido,  y 
ella  debera  terminar  su  investiga- 
cion  y  presentar  su  Informe  den- 
tro  del  termino  de  un  ano  a  contar 
desde  la  fecha  en  que  hubiese  de- 
clarado  que  habia  empezado  la  in- 
vestigacion.  Si  por  razones  de 
fuerza  mayor  no  hubiera  podido 
completarse  la  investigacion  6  re- 
dactarse  el  Informe  dentro  de  ese 
termino,  podra  el  ser  ampliado 
por  seis  meses  mas,  siempre  que 
estuvieran  de  acuerdo  a  este  res- 
pect© las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes.  Sometido  el  Informe  por 
la  Comision  Internacional  a  los 
respectivos  Gobiernos,  6  no  pro- 
ducido  el  por  cualquier  motivo 
dentro  de  los  terminos  fijados  en 
el  presente  articulo,  las  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes  se  reservan 
el  derecho  de  proceder  en  el  asun- 
to  materia  de  investigacion  e  in- 
forme como  lo  reclamen  sus  res- 
pectivos intereses. 

Articulo  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  los  respectivos  Gobier- 


ECUADOR 


33 


ments  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 

This  treaty  shall  continue  in 
force  for  five  years  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  if  notice  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it  is  not  given  by  one 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  to  the 
other  one  year  before  the  ter- 
mination of  this  period,  it  shall  be 
considered  as  renewed  for  another 
year,  and  so  on  successively.  A 
strict  and  faithful  observance  of 
the  preceding  article  is  entrusted 
to  the  honor  of  the  signatory 
nations. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Signatures, 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
the     present     treaty     and     have     presente   Tratado,   y   han   puesto 


nos  de  acuerdo  con  lo  establecido 
por  sus  respectivas  Constituciones, 
debiendo  hacerse  el  cange  de 
dichas  ratificaciones  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible. 

Este  Tratado  estara  en  vigencia  Duration, 
durante  cinco  aiios  a  contar  desde 
el  cange  de  las  ratificaciones  y  si 
no  es  denunciado  un  aiio  antes  de 
su  vencimiento  se  considerara  re- 
novado  por  otro  aiio,  y  asi  sucesi- 
vamente.  El  estricto  y  leal  cum- 
plimiento  de  las  clausulas  prece- 
dentes  queda  confiado  al  honor 
de  las  naciones  signatarias. 


affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 
Done    in    Washington    on    the 

13th  day  of  October,  in  the  year 

of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and 

fourteen. 

[seal]  William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]  G.  S.  Cordova 


al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
13  de  Octubre,  en  el  afio  de  Nues- 
tro  Seiior  mil  novecientos  catorce. 


34 


PERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  France  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Treaty  to  facilitate  the  settlement     Traite  pour  faciliter  le  reglement 
of  Disputes.  des  Litiges. 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  French  RepubHc,  de- 
siring to  strengthen  the  friendly 
relations  which  unite  their  two 
countries  and  to  serve  the  cause 
of  general  peace,  have  decided  to 
conclude  a  treaty  for  these  pur- 
poses and  have  consequently  ap- 
pointed the  plenipotentiaries  des- 
ignated hereinafter,  to-wit: 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States  ; 
and 

The  President  of  the  French 
Republic,  His  Excellency  J.  J. 
Jusserand,  Ambassador  of  the 
French  Republic  to  the  United 
States ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  their  full  powers,  found  to 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 

Article  1 

Any  disputes  arising  between 
the    Government    of    the    United 


Le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique  et  le  President  de  la 
Republique  frangaise,  desirant 
affirmer  les  relations  amicales  qui 
unissent  leurs  deux  pays  et  servir 
la  cause  de  la  paix  generale,  ont 
decide  de  conclure  un  traite  a  ces 
fins  et  ont  nomme,  en  consequence, 
les  plenipotentiaires  ci-apres  de- 
signes,  savoir: 

Le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique,  I'Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretaire  d'Etat 
des  Etats-Unis ;  et 

Le  President  de  la  Republique 
franqaise.  Son  Excellence  J.  J. 
Jusserand,  Ambassadeur  de  la 
Republique  frangaise  aux  Etats- 
Unis  ; 

Lesquels,  apres  s'etre  commu- 
nique leurs  pleins  pouvoirs, 
trouves  en  bonne  et  due  forme, 
sont  convenus  des  articles  sui- 
vants : 

Article  I 
Tous  differends  s'elevant  entre 
le   Gouvernement  des   Etats-Unis 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1887.  Signed  at  Washington,  Sep- 
tember 15,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  September  25,  1914;  ratified 
by  France,  December  3,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  January  14,  1915;  ratifi- 
cations exchanged  at  Washington,  January  22,  1915 ;  proclaimed,  January  23,  1915. 


FRANCE 


35 


States  of  America  and  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  French  Republic,  of 
whatever  nature  they  may  be, 
shall,  when  ordinary  diplomatic 
proceedings  have  failed  and  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  do  not 
have  recourse  to  arbitration,  be 
submitted  for  investigation  and 
report  to  a  Permanent  Inter- 
national Commission  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect 
to  each  other,  to  any  act  of  force 
during  the  investigation  to  be 
made  by  the  Commission  and  be- 
fore its  report  is  handed  in. 


d'Amerique  et  le  Gouvernement 
de  la  Republique  frangaise,  de 
quelque  nature  qu'ils  soient, 
lorsque  les  procedes  diplomatiques 
ordinaires  auront  echoue  et  que 
les  Hautes  Parties  contractantes 
n'ont  pas  recours  a  I'arbitrage, 
seront  soumis,  pour  examen  et 
rapport,  a  une  Commission  inter- 
nationale  permanente,  constituee 
de  la  maniere  prescrite  dans 
1 'article  suivant. 

Les    Hautes    Parties    contrac-  status 

pending 

tantes  conviennent  de  ne  se  livrer,  report. 
I'une  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre,  a  aucun 
acte    de    force    durant   Texamen 
auquel  procedera   la   Commission 
et  avant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 


Article  2 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows  :  Each 
Government  shall  designate  two 
members,  only  one  of  whom  shall 
be  of  its  own  nationality ;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  designated 
by  common  consent  and  shall 
not  belong  to  any  of  the  nation- 
alities already  represented  on  the 
Commission  ;  he  shall  perform  the 
duties  of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  commissioner, 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  fail- 
ing an  understanding  between 
them,  the  provisions  of  article  45 


Article  II 
La    Commission    Internationale  international 

Commission. 

sera  composee  de  cinq  membres  Composition, 
nommes  comme  il  suit :  chaque 
Gouvernement  designera  deux 
membres,  dont  un  seulement  de 
sa  nationalite ;  le  cinquieme  mem- 
bre  sera  designe  d'un  commun 
accord  et  ne  pourra  appartenir  a 
une  des  nationalites  deja  repre- 
sentees dans  la  Commission ;  il 
remplira  les  fonctions  de  Presi- 
dent. 

Au  cas  on  les  deux  Gouverne- 
ments  ne  pourraient  se  mettre 
d'accord  sur  le  choix  du  cin- 
quieme commissaire,  les  quatre 
autres  seraient  appeles  a  le  de- 
signer, et  a  defaut  d'entente  entre 
ceux-ci,  les  dispositions  de  I'arti- 


36 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Organization. 


Term  of 
service. 


Vacancies. 


Compensation 
and  expenses. 


of  The  Hague  Convention  of 
1907^  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  from 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they 
are  engaged  at  the  time  their 
office  expires  is  completed. 


Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
(from  death,  resignation,  or  cases 
of  physical  or  moral  incapacity) 
shall  be  filled  within  the  shortest 
possible  period  in  the  manner  fol- 
lowed for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  understand- 
ing in  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  by  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  the  meet- 
ing of  the  Commission. 


cle  45  de  la  Convention  de  La 
Haye  de  1907  seraient  appliquees. 

La  Commission  sera  constituee 
dans  les  six  mois  de  I'echange  des 
ratifications  de  la  presente  con- 
vention. 

Les  membres  sont  nomrnes 
pour  une  annee  et  leur  mandat 
pent  etre  renouvele.  lis  restent 
en  fonctions  jusqu'a  leur  rem- 
placement  ou  jusqu'au  renou- 
vellement  de  leur  mandat,  ou 
encore  jusqu'a  I'achevement  de 
leurs  travaux  en  cours  au  mo- 
ment de  I'expiration  de  leur  man- 
dat. 

II  sera  pourvu  dans  le  plus  bref 
delai  aux  vacances  qui  se  pro- 
duiraient  (deces,  demission,  cas 
d'incapacite  physique  ou  morale) 
suivant  le  mode  employe  pour  la 
nominr  tion. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  s'entendront  avant  qu'il 
soit  procede  a  la  designation  des 
commissaires  relativement  a  la 
remuneration  de  ceux-ci.  Elles 
supporteront  par  moitie  les  frais 
auxquels  donnerait  lieu  la  reu- 
nion de  la  Commission. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Article  3 

In  case  a  dispute  should  arise 
between  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  which  is  not  settled  by  the 
ordinary     methods,     each     Party 


Article  III 

Dans  le  cas    ou    il    s'eleverait 

entre    les     Hautes     Parties   con- 

tractantes    un    diflerend    qui    ne 

serait    pas    regie    par    les    voies 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2223. 


FRANCE 


37 


shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 
investigation  thereof  be  intrusted 
to  the  International  Commis- 
sion charged  with  making  a  re- 
port. Notice  shall  be  given  to  the 
President  of  the  International 
Commission,  who  shall  at  once 
communicate  with  his  colleagues. 

In  the  same  case  the  President 
may,  after  consulting  his  col- 
leagues and  upon  receiving  the 
consent  of  a  majority  of  the 
members  of  the  Commission, 
offer  the  services  of  the  latter  to 
each  of  the  Contracting  Parties. 
Acceptance  of  that  offer  declared 
by  one  of  the  two  Governments 
shall  be  sufficient  to  give  juris- 
diction of  the  case  to  the  Com- 
mission in  accordance  with  the 
foregoing  paragraph. 

The  place  of  meeting  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Commission 
itself. 

Article  4 

The  two  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  a  right,  each 
on  its  own  part,  to  state  to  the 
President  of  the  Commission 
what  is  the  subject-matter  of 
the  controversy.  No  difference 
in  these  statements,  which  shall 
be  furnished  by  way  of  sugges- 
tion, shall  arrest  the  action  of  the 
Commission. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute 
should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to  be 


ordinaires,  chaque  partie  aura 
le  droit  de  demander  que  I'ex- 
amen  en  soit  confie  a  la  Com- 
mission internationale  chargee  de 
faire  un  rapport.  Notification 
sera  faite  au  President  de  la  Com- 
mission internationale  qui  se  met- 
tra  aussitot  en  relations  avec  ses 
collegues. 

Dans  le  meme  cas,  le  President,  Offer  of 

services. 

apres  avoir  consulte  ses  collegues 
et  moyennant  avis  conforme  de 
la  majorite  des  membres  de  la 
Commission,  pent  offrir  les  ser- 
vices de  celle-ci  a  chacune  des 
Parties  contractantes.  II  suffit 
que  I'un  des  deux  Gouvernements 
declare  I'accepter  pour  que  la 
Commission  soit  saisie  confor- 
mement  a  I'alinea  precedent. 


Le  lieu  de  reunion  sera  fixe  par  Place  of 

'^         meeting. 

la  Commission  elle-meme. 


Statement  of 
subject-matter 
Ap     referred. 


Article  IV 

Les  deux  Hautes  Parties  con 
tractantes  auront  le  droit 
preciser,  chacune  de  son  cote, 
aupres  du  President  de  la  Com- 
mission, quel  est  I'objet  du  litige. 
Nulle  difference  dans  ces  exposes, 
fournis  a  titre  d'indication, 
n'arretera  Taction  de  la  Com- 
mission. 


Dans    le    cas    ot^i    la    cause    du  ProvLsionai 

action. 

differend     consisterait     en     actes 
determines  deja  effectues  ou  sur 


38 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Procedure. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


IndependenI 

action 

reserved. 


committed,  the  Commission  shall 
as  soon  as  possible  indicate  what 
measures  to  preserve  the  rights 
of  each  party  ought  in  its  opin- 
ion to  be  taken  provisionally  and 
pending  the  delivery  of  its  re- 
port. 

Article  5 

As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1 
of  The  Hague  of  1907.^ 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission 
all  means  and  all  necessary  facili- 
ties for  its  investigation  and  re- 
port. 

The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case, 
unless  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties should  agree  to  set  a  different 
period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 


le  point  de  1  etre,  la  Commission 
indiquera,  dans  le  plus  bref  delai 
possible,  quelles  mesures,  con- 
servatoires des  droits  de  chacun, 
devraient,  selon  son  avis,  etre 
prises  a  titre  provisoire  et  en 
attendant  le  depot  de  son  rap- 
port. 

Article  V 

La  Commission  s'inspirera, 
dans  la  mesure  du  possible,  quant 
a  la  procedure  qu'elle  aura  a 
suivre,  des  dispositions  contenues 
dans  les  articles  9  a  36  de  la  Con- 
vention 1  de  La  Haye  de  1907. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  conviennent  de  fournir  a 
la  Commission  tons  les  moyens  et 
toutes  les  facilites  necessaires  a 
son  examen  et  a  son  rapport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission 
devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  ou  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  moins  que  les  Hautes  Parties 
contractantes  ne  tombent  d'ac- 
cord  pour  la  fixation  d'un  autre 
delai. 

Les  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  termes  de  son  rapport 
seront  arretes  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport,  signe  par  le  President 
seul,  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa  qual- 
ite,  sera  transmis  par  ses  soins  a 
chacune  des  Parties  contrac- 
tantes. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes   se    reservent    une    entiere 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


FRANCE 


39 


to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the     Hberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
Commission.  Rapport  de  la  Commission. 


Article  6 

The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  of  the  United  States,  and 
by  the  President  of  the  French 
Republic,  in  accordance  with  the 
constitutional  laws  of  France. 

It  shall  go  into  force  imme- 
diately after  the  exchange  of 
ratifications  and  shall  last  five 
years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months 
at  least  before  the  expiration  of 
the  said  period  of  five  years,  it 
shall  remain  in  force  until  the 
expiration  of  a  period  of  twelve 
months  after  either  party  shall 
have  notified  the  other  of  its 
intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15lh 
day  of  September,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 


Article  VI 

Le  present  traite  sera  ratifie  par  Ratification, 
le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
dAmerique  sur  I'avis  et  avec  le 
consentement  du  Senat  des  Etats- 
Unis,  et  par  le  President  de  la  Re- 
publique  frangaise,  conformement 
aux  lois  constitutionnelles  de  la 
France. 

II   entrera   en   vigueur  aussitot  Exchange  of 

r        n'    1  1  j^T       ^-  ratifications. 

apres    1  echange    des    ratifications 
et  aura  une  duree  de  cinq  annees. 


Duration 
and  de- 
nouncement. 


S'il  n'a  pas  ete  denonce  au 
moins  six  mois  avant  I'expiration 
de  ce  delai  de  cinq  ans,  il  restera 
en  vigueur  jusqu'a  I'expiration 
d'un  delai  de  douze  mois  apres 
que  I'une  des  Hautes  Parties  con- 
tractantes  aura  notifie  a  I'autre 
son  intention  d'y  mettre  terme. 

En  foi  de  quoi  les  plenipoten-  Signatures, 
tiaires     respectifs     ont     signe     le 
present    traite    et    y    ont    appose 
leurs  cachets. 

Fait  a  Washington  le  15  sep- 
tembre  de  I'an  mille  neuf  cent 
quatorze. 


[seal]  William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]  Ju.sserand 


40  PERFECTED  TREATIES 

[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  French  Ambassador] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  lo,  1915. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  International 
Commission  provided  for  in  the  Treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between 
the  United  States  and  France,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the 
general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  Treaty,  which 
expires  tomorrow,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration 
of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of 
the  Commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of 
notes  from  July  22,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  con- 
sideration. 

Robert  Lansing 
His  Excellency 

Mr  J.  J.  Jusserand, 

The  Ambassador  of  France. 


[The  French  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

[Translation] 

Embassy  of  the  French  Republic 

TO  THE  United  States, 

Washington,  November  10,  1915. 
Mr.  Secretary  of  State, 

In  reply  to  Your  Excellency's  letter  of  this  day's  date  I  hasten  to 
confirm  the  oral  assurances  which  I  had  previously  given  you  and  to 
the  effect  that  my  Government  agrees  with  that  of  the  United  States 
to  decide  that  the  time  within  which  the  members  of  the  Commission 
provided  by  the  Treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  are  to  be  designated 
will  be  extended  from  July  22,  1915.  to  January  1,  1916. 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


41 


The  present  exchange  of  notes  is  considered  by  my  Government 
as  sanctioning  the  said  extension  of  time. 

Be  pleased  to  accept,  Mr.  Secretary  of  State,  the  assurances  of 
my  high  consideration. 

JUSSERAND 

His  Excellency 

The  Honorable  Robert  Lansing 

Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  General  Peace^ 


The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty   Contracting 

"^      Powers. 

the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  of 
the  British  Dominions  beyond  the  Seas,  Emperor  of  India,  being  de- 
sirous to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  together  and 
also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general  peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to  that  end  have  appointed  as  their  pleni- 
potentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  the  Honorable  William  Jen- 
nings Bryan,  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States ;  and 

His  Britannic  Majesty,  the  Right  Honorable  Sir  Cecil  Arthur 
Spring-Rice,  G.  C.  V.  O.,  K.  C.  M.  G.,  etc..  His  Ambassador  Extraor- 
dinary and  Plenipotentiary  at  Washington ; 

Who,  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective 
full  powers,  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  and  con- 
cluded the  following  articles : 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them,    f  tmitrd  to''^ 
of   every   nature   whatsoever,   other   than   disputes   the   settlement   of    international 

•^  '  Commission 

which  is  provided  for  and  in  fact  achieved  under  existing  agreements   ^9^  investiga- 

^^—^—  report. 

^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1853.  Signed  at  Wasliinpton,  Sep- 
tember 15.  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  September  25,  1914;  ratified 
by  Great  Britain,  October  8,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  November  4,  1914; 
ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington,  NovemlxT  10,  1914;  proclaimed,  Novem- 
ber 11,  1914. 


42 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


between  the  High  Contracting  Parties,  shall,  when  diplomatic 
methods  of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and 
report  to  a  permanent  International  Commission,  to  be  constituted 
in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  article ;  and  they 
agree  not  to  declare  w^ar  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members, 
to  be  appointed  as  follows :  One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  each 
country,  by  the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
each  Government  from  some  third  country;  the  fifth  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement  between  the  two  Governments,  it 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either  country. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Governments 
in  equal  proportions. 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  appointed  within  six  months 
after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and  vacancies 
shall  be  filled  according  to  the  manner  of  the  original  appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Representa- 
tives from 
self-governing 
British 
Dominions. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  a 
dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  investigation  and  report.  The  Inter- 
national Commission  may,  however,  spontaneously  by  unanimous 
agreement  ofifer  its  services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  request  their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation. 

In  the  event  of  its  appearing  to  His  Majesty's  Government  that 
the  British  interests  affected  by  the  dispute  to  be  investigated  are 
not  mainly  those  of  the  United  Kingdom  but  are  mainly  those  of  some 
one  or  more  of  the  self  governing  dominions,  namely,  the  Dominion 
of  Canada,  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  the  Dominion  of  New 
Zealand,  the  Union  of  South  Africa,  and  Newfoundland,  His  Majesty's 
Government  shall  be  at  liberty  to  substitute  as  the  member  chosen 
by  them  to  serve  on  the  International  Commission  for  such  investiga- 
tion and  report  another  person  selected  from  a  list  of  persons  to  be 
named  one   for  each  of  the  self  governing  dominions  but  only  one 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


43 


shall  act,  namel}',  that  one  who  represents  the  dominion  immediately 
interested. 

The    Hi?h   Contractinsr   Parties   asrree   to    furnish   the   Permanent   Facilities  for 

o  o  o  investigation. 

International  Commission  with  all  the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 
The   report   of   the    International    Commission    shall    be    completed   Time  for 

^  ^  report. 

within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  investiga- 
tion to  have  begun,  unless  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  limit  or 
extend  the  time  by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  prepared 
in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Government,  and 
the  third  retained  by  the  Commission  for  its  files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  independently   a"t'|on^"'^^"* 
on  the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  Commis-   reserved, 
sion  shall  have  been  submitted. 

Article  IV 
This  treaty  shall  not  affect  in  any  way  the  provisions  of  the  Treaty    Boundary 

'  .  .    .  '      waters  treatv 

of  the  11th  January,  1909,^  relating  to  questions  arising  between  the    not  affected. 
United  States  and  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  ^a^f|c^J^o,°^ 
States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  Duration. 
thereof,  and  by  His  Britannic  Majesty ;  and  the  ratifications  shall  be 
exchanged  at  Washington  as  soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  shall  continue  in 
force  for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the   signatures. 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  at  Washington  on  the  15th  day  of  September,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

[seal]   William  Jennings  Bryan 
Cecil  Spring -Rice  [seal] 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2448. 


44  PERFECTED  TREATIES 

[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  British  Ambassador] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  5,  -fp-ff. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international 
commission  provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  looking  to  the  advancement  of 
the  general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  treaty, 
which  expired  on  May  10,  1915,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the 
consideration  of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the 
organization  of  the  commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an 
exchange  of  notes  from  May  10,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  with  the  highest  consideration,  Your  Ex- 
cellency's most  obedient  servant, 

Robert  Lansing 
His  Excellency 

Sir  Cecil  Arthur  Spring-Rice, 

Ambassador  of  Great  Britain. 


[The  British  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

British  Embassy, 
Washington,  November  5,  1915- 
Sir: 

I  have  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Note  of  this 
day's  date  in  which  you  state  as  follows : — 

"It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international 
commission  provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  looking  to  the  advancement  of 
the  general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  treaty, 
which  expired  on  May  10,  1915,  I  have  the  honour  to  suggest  for 
the  consideration  of  vour  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the 


GUATEMALA  45 

organization  of  the  commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an 
exchange  of  notes  from  May  10,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916, 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favourably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be'  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also." 

I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  in  reply  that  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment accepts  this  suggestion  made  by  the  United  States  Government 
and  that  they  regard  the  exchange  of  today's  Notes  as  sufficient  to 
give  effect  to  the  extension. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be, 

With  the  highest  consideration, 
Sir, 
Your  most  obedient,  humble  Servant, 

Cecil  Spring  Rice 
The  Honourable  Robert  Lansing^ 
Secretary  of  State 

of  the  United  States,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Guatemala  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 

The  United  States  of  America         Los  Estados  Unidos  de  America  Contracting 

Powers. 

and  the   Republic  of   Guatemala,  y  la  Republica  de  Guatemala,  en  el 

being  desirous  to  strengthen  the  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos  de 

bonds   of    amity   that    bind    them  amistad  que   los  unen  y  tambien 

together  and  also  to  advance  the  avanzar  la  causa   de  la   Paz  ge- 

cause  of  general  peace,  have  re-  neral,  han  resuelto  entrar  en  un 

solved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto  a  cuyo 

that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Pleni- 

appointed     as     their     plenipoten-  potenciarios : 
tiaries : 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1840.  Signed  at  Washington,  Sep- 
tcml)cr  20,  1913;  ratification  advised  hy  tiic  Senate  with  amendments,  August  13, 
1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  August  27,  1914;  ratified  by  Guatemala,  May  15, 
1914;  ratifications  exclianged  at  Washington,  October  13,  1914;  proclaimed, 
October  13,  1914. 


46 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  Guatemala, 
Seiior  Don  Joaquin  Mendez,  En- 
voy Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary'-  of  Guatemala  to 
the  United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 

Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Inter- 
national Commission,  to  be  con- 
stituted in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  Article; 
and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war 
or  begin  hostilities  during  such 
investigation  and  report. 

Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 


El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Guatemala,  al 
Senor  Don  Joaquin  Mendez,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  de  Guatemala  en 
los  Estados  Unidos; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 

ARTfcULO  1 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido,  que  todas  las  dis- 
putas  entre  ellas,  de  cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la  di- 
plomacia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe  a  una  Comision  In- 
ternacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empesar  hostilidades  durante 
tal  investigacion  e  informe. 

Articulo  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue :  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respective  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais  ;  el  quinto 
miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 


GUATEMALA 


47 


mon  agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos  Go- 
biernos.      Los   gastos   de   la   Co-  Expenses, 
mision   deberan   ser  pagados   por 
los  dos  Gobiemos  en  igual  pro- 
porcion. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment, 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de  cua- 
tro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado ;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 


Articulo  III 

En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  commiss^ion 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 
Internacional  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa, 
y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El     informe     de    la    Comision   Time  for 

report. 

Internacional  debera  estar  com- 
pletado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues 
de  la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  de- 
clarado  haber  empesado  su  inves- 
tigacion, a  menos  que  las  Altas 
Partes  contratantes  extendieran 
el  tiempo  por  mutuo  consenti- 
miento.  El  informe  debera  ser 
preparado  por  triplicado ;  una 
copia  debera  ser  presentada  a 
cada  Gobierno,  y  la  tercera  reteni- 


48 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 

Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the 
President  of  the  Republic  of 
Guatemala,  with  the  approval  of 
the  Congress  thereof ;  and  the 
ratifications  shall  be  exchanged 
as  soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take 
effect  immediately  after  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications,  and  shall 
continue  in  force  for  a  period  of 
five  years ;  and  it  shall  thereafter 
remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  have  given  no- 
tice to  the  other  of  an  intention 
to  terminate  it. 


da  por  la  Comision  para  sus  lega- 
jos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  in- 
dependientemente  en  la  materia- 
sujeta  de  la  disputa  despues  que 
el  informe  de  la  Comision  se  les 
haya  sometido. 

Articulo  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  de 
Guatemala,  con  la  aprobacion 
del  Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues del  canje  de  ratificaciones, 
y  continuara  en  fuerza  por  un 
periodo  de  cinco  aiios ;  y  debera 
despues  permanecer  en  fuerza 
hasta  doce  meses  despues  que 
una  de  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
tantes haya  notificado  a  la  otra 
la  intencion  de  terminarlo. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      Plenipotenciarios   han   firmado   el 


the     present     treaty     and     have 
afifixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
20th  day  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Joaquin  Mendez 


presente   Tratado,   y   han   puesto 
al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
20  de  Setiembre,  en  el  afio  de 
Nuestro  Senor  mil  novecientos 
trece. 


GUATEMALA  49 

[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  Guatemala] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  ^,  19 15. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  been  found  possible  to  complete  the  International 
Commission  provided  for  in  the  Treaty  of  September  20,  1913  between 
the  United  States  and  Guatemala,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the 
general  cause  of  peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  Treaty,  which 
expired  February  13,  1915,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  con- 
sideration of  your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  Commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange 
of  notes  from  February  13,  1915  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing 
Senor  Don  Joaquin  Mendez, 

The  Minister  of  Guatemala, 

Washington. 


[The  Guatemalan  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legacion  de  Guatemala, 

Washington,  November  jrd,  1915. 
Excellency : 

I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  Your  Excellency's 
note  of  today,  in  which  Your  Excellency  suggests,  that  as  it  was  not 
possible  to  complete  the  International  Commission  provided  for  in  the 
Treaty  of  September  20,  1913,  between  the  United  States  and  Guate- 
mala, looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general  cause  of  Peace,  within 
the  time  specified  in  the  Treaty,  which  expired  February  13,  1915,  that 
the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Commission  may  be 
completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  February  13, 
1915  to  January  1,  1916. 


50 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Tn  answer  to  Your  Excellency's  note,  I  beg  to  state  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  Guatemala  receives  the  suggestion  most  favourably,  and  I 
therefore  believe  that  this  answer  of  mine  in  the  name  of  my  Govern- 
ment can  be  regarded  as  the  completing  of  the  exchange  of  notes. 

I  avail  myself  of  the  opportunity  to  renew  to  Your  Excellency,  the 
assurances  of  my  highest  consideration  and  esteem. 

Joaquin  Mendez 
His  Excellency 

Robert  Lansing, 

Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
Etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Honduras  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Honduras, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  pleni- 
potentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  Honduras, 
Senor  Doctor  don  Alberto  Mem- 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Repiiblica  de  Honduras, 
en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vin- 
culos  de  amistad  que  los  unen  y 
tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 
Paz  general,  han  resuelto  entrar 
en  un  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto,  a 
cuyo  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus 
Plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Honduras,  al 
Sefior  Doctor  don  Alberto  Mem- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1672.  Signed  at  Washington,  No- 
vember 3,  1913 ;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  with  amendments,  August  13, 
1914;  ratified  by  Honduras,  May  29,  1916;  ratified  by  the  President,  July  20, 
1916;  ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington,  July  27,  1916;  proclaimed,  July 
28,  1916. 


HONDURAS 


51 


breno,  Envoy  Ecxtraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Hon- 
duras to  the  United  States ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


brefio,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  Hon- 
duras en  los  Estados  Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  ban  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes : 


Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatso- 
ever, which  diplomacy  shall  fail 
to  adjust,  shall  be  submitted  for 
investigation  and  report  to  an 
International  Commission,  to  be 
constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
Article ;  and  they  agree  not  to 
declare  war  or  begin  hostilities 
during  such  investigation  and 
report. 


Articulo  I 
Las   Altas    Partes   contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

submitted  to 

convienen   en  que   todas   las   dis-  international 

*  Commission. 

putas  entre  ellas,  de  cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la 
diplomacia  fallare  arreglar,  debe- 
ran  ser  sometidas  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe  a  una  Comision 
Internacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo ; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empezar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


Article  H 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 


Articulo  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de-   r"^.^"""?''^"*' 

Lomnussion. 

bera  componerse  de  cinco  miem-  Composition, 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue :  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el 
quinto  miembro  debera  ser  es- 
cogido   de   comun    acuerdo    entre 

los      doS      GobiernOS.      Los      gastOS    Expenses. 

de  la  Comision  deberan  ser  paga- 


52 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


the    two    Governments    in    equal 
proportion. 
Appointment.  j^g   International   Commission 

shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


dos    por    los    dos    Gobiernos    en 
igual  proporcion. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje 
de  las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado ; 
y  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llena- 
das  de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 
action. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 


Articulo  III 

En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dics diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  por  su  propia  iniciativa,  y 
en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  a 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empezado  su  investigacion, 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes extendieren  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El 
informe  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado ;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 


HONDURAS 


53 


dently   on   the   subject-matter   of  independientemente   en  el  asunto 

the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  de  la  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 

Commission  shall  have  been  sub-  forme  de  la  Comision  se  les  haya 

mitted.  sometido. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  the 
Congress  of  the  Republic  of  Hon- 
duras ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifica- 
tions, and  shall  continue  in  force 
for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  high  contracting  parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an 
intention  to  terminate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
third  day  of  November,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 


Articulo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi-  Ratification, 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Congreso  de  la  Republica  de 
Honduras ;  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en-  Duration, 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente 
despues  del  canje  de  ratifica- 
ciones, y  continuara  en  f  uerza  por 
un  periodo  de  cinco  anos ;  y  de- 
bera despues  permanecer  en 
fuerza  hasta  doce  meses  despues 
que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  haya  notificado  a  la 
otra  la  intencion  de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  Signatures. 
Plenipotenciarios   ban   firmado   el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
tercero  de  Noviembre,  en  el  afio 
de  Nuestro  Sefior  mil  novecientos 
trece. 


William  Jennings  Bryan  [seal] 
Alberto  Membreno  [seal] 


54 


PERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Italy  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Differences 
to  be  sub- 
mitted to  a 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Italy,  being  de- 
sirous to  strengthen  the  bonds  of 
amity  that  bind  the  two  coun- 
tries, and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
those  purposes,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State ;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Italy, 
His  Excellency  the  Marquis  Cu- 
sani  Confalonieri,  Commander  of 
the  Order  of  Saint  Maurice  and 
Saint  Lazarus,  Grand  Cordon  of 
the  Order  of  the  Crown  of  Italy, 
etc.,  His  Ambassador  Extraor- 
dinar}'^  and  Plenipotentiary  at 
Washington ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 

Article  I 

The   High   Contracting   Parties 

engage  to  submit  for  investigation 

and  report  to  a  Commission,  to  be 

constituted  according  to  the  pro- 


II  Presidente  degli  Stati  Uniti 
d'America  e  Sua  Maesta  il  Re 
d'ltalia,  essendo  desiderosi  di 
rinforzare  i  vincoli  d'amicizia  che 
congiungono  i  due  Paesi,  nonche 
di  promuovere  la  causa  della  pace 
generale,  hanno  risolto  di  addi- 
venire  ad  un  Trattato  per  tali 
intenti  ed  a  questo  fine  hanno 
nominato  come  loro  Plenipoten- 
ziari : 

II  Presidente  degli  Stati  Uniti 
d'America :  I'Onorevole  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Segretario  di 
Stato ;  e 

Sua  Maesta  il  Re  d'ltalia:  Sua 
Eccellenza  il  Marchese  Cusani 
Confalonieri,  Commendatore  dell'- 
Ordine  dei  Santi  Maurizio  e  Laz- 
zaro.  Gran  Cordone  dell'Ordine 
della  Corona  d'ltalia,  ecc,  Suo 
Ambasciatore  Straordinario  e 
Plenipotenziario  a  Washington; 

i  quali,  dopo  essersi  reciproca- 
mente  comunicati  i  loro  rispettivi 
pieni  poteri,  trovandoli  in  debita 
forma,  hanno  convenuto  sugli  ar- 
ticoli  seguenti : 

Articolo  I 

Le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  s'im- 

pegnano  a  sottomettere,  per  inchi- 

esta  e  rapporto,  ad  una  Commis- 

sione    da    costituirsi    secondo    le 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1618.  Signed  at  Washington,  May 
5,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914;  ratified  by  the 
President,  March  17,  1915;  ratified  by  Italy,  November  29,  1914;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  March  19,  1915;  proclaimed,  March  24,  1915. 


ITALY 


55 


visions  of  the  following  Article,  all 
dififerences  of  whatever  nature 
they  may  be  which  may  occur  be- 
tween them  which  can  not  be  com- 
posed by  diplomatic  methods  or 
are  not  submitted  to  a  tribunal  of 
arbitration ;  they  bind  themselves 
not  to  declare  war  nor  to  open 
hostilities  during  the  examination 
by  the  Commission  and  before  the 
Commission  has  presented  its  re- 
port. 

Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  according  to  the 
following  rules : 

Each  country,  by  means  of  its 
Government,  chooses  two  mem- 
bers, one  from  among  its  own 
subjects,  the  other  from  among 
those  of  a  third  State;  the  two 
Governments,  after  agreement, 
will  name  the  fifth  member,  on 
condition,  however,  that  he  be 
not  a  citizen  of  either  of  these 
two  countries.  Each  Commis- 
sioner shall  hold  his  place  during 
a  term  of  four  years ;  at  the  expi- 
ration of  this  term,  or  in  the  event 
of  vacancy,  the  confirmation  or 
the  substitution  of  the  Commis- 
sioner whose  term  may  have  ex- 
pired or  whose  place  may  be  va- 
cant shall  be  made  in  the  same 
manner. 

Each  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  the  right,  be- 
fore the  investigation  has  begun, 
to  substitute  for  one  of  the  mem- 


disposizioni  dell'articolo  seguente, 
tutte  le  divergenze  di  qualsiasi 
natura  che  vengano  a  sorgere  fra 
Esse  e  che  non  possano  essere 
regolate  per  le  vie  diplomatiche  o 
non  siano  sottomesse  ad  un  tribu- 
nale  arbitrale ;  Esse  si  obbligano 
a  non  dichiararsi  la  guerra  e  a  non 
aprire  le  ostilita  durante  I'esame 
della  Commissione  e  prima  che 
questa  abbia  presentato  il  suo 
rapporto. 

Articolo  II 
La  Commissione  Internazionale  international 

Commission. 

sara  composta  di  cinque  membri.  Composition, 
nominati    secondo    le    regole    se- 
guenti : 

Ogni  Paese,  per  mezzo  del  suo 
Governo,  scegliera  due  membri, 
I'uno  fra  i  suoi  cittadini,  I'altro 
fra  quelli  d'un  terzo  Stato;  i  due 
Governi,  dopo  essersi  messi  d'ac- 
cordo,  nomineranno  il  quinto 
membro,  a  condizione  pero  che 
egli  non  sia  cittadino  di  alcuno  di 
questi  due  Paesi.  Ogni  Com- 
missario  occupera  il  suo  posto 
durante  un  termine  di  quattro 
anni ;  alio  spirare  di  questo  ter- 
mine, o  in  caso  di  vacanza,  la 
conferma  o  la  sostituzione  del 
Commissario  il  cui  termine  sia 
spirato  o  il  cui  posto  sia  vacante, 
sara  fatta  nella  stessa  maniera. 


Ognuna  dellc  Alte  Parti  Con- 
traenti  avra  il  diritto,  prima  che 
I'esame  sia  cominciato,  di  sosti- 
tuirc  uno  dei  membri  della  Com- 


56 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


bers  of  the  Commission  appointed 
by  it  another  one  chosen  from  the 
category  to  which  the  Commis- 
sioner to  be  replaced  belonged. 

When  the  Commissioners  be 
actually  occupied  in  the  examina- 
tion of  a  question  they  shall  re- 
ceive a  compensation  which  will 
be  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the 
High  Contracting  Parties. 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  borne  by  the  two 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  Treaty. 


missione  da  Essa  nominato,  con 
un  altro,  scelto  nella  categoria  alia 
quale  apparteneva  il  Commissario 
da  surrogarsi. 

Quando  i  Commissari  saranno 
effettivamente  occupati  nell'esa- 
me  di  una  vertenza,  essi  riceve- 
ranno  una  indennita  che  sara 
fissata  di  comune  accordo  fra  le 
Alte  Parti  Contraenti. 

Le  spese  della  Commissione 
saranno  sostenute  dai  due  Go- 
verni  in  parti  eguali.  La  Com- 
missione Internazionale  sara  no- 
minata  entro  sei  mesi  dopo  lo 
scambio  delle  ratifiche  di  questo 
Trattato. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities 
for  investi- 
gation, etc. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad- 
just a  dispute  by  diplomatic 
methods  or  by  means  of  a  tribu- 
nal of  arbitration,  it  shall  at  once 
be  referred,  either  by  common 
agreement  or  by  one  or  the  other 
party,  to  the  International  Com- 
mission for  investigation  and  re- 
port. 

The  Commission  must  inform 
the  two  Governments  of  the  date 
on  which  it  will  begin  its  labors, 
inviting  them  to  furnish  it  with 
all  the  documents  and  to  lend  it 
the  cooperation  necessary  for  the 
investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
engage  to  furnish  all  the  docu- 
ments and  to  afford  all   facilities 


Articolo  III 

Nel  caso  in  cui  le  Alte  Parti 
Contraenti  non  abbiano  potuto 
regolare  una  divergenza  per  le  vie 
diplomatiche  o  per  mezzo  di  un 
tribunale  arbitrale,  questa  sara 
senza  ritardo  sottomessa,  sia  di 
comune  accordo,  sia  a  cura  del- 
Tuna  o  dell'altra  Parte,  alia  Com- 
missione Internazionale,  per  in- 
chiesta  e  rapporto. 

La  Commissione  dovra  infor- 
mare  i  due  Governi  della  data  alia 
quale  essa  cominciera  i  suoi  lavori, 
invitandoli  a  fornirle  tutti  i  docu- 
menti  o  a  prestarle  la  cooperazione 
necessaria  per  I'inchiesta. 

Le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  s'im- 
pegnano  a  fornire  tutti  i  docu- 
menti    e    ad    accordare    tutte    le 


ITALY 


57 


for  the  investigation  and  the  re- 
port, provided  that  in  their  judg- 
ment this  does  not  conflict  with 
the  laws  or  with  the  supreme  in- 
terests of  the  State,  and  provided 
that  the  interests  and  rights  of 
third  States  shall  not  thereby 
suffer  damage. 

In  the  absence  of  an  agreement 
to  the  contrary  between  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  the  Commis- 
sion will  itself  adopt  regulations 
governing  its  procedure. 

The  report  of  the  Commission 
must  be  presented  within  a  period 
of  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  may 
have  shortened  or  prolonged  by 
mutual  agreement  this  term.  The 
report  shall  be  prepared  in  tripli- 
cate ;  one  copy  shall  be  presented 
to  each  Government,  and  the  third 
shall  be  placed  in  the  archives  of 
the  Commission. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  to  themselves  the  right  to 
act  independently  on  the  subject 
matter  of  the  dispute  after  the 
Commission  shall  have  presented 
its  report. 

Article  IV 

The    present     Treaty    shall    be 

ratified   by  the   President   of   the 

United  States  of  America,  by  and 

with   the  advice  and  consent   of 


facilitazioni  per  I'inchiesta  e  il 
rapporto  purche,  a  loro  avviso, 
cio  non  sia  in  conflitto  con  le  leggi 
o  con  gli  interessi  supremi  del 
Paese  a  purche  gli  interessi  e  i 
diritti  di  terzi  Stati  non  ne  sofT- 
rano  danno. 

Salvo  accordo  contrario  fra  le 
Alte  Parti  Contraenti,  la  Com- 
missione  fissera  essa  medesima  le 
regole  governanti  il  suo  funziona- 
mento. 

II  rapporto   della  Commissione   Time  for 

,  >  .,     report. 

dovra  essere  presentato  entro  il 
termine  di  un  anno,  a  partire  dalla 
data  in  cui  essa  dichiarera  che  la 
sua  inchiesta  e  cominciata,  a  meno 
che  le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  non 
abbreviino  o  non  prolunghino  di 
comune  accordo  questo  termine. 
II  rapporto  sara  redatto  in  tre 
esemplari,  uno  di  essi  sara  rimesso 
ad  ogni  Governo,  ed  il  terzo  sara 
depositato  negli  Archivi  della 
Commissione. 
Le  Alte  Parti  Contraenti  si  ri-  independent 

•1    J-    -i-i.       J'       •         •  J       action 

servano  il  dintto  d  agire  m  modo  reserved, 
indipendente  nella  questione 
stessa  che  forma  I'oggetto  della 
vertenza,  dopo  che  la  Commis- 
sione avra  presentato  il  suo  rap- 
porto. 

Articofx)  IV 

II  presente  Trattato  sara   rati-  Ratification. 

ficato   dal    Presidente  degli    Stati 

Uniti  d'America,  in  base  al  parere 

e  col  consenso  del  Senate,  e  da 


58 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Duration. 


the  Senate,  and  by  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  Italy,  and  the  ratifi- 
cations shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible. 

The  Treaty  will  come  into  force, 
for  a  period  of  five  years,  imme- 
diately after  the  exchange  of  rati- 
fications. It  will  thereafter  re- 
main in  force  for  twelve  months 
more  after  one  of  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  shall  have  noti- 
fied the  other  of  its  intention  to 
terminate  it. 


Sua  Maesta  il  Re  d'ltalia,  e  le 
ratifiche  saranno  scambiate  al  piu 
presto  possibile. 

II  Trattato  entrera  in  vigore 
immediatamente  dopo  lo  scambio 
delle  ratifiche.  Esso  restera,  in 
seguito,  in  vigore  per  dodici  mesi 
dopo  che  I'una  delle  Alte  Parti 
Contraenti  avra  notificato  all'al- 
tra  la  sua  intenzione  di  mettervi 
fine. 


Signatures.  j^  witncss  whercof  the  respec- 

tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  Treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  Eng- 
lish and  Italian  languages  at 
Washington  this  fifth  day  of  May, 
in  the  vear  1914. 


In  fede  di  che  i  rispettivi  Pleni- 
potenziari  hanno  firmato  il  pre- 
sente  trattato  e  vi  hanno  apposto 
i  loro  sigilli. 

Fatto  in  doppio  originale  in  lin- 
gua inglese  ed  italiana  il  giorno 
cinque  Maggio  dell'anno  1914. 


William  Jennings  Bryan   [seal] 
CusANi  [seal] 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Italian  Ambassador] 

No.  118.]  Department  of  State, 

Washington,  September  i8,  1915. 
Excellency : 

It  not  having  been  found  feasible  to  complete  the  international  com- 
mission provided  for  in  the  treaty  of  May  5,  1914,  between  the  United 
States  and  Italy,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general  cause  of 
peace,  within  the  time  specified  in  the  treaty,  which  expires  tomorrow, 
I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of  your  Government 
that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  commission  may  be 


ITALY  59 

completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  September  19, 
1915,  to  January  1,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  efifect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consid- 
eration. 

Robert  Lansing 
His  Excellency 

Count  V.  Macchi  di  Cellere, 

Ambassador  of  Italy. 


[The  Italian  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

[Translation] 
No.  3509.]  Royal  Embassy  of  Italy, 

Washington,  September  iS,  1915. 
Mr.  Secretary  of  State: 

By  note  of  today's  date  Your  Excellency,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  it 
had  not  been  feasible  to  complete  the  Commission  provided  for  in  Arti- 
cle 2  of  the  Convention  of  May  5,  1914,  between  Italy  and  the  United 
States,  for  the  prevention  of  international  conflicts,  and  that,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  time  set  by  the  Convention  for  the  appointment  of  the 
said  Commission  expires  tomorrow,  was  pleased  to  propose  through 
me  to  the  King's  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  Commis- 
sion may  be  completed  be  extended  by  an  exchange  of  notes  from  Sep- 
tember 19,  1915,  to  January  1,  1916.  Your  Excellency  added  that  my 
formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  of  today,  that  the  said 
proposition  is  accepted  by  the  Italian  Government  would  be  regarded 
on  the  part  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  as  sufficient  to 
give  efifect  to  the  extension. 

I  have  the  honor  and  hasten,  for  my  part,  to  inform  Your  Excel- 
lency that  my  Government  readily  agrees  to  an  extension  of  the  time 
within  which  the  above  mentioned  Commission  may  be  appointed  until 
January  1,  1916,  and  that  it  also  regards  the  exchange  of  today's  notes 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension. 


60 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Accept,  Mr.  Secretary  of  State,  the  assurances  of  my  highest  con- 
sideration. 

Macchi  di  Cellere 

To  His  Excellency 

The  Honorable  Robert  Lansing, 

Secretary  of  State, 

Washington. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Norway  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Norway,  being 
desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds 
of  amity  that  bind  them  together 
and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of 
general  peace,  have  resolved  to 
enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  pur- 
pose, and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  William  Jennings  Bryan, 
Secretary  of  State  of  the  United 
States ;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Nor- 
way, H.  H.  Bryn,  Envoy  Extra- 
ordinary and  Minister  Plenipo- 
tentiary of  Norway  to  the  United 
States ; 


Prgesidenten  for  Amerikas  Fore- 
nede  Stater  og  Hans  Majestset 
Kongen  av  Norge  har,  besjselet 
av  onsket  om  at  styrke  de  mellem 
begge  stater  bestaaende  ven- 
skabsbaand  og  samtidig  at 
fremme  freden  i  almindelighet, 
besluttet  i  dette  oiemed  at  av- 
slutte  en  traktat  og  har  i  den 
anledning  utnsevnt  til  sine  befuld- 
msegtigede : 

Prsesidenten  for  Amerikas  Fore- 
nede  Stater,  William  Jennings 
Bryan,  de  Forenede  Staters  stats- 
sekretser;  og 

Hans  Majestset  Kongen  av 
Norge,  H.  H.  Bryn,  Norges  over- 
ordentlige  Utsending  og  befuld- 
msegtigede  Minister  i  de  Forenede 
Stater ; 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1843.  Signed  at  Washington,  June 
24,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914;  ratified  by  the 
President,  October  14,  1914;  ratified  by  Norway,  September  18,  1914;  ratifica- 
tions exchanged  at  Washington,  October  21,  1914;  proclaimed,  October  22,  1914. 


NORWAY 


61 


Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them  of  every  nature  whatsoever 
shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  re- 
ferred for  investigation  and  report 
to  a  Permanent  International 
Commission ;  provided,  however, 
that  treaties  in  force  between 
the  two  parties  do  not  prescribe 
settlement  by  arbitration  of  such 
dispute. 

The  Commission  shall  be  con- 
stituted in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin 
hostilities  during  such  investiga- 
tion and  before  the  report  is  sub- 
mitted. 


Article  H 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen 
from  each  country  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof ;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country ;  the 
fifth   member,   who   shall   be   the 


Hvilke  efter  at  ha  meddelt  hin- 
anden  sine  respektive  fuldmagter, 
som  fandtes  at  vsere  i  behorig 
form,  er  kommet  overens  om  fol- 
gende  artikler: 

Artikel  I 
De   hoje   kontraherende  parter  Disputes  to  be 

•'  ^  submitted  to 

er  enige   om,   at  alle   stridigheter   Permanent 

'-'  ■=■  International 

mellem  dem,  likegyldig  av  hvilken  Commission. 
art,  som  det  ikke  er  lykkes  at 
bilaegge  ad  diplomatisk  vei,  skal 
forelaegges  en  permanent  inter- 
national kommission  til  under- 
sokelse  og  betsenkning,  forsaavidt   Subject 

°  °'  to  treaties 

de   ikke  i  henhold  til  de  mellem  in  force, 
parterne  gjaeldende  traktater  blir 
at  avgjore  ved  voldgift. 

Kommissionen  skal  sammen- 
saettes  paa  den  i  folgende  artikel 
bestemte  maate. 

De  hoie  kontraherende  parter 
er  enige  om  ikke  at  erklsere  krig 
eller  aapne  fiendtligheter  saalrenge 
kommissionens  undersokelse  ikke 
er  tilendebragt  og  dens  betsenk- 
ning avgit. 


Artikel  II 

Den  Internationale  kommis- 
sion skal  bestaa  av  fem  medlem- 
mer,  son  opnsevnes  paa  folgende 
maate :  Et  medlem  skal  vaelges 
fra  hvert  land  av  dettes  regjering, 
et  medlem  skal  v?elgcs  av  hver 
regjering  fra  et  tredje  land.  Det 
fcmte  medlem,  som  skal  vaere 
kommissionens  formand,  skal  vsel- 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


62 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Procedure. 


]->uties_of 
Commission. 


chairman  of  the  Commission, 
shall  be  chosen  by  common  agree- 
ment between  the  two  Govern- 
ments, it  being  understood  that 
he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either 
country  nor  a  resident  in  either 
of  them.  If  an  agreement  is  not 
reached  as  to  this  appointment, 
the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen 
according  to  the  rules  laid  down 
in  Art.  87  of  the  Convention 
signed  at  The  Hague  on  October 
18,  1907,  for  the  Peaceful  Settle- 
ment of  International  Disputes.^ 

The  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  be  paid  by  the  two 
Governments  in  equal  proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  vacan- 
cies to  be  filled  according  to  the 
manner  of  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 


Unless  otherwise  agreed  be- 
tween the  parties,  the  procedure 
of  the  International  Commission 
shall  be  regulated  by  the  pre- 
scriptions contained  in  Chapter 
III  of  the  Convention  mentioned 
above.^ 

Article  III 

In   case   the   High   Contracting 

Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 

a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 

and  the  dispute  is  not  to  be  set- 


ges  efter  overenskomst  mellem  de 
to  regjeringer;  ban  maa  ikke 
vsere  statsborger  eller  bosat  i 
noget  av  de  to  land.  Hvis  det 
ikke  lykkes  at  komme  til  en  saa- 
dan  overenskomst,  skal  det  femte 
medlem  vaelges  overensstem- 
mende  med  reglerne  i  Art.  87  i 
den  i  Haag  den  18de  oktober, 
1907,  undertegnede  konvention 
om  fredelig  bilaeggelse  av  inter- 
national tvistigheter. 


Kommissionens  utgifter  skal 
betales  av  de  to  regjeringer  med 
like  dele. 

Den  internationale  kommission 
skal  opnsevnes  inden  utlopet  av 
4  maaneder  efter  utvexlingen  av 
ratifikationerne  av  denne  traktat. 
I  tilfaelde  av  ledighet  eller  forfald 
inden  kommissionen,  skal  med- 
lemmer  opnaevnes  efter  samme 
regler,  som  er  gjseldende  for  den 
oprinilelige  opnaevnelse. 

Medmindre  andet  er  avtalt 
mellem  parterne,  skal  procedyren 
ved  den  internationale  kommis- 
sion ske  i  overensstemmelse  med 
reglerne  i  kap.  Ill  i  den  oven- 
naevnte  konvention. 

Artikel  III 

Hvis  det  ikke  lykkes  de  hoie 
kontraherende  parter  at  bilsegge 
en  strid  gjennem  diplomatisk  for- 
handling,  og  den  ikke  blir  at  av- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2233. 

2  Ibid.,  p.  2226. 


NORWAY 


63 


tied  by  arbitration,  the  Parties 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  investi- 
gation and  report. 

The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  spontaneously 
offer  its  services  to  that  effect, 
and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify 
both  Governments  and  request 
their  cooperation  in  the  investi- 
gation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
as  soon  as  possible  and  at  the  lat- 
est within  one  year  after  the  date 
on  which  the  Commission  shall 
declare  its  investigation  to  have 
begim,  unless  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  shall  extend  or  limit 
the  time  by  mutual  agreement. 
The  report  shall  be  prepared  in 
triplicate ;  one  copy  shall  be  pre- 
sented to  each  Government,  and 
the  third  retained  by  the  Commis- 
sion for  its  files. 


gjore  ved  voldgift,  skal  parterne 
straks  henvise  den  til  den  inter- 
nationale  kommission  til  under- 
sokelse  og  betaenkning. 

Den  internationale  kommission 
kan  desuten  tilby  sin  medvirkning 
paa  eget  initiativ  og  i  saa  tilfselde 
skal  den  underrette  begge  regje- 
ringer  og  anmode  om  deres  bi- 
stand  til  undersokelsen. 

De  hole  kontraherende  parter 
er  enige  om  at  yde  den  perma- 
nente  internationale  kommission 
alle  hjgelpemidler  og  enhver  bi- 
stand,  som  er  nodvendig  til  fore- 
tagelse  af  undersokelsen  og  avgi- 
velse  av  bataenkningen. 

Den      internationale      kommis-   ?'■"« 

for  report. 

sions  beretning  skal  avgives  sna- 
rest  mulig  og  senest  inden  et  aar 
efter  det  tidspunkt,  paa  hvilket 
den  erklserer,  at  dens  underso- 
kelse  er  paabegyndt,  med  mindre 
de  hoie  kontraherende  parter  efter 
avtale  forla^nger  eller  begr?enser 
dette  tidsrum.  Bet?enkningen  skal 
utfaerdiges  i  3  eksemplarer,  av 
hvilke  et  skal  overgives  hver  av 
de  to  regjeringer,  det  tredje  skal 
kommissionen  bevare  i  sine  arki- 
ver. 


Article  IV 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that,  upon  the  receipt  of 
the  report  of  the  International 
Commission,  they  will  immedi- 
ately, endeavor  to  adjust  the  dis- 


Artikrl  IV 
De   hoie    kontraherende   parter   Action 

r  on  report. 

er  enige  om  efter  mottagelsen  av 
den  permanente  internationale 
konimissions  betnenkning  uophol- 
delig  at  ville  bestrsebe  sig  for  at 


64 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Right 
reserved. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


pute  directly  between  them  upon  bilasgge  striden  direkte  mellem  sig 

the    basis     of     the  Commission's  paa    grundlag   av    kommissionens 

findings.     They  reserve,  however,  betaenkning.     De   forbeholder  sig 

the  right  to  act  independently  on  imidlertid  sin  ret  til  at  handle  i 

the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute  saken  uavhaengig  av  denne. 
after  the  report  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall  have  been  submitted. 


Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratitied  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof,  and  by  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Norway. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed at  Washington  as  soon 
as  possible. 

The  treaty  shall  take  efifect 
immediately  after  the  exchange 
of  ratifications  and  shall  continue 
in  force  for  a  period  of  five  years ; 
and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  in 
force  until  twelve  months  after 
one  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  given  notice  to  the 
other  of  an  intention  to  termi- 
nate it. 


Artikel  V 

Naervserende  traktat  skal  rati- 
ficeres  av  Prsesidenten  for  Ameri- 
kas  Forenede  Stater  med  raad  og 
samtykke  av  staternes  senat,  og 
av  Hans  Majestaet  Kongen  av 
Norge. 

Ratifikationerne  skal  utveksles 
i  Washington  saa  snart  som 
mulig. 

Traktaten  skal  traede  i  kraft 
umiddelbart  efter  utvekslingen 
av  ratifikationerne  og  skal  forbli 
i  kraft  for  et  tidsrum  av  5  aar,  og 
derefter  skal  den  bli  i  kraft  indtil 
utlopet  av  12  maaneder  efter  at 
en  av  de  hoie  kontraherende  par- 
ter  niaatte  gi  den  anden  part 
meddelelse  om,  at  den  har  til 
hensigt  at  bringe  den  til  ophor. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec-         Til  bekraeftelse  herav  har  de  to 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      befuldmasgtigede  undertegnet 


the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  duplicate,  in  the  Eng- 
lish   and    Norwegian    languages, 
at  Washington,  this  24th  day  of      24  Juni,  1914. 
June,  1914. 

[seal]     W^illiam  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Helmer  H.  Bryn 


ngervserende    trakat    og    paatrykt 
sit  segl. 

Git    i   to   eksemplarer   paa   en- 
gelsk  og  norsk  i  Washington  den 


NORWAY  65 

[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Norzvegian  Minister] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  January  7,  191 5. 
My  dear  Mr.  Minister. 

Replying  to  your  Government's  telegram,  of  January  4th,  1915,  and 
communicated  to  this  Department  on  January  7th,  1915,  I  beg  to  sug- 
gest that  the  two  Governments  agree  that  unless  the  appointment  of 
the  Commission  is  completed  by  February  21st,  1915,  the  time  be  ex- 
tended by  mutual  agreement  until  the  contracting  parties  are  able  to 
complete  the  selection. 

If  your  Government  agrees  to  this,  a  favorable  answer  taken  in  con- 
nection with  this  note  will  be  regarded  as  an  agreement. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consid- 
eration. 

W.  J.  Bryan 
His  Excellency 

Mr.  H.  H.  Bryn, 

Minister  of  Norway. 


{The  Norzvegian  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legation  of  Norway, 
Washington,  D.  C,  January  12,  1913. 
Mr.  Secretary  of  State, 

In  the  note  Your  Excellency  addressed  to  me  on  the  7th  instant 
Your  Excellency  suggested  that  the  Norwegian  and  the  American  Gov- 
ernments agree  that  unless  the  appointment  of  the  Commission  men- 
tioned in  Art.  II  of  the  Treaty  signed  on  June  24,  1914,  is  completed 
by  February  21st,  1915,  the  time  be  extended  by  mutual  agreement 
until  the  contracting  parties  are  able  to  complete  the  selection. 

Your  Excellency  added  that  if  the  Norwegian  Govermnent  agrees 
to  this,  a  favorable  answer  taken  in  connection  with  the  said  note  would 
be  regarded  as  an  agreement. 

In  reply  to  the  said  note  I  have  been  instructed  by  my  Government 
to  inform  Your  Excellency  that  my  Government  agrees  to  the  sugges- 
tions set  forth  in  the  note,  and  that  an  agreement  thus  is  concluded. 


66 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Please  accept,  Mr.  Secretary  of  State,  the  assurances  of  my  highest 
consideration. 


His  Excellency, 

Hon.  W.  J.  Bryan, 

Secretary  of  State 

etc.     etc.     etc. 


H.  Bryn 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Paraguay  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Treaty  of  Peace  between  the  Uni-  Tratado  de  Pas  entrc  los  Estados 
ted  States  of  America  and  the  Unidos  de  Afnerica  y  la  Repu- 
Re public  of  Paraguay.  blica  del  Paraguay. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Paraguay, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  His  Excellency  Daniel  F. 
Mooney,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary ;  and 

The  President  of  Paraguay,  His 
Excellency  D.  Manuel  Gondra, 
Minister  of  Foreign  Relations ; 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  America 
y  la  Republica  del  Paraguay,  en 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  tam- 
bien  fomentar  la  causa  de  la  Paz 
general,  han  resuelto  celebrar  un 
Tratado  con  ese  objeto,  a  cuyo  fin 
han  nombrado  como  sus  Plenipo- 
tenciarios : 

EI  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  a  Su  Excelencia  Mr. 
Daniel  F.  Mooney,  Enviado  Ex- 
traordinario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciario,  y 

El  Presidente  del  Paraguay  a 
Su  Excelencia  Don  Manuel  Gon- 
dra, Ministro  de  Relaciones  Ex- 
teriores ; 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1615.  Signed  at  Asuncion,  August 
29,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  October  22,  1914;  ratified  by  the 
President,  October  26,  1914;  ratified  by  Paraguay.  March  9.  1915:  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Asuncion,  March  9,  1915;  proclaimed,  March  17,  1915. 


PARAGUAY 


67 


Who,    after   having   communi-  Ouienes,    despues    de    haberse 

cated  to  each  other  their  respec-  comunicado   sus   respectivos   Ple- 

tive  full  powers,  found  to  be  in  nos  Poderes,  que  encontraron  en 

proper    form,    have   agreed   upon  debida   forma,   han  convenido  en 


the  following  articles : 


los  articulos  siguientes: 


Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article ;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  in- 
vestigation, and  before  the  report 
is  submitted. 


Articulo  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

submitted  to 

convienen  que  todas  las  cuestiones  international 

Commission 

entre   ellas,   de   cualquier   natura-   for  investiga- 
tion and 
leza  que  fuesen,  que  no  hubiesen  report. 

podido  ser  resueltas  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  deberan  ser  someti- 
das  para  su  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional,  la  cual  debera  constituirse 
en  la  forma  que  prescribe  el  arti- 
culo siguiente ;  y  acuerdan  no  de- 
clarar  la  guerra  o  iniciar  las  hos- 
tilidades  durante  tal  investiga- 
cion y  antes  de  que  el  informe  les 
sea  sometido. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof ;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country  ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.  The  expenses  shall 
be  paid  by  the  two  Governments 
in  ecjual  proportion. 

The    International    Commission 


Articulo  II 
La  Comision  Internacional  de-  international 

Commission. 

bera  componerse  de  cinco  miem-  Composition, 
bros,  nombrados  en  la  forma  si- 
guiente :  un  miembro  sera  designa- 
do  de  cada  pais,  por  su  respectivo 
Gobierno ;  un  miembro  debera  ser 
designado  por  cada  Gobierno,  de 
un  tercer  pais ;  el  quinto  sera  de- 
signado de  comun  acuerdo  por  los 
dos  Gobiernos.  Los  gastos  de  la 
Comision  deberan  ser  pagados  por  Expenses, 
los  dos  Gobiernos,  en  igual  pro- 
porcion.  La  Comision  Interna- 
cional debera  ser  nombrada  den-  Appointment. 


68 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


shall  be  appointed  within  the  four 
months  following  the  exchange  of 
the  ratifications  of  this  treaty ; 
and  vacancies  shall  be  filled  ac- 
cording to  the  manner  of  the 
original  appointment. 


tro  de  los  cuatro  meses  siguientes 
al  canje  de  ratificaciones  de  este 
Tratado  y  las  vacantes  seran 
llenadas  en  la  misma  forma  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


I»dependent 

action 

reseryed. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report. 

The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  act  upon  its  own 
initiative,  and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  been  initiated, 
unless  the  high  contracting  parties 
shall  protract  the  term  by  mutual 
consent.  The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  archives. 

The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently on  the  subject-matter 
of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of 
the  Commission  shall  have  been 
submitted. 


Articulo  III 

En  caso  de  que  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  no  hubiesen  podido 
arreglar  una  cuestion  por  los 
medios  diplomaticos,  deberan  in- 
mediatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
sion  Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  em- 
bargo, obrar  por  propia  inicia- 
tiva,  y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar 
a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  que  haya  declarado 
haber  iniciado  sus  trabajos,  a 
menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  Con- 
tratantes dilatasen  el  termino  por 
mutuo  consentimiento.  El  in- 
forme debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado ;  un  ejemplar  debera 
ser  presentado  a  cada  Gobierno, 
y  el  tercero  retenido  por  la  Comi- 
sion en  sus  archivos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
se  reser\'an  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  la  ma- 
teria asunto  de  la  discusion,  des- 
pues que  el  informe  de  la  Comi- 
sion les  haya  sido  sometido. 


PARAGUAY 


69 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  bv  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Republic  of  Paraguay, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Congress 
thereof  ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications, 
and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years,  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
one  year  after  one  of  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done     in     Asuncion     on     the 
twenty-ninth    of    August,    in    the      veinte  y  nueve  de  Agosto  del  afio 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun-      mil  novecientos  catorce. 
dred  and  fourteen. 

Daniel  F.  Mooney  [seal] 
M.  Gondra  [seal] 


Ratification. 


Articulo  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado,  y  por  el  Presidente 
del  Paraguay,  con  la  aprobacion 
del  Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones 
deberan  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  sea  posible.  Entrara  en 
vigor  inmediatamente  despues  del 
canje  de  ratificaciones,  y  regira, 
por  un  periodo  de  cinco  afios ; 
pero  se  considerara  prorrogada  su 
vigencia  hasta  tanto  no  lo  de- 
nuncie  una  de  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  con  un  afio  de  an- 
ticipacion. 


En  fe  de  lo  CUal,  los  respectivOS    Signatures. 

Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado  el 
presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho    en     Asuncion,    el    dia 


Duration. 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  Paraguay] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  i6,  iprfj. 
Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  August  29,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Paraguay,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner, 


70  PERFECTED  TREATIES 

the  Paraguayan  Commissioners  and  the  Joint  Commissioner  being 
named,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of  your  Gov- 
ernment that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Commis- 
sion may  be  completed  be  extended  from  July  9,  1915,  to  January  15, 
1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  that  your  Government  receives 
the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded  on  this  Government's  part 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension,  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  re- 
ceive your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded  by  your  Government 
also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing 
Mr.  Hector  Velazquez, 

The  Minister  of  Paraguay. 


[The  Consul-General  of  Paraguay  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

CoNsuLADO  General  del  Paraguay  en  Nueva  York 

November  22,  19 15. 
Sir: 

Replying  to  the  note  of  Your  Excellency  of  the  sixteenth  instant 
addressed  to  His  Excellency,  Dr.  Hector  Velazquez,  Minister  of  Para- 
guay, suggesting  an  extension  until  January  fifteenth,  1916,  for  the 
completion  of  the  International  Commission  provided  by  the  Treaty  of 
August  twenty-ninth,  1914,  I  beg  to  advise  that,  in  the  absence  of  Dr. 
Velazquez,  I  communicated  with  the  Government  at  Asuncion  by  cable 
as  follows :  "Lansing  suggests  exchange  notes  extension  time  to  Jan- 
uary fifteen  next  appointment  Peace  Treaty  Commissioners,"  to  which 
I  am  in  receipt  today  of  a  cable  message  reading  as  follows :  "Sugges- 
tion accepted  you  are  authorized  exchange  notes.     Gondra." 

I  therefore,  by  virtue  of  this  authority,  accept  formally  on  the  part 
of  the  Government  of  Paraguay  Your  Excellency's  suggestion  for  an 
extension  until  the  date  mentioned,  and  beg  to  give  assurance  that 
Your  Excellency's  note  will  be  regarded  as  giving  full  effect  to  such 
extension. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  Sir, 

Very  respectfully, 

Wm.  Wallace  White 
To  the  Honorable  Robert  Lansing, 

Secretary  of  State,  Washington,  D.  C. 


PERU 


71 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Peru  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Peru,  with 
the  earnest  desire  to  strengthen 
their  bonds  of  friendship  and  to 
contribute  to  the  development  of 
the  spirit  of  universal  peace,  have 
resolved  upon  the  celebration  of  a 
treaty  containing  the  rules  for  the 
practice  of  these  high  proposals 
and  to  that  end  have  nominated 
as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  Benton  IMcMillin,  Envoy 
Extraordinary  and  ^linister  Plen- 
ipotentiary of  the  United  States 
in  Peru ;  and 

The  President  of  Peru,  Doctor 
J,  Fernando  Gazzani,  Minister  of 
Foreign  Relations ; 


Who,  after  having  examined 
their  full  powers,  which  were 
found  in  due  form,  have  agreed 
upon  the  following  articles: 


Article  I 
The   High   Contracting  Parties 


La  Republica  del  Peru  y  los  Es-  Contracting 

^    _  Powers. 

tados  Unidos  de  America,  con  el 
anhelo  de  estrechar  sus  vinculos 
de  amistad  y  de  contribuir  al  de- 
sarrollo  del  espiritu  de  paz  uni- 
versal, han  resuelto  la  celebracion 
de  un  Tratado  que  contenga  las 
reglas  para  la  practica  de  estos 
elevados  propositos ;  y,  al  efecto. 
han  nombrado  como  sus  plenipo- 
tenciarios : 

El  Presidente  del  Peru,  al  senor  Plenipoten- 
tiaries, 
doctor  don  J.  Fernando  Gazzani, 

]\Iinistro   de   Relaciones    Exterio- 

res;  y 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  el  seiior  Benton  McMil- 
lin,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  en  el  Peru ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  examinar 
sus  respectivos  plenos  poderes, 
que  encontraron  en  debida  forma, 
han  convenido  en  los  articulos 
siguientes : 

Articulo  I 


Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

agree   that   all    disputes   between      acuerdan   que   todas   las   desave-  international 

.  ,  ,        .  Commission 

them,  01  every  nature  whatsoever,      nencias,  de  cualquiera  naturaleza  for  investiga- 

11  f         1   •    1  •  11  1,1  *'°"  3nd 

to  the  settlement  of  which  previ-      (|ue  ellas  scan,  y  que  en  el  hecho  report. 
ous  arbitration  treaties  or  agree-      o  por  los  terminos  de  tratados  de 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Larrjc,  vol.  39.  pt.  2,  p.  1611.  Signed  at  Lima,  July  14,  1914; 
ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  Aupust  2(),  1914;  ratified  by  the  President, 
December  1,  1914;  ratified  by  Peru,  January  26,  1915;  ratifications  exchanged 
at  Lima,  Marcli  4,  1915;  proclaimed,  March  6,  1915. 


72 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


ments  do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall, 
when  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
for  investigation  and  report  to  an 
International  Commission,  to  be 
constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding  ar- 
ticle ;  and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
clare war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
ing such  investigation  and  before 
the  report  is  submitted. 


arbitraje  existentes  no  esten  com- 
prendidas  en  sus  estipulaciones, 
y  que  no  hayan  podido  arreglarse 
por  la  via  diplomatica,  seran 
sometidas,  para  su  investigacion 
e  informe,  a  una  Comision  Inter- 
nacional  constituida  de  la  manera 
prescrita  en  el  siguiente  articulo ; 
y  convienen  en  no  declararse  la 
guerra  o  empezar  las  hostilidades 
durante  el  periodo  de  la  investi- 
gacion y  antes  de  sometido  el 
informe. 


International 
Commission. 
Composition. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, two  named  by  each  one  of 
the  respective  Governments  and 
one  named  jointly  by  them.  The 
designations  made  by  each  Gov- 
ernment can  only  devolve  one  on 
a  citizen  of  the  State  itself  and  the 
other  on  a  citizen  of  a  third  coun- 
try. The  designation  of  the  fifth 
member  can  not  devolve  upon  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  two  inter- 
ested nations. 


Each  of  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  reserves  to  itself  the  right 
to  withdraw  its  two  Commission- 
ers, or  one  of  them,  before  the  ini- 
tiation of  the  investigations,  and, 
within  the  same  period,  to  with- 
draw its  agreement  to  the  joint 
designation  of  the  fifth  member. 
In  these  cases,  they  shall  proceed 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera  componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros :  dos  de  nombramiento  por 
cada  uno  de  los  respectivos 
Gobiernos,  y  uno  por  nombra- 
miento de  comun  acuerdo  entre 
ambos.  Las  designaciones  co- 
rrespondientes  a  cada  Gobierno, 
han  de  recaer,  de  modo  preciso, 
una  en  ciudadano  del  propio 
Estado,  y  la  otra  en  nacional  de 
un  tercer  pais.  La  designacion 
del  quinto  miembro  no  podra  re- 
caer en  ciudadano  de  ninguna  de 
las  dos  Naciones  interesadas. 

Cada  una  de  las  Altas  Partes 
Contratantes  se  reserva  el  derecho 
de  separar  a  sus  dos  comisiona- 
dos  o  a  uno  solo  de  ellos,  antes  de 
la  instauracion  de  las  investi- 
gaciones;  y,  dentro  de  este  mismo 
termino,  el  de  retirar  su  con- 
sentimiento  al  comun  acuerdo 
sobre    la    designacion    del    quinto 


PERU 


7Z 


to  replace  them  according  to  the 
forms  above  laid  down. 


During  the  period  of  investiga- 
tion the  Commissioners  shall  re- 
ceive such  pecuniary  compensa- 
tion as  shall  be  agreed  upon  by 
the  High  Contracting  Parties. 

The  Commission,  whose  ex- 
penses shall  be  met  in  equal  parts 
by  the  two  Governments,  shall  be 
appointed  a  short  time  after  the 
exchange  of  the  ratifications  of 
the  Treaty;  and  to  provide  for 
possible  vacancies  on  it,  the  same 
rules  shall  be  applied  as  in  the 
original  designations. 


niiembro.  En  estas  eventualida- 
des,  deben  proceder  a  los  re- 
emplazos  en  las  formas  ante- 
riormente  previstas. 

For  el  tiempo  de  la  investiga-   Compensation, 
cion,    los    comisionados    recibiran 
las     compensaciones     pecuniarias 
que    acuerden    las    Altas    Partes 
Contratantes. 

La    Comision,    CUyOS    gaStOS    CO-    Expenses. 

rresponderan  por  iguales  partes  a 
los  dos  Gobiernos,  sera  designada 
en  breve  plazo,  despues  del  canje  Appointment, 
de  las  ratificaciones  de  este  Tra- 
tado ;  y  para  proveer  las  vacantes 
posibles  en  ella,  son  aplicables  las 
mismas  reglas  de  los  nombra- 
mientos  originarios. 


Article  III 

The  questions  which  divide  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  should 
they  be  incapable  of  solution  by 
diplomatic  means,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted immediately  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  its  inves- 
tigation and  report. 

The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  by  unanimous 
agreement,  spontaneously  offer 
its  services  to  that  effect,  and  in 
such  case  it  shall  notify  both 
Governments,  and  request  their 
cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  International 
Commission  all  means  and  all 
facilities  for  the  investigation  and 
report. 


ARXiCULO  III 
Las  cuestiones  que,  dividiendo   Dutiesof 

^       '  Commission. 

a  las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes, 
resulten  insolubles  por  la  via 
diplomatica,  seran  sometidas  in- 
mediatamente  a  la  Comision 
Internacional  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe. 

La  Comision  Internacional  pue- 
de,  sin  embargo,  por  acuerdo 
unanime,  ofrecer  espontanea- 
mcnte  sus  servicios  con  tal  objeto, 
y  en  ese  caso  lo  notificara  a 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  les  pedira  su 
cooperacion  para  la  investigacion. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Facilities 

,  .     .  .         ,—  for  investi- 

aciicrdan    summistrar    a    la    Co-   gation.ctc 
mision  Internacional  todos  los  me- 
dios  y  todas  las  facilidades  para 
la  investigacion  y  el  informe. 


74 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


The  report  shall  be  presented  in 
the  maximum  period  of  one  year, 
but  the  High  Contracting  Parties, 
by  mutual  accord,  may  shorten  or 
extend  this  period.  The  report 
shall  appear  in  three  copies. 

The  Commission  shall  reserve 
one  of  the  copies  for  its  archives 
and  deliver  the  other  two  to  the 
Governments  interested. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  inde- 
pendently in  the  question  dealt 
with  in  the  investigations  after 
the  issue  of  the  report. 


El  informe  debera  presentarse 
en  el  plazo  maximo  de  un  aho ; 
pero  las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes,  por  mutuo  acuerdo,  pue- 
den  restringirlo  o  extenderlo.  El 
informe  constara  en  tres  ejem- 
plares. 

La  Comision  debe  de  conservar 
uno  de  los  ejemplares  en  su 
archivo,  y  entregara  los  otros  dos 
a  los  Gobiernos  interesados. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  la  cues- 
tion  materia  de  las  investiga- 
ciones,  despues  de  la  expedicion 
del  informe. 


Article  IV 

Ratification.  The  ratifications  of  this  Treaty 

shall  be  made  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  Peru  if  the  Legislative 
Power  shall  give  its  approval  in 
conformity  with  the  Constitution 
and  the  laws.  The  exchange  of 
ratifications  shall  take  place  as 
soon  as  possible,  and  immediately 

Duration.  afterward  this  Treaty  shall  take 

effect  for  a  period  of  five  years,  at 
the  end  of  which  it  will  remain  in 
effect  until  twelve  months  after 
the  day  on  which  one  of  the  Par- 
ties advises  the  other  of  its  inten- 
tion of  terminating  it. 

Signatures.  I^  witncss  whereof,  we  the  re- 

spective     plenipotentiaries      have 


Articulo  IV 

Las  ratificaciones  de  este  Tra- 
tado  se  haran  por  el  Presidente 
del  Peru,  si  el  Poder  Legislative 
prestase  su  voto  aprobatorio  con 
arreglo  a  la  Constitucion  y  a  las 
leyes ;  y  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado.  El  canje  de  las  rati- 
ficaciones debera  realizarse  tan 
pronto  como  sea  posible ;  e  inme- 
diatamente  despues  producira  este 
Tratado  sus  ef  ectos  por  el  plazo  de 
cinco  anos,  vencido  el  cual  plazo 
continuara  en  vigor  hasta  doce 
meses  despues  del  dia  en  que  una 
de  las  Partes  avise  a  la  otra  su 
proposito  de  ponerle  termino. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  infrascritos 
Plenipotenciarios  lo  han  firmado. 


PORTUGAL 


75 


signed  the  present  treaty,  in 
duplicate,  in  the  English  and 
Spanish  languages  and  have  here- 
unto affixed  our  respective  seals. 
Done  at  Lima  the  fourteenth 
day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred 
and  fourteen. 

Benton  McMillin         [seal] 
J.  Fernando  Gazzani     [seal] 


por  duplicado,  en  castellano  e 
ingles,  poniendo  sus  respectivos 
sellos. 

Hecho  en  Lima,  el  catorce  de 
Julio  del  ano  mil  novecientos 
catorce. 

[seal]     J.  Fernando  Gazzani 
[seal]     Benton  McMillin 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Portugal  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Portuguese  Republic, 
being  desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them 
together  and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America:  His  Excel- 
lency Colonel  Thomas  H.  Birch, 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minis- 
ter Plenipotentiary  of  the  United 
States  of  America  near  the  Por- 
tuguese Republic ; 


O     Presidente     da     Republica  'Contracting 

*  Powers. 

Portugnesa  e  o  Presidente  dos 
Estados  Unidos  da  America,  de- 
sejando  consolidar  os  lagos  de 
amizade  que  os  unem  e  promover 
tambem  a  causa  da  paz  geral, 
resolveram  celebrar  um  Tratado 
para  esse  fim  e  nomearam  sens 
Plenipotenciarios : 


O     Presidente     da     Republica   Pienipoten- 

t  I3T*1CS 

Portuguesa:  Sua  Ex."  o  Dr.  An- 
tonio Caetano  Madeira  Junior, 
Ministro  dos  Negocios  Estran- 
geiros ; 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  (It  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1847.  Siprncd  at  Lisbon,  February 
4,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  tbe  Senate,  August  13,  1914;  ratified  by  Portugal, 
September  26,  1914;  ratified  l)y  tbe  President,  October  21,  1914;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  October  24,  1914;  proclaimed,  October  27,  1914. 


76 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


The  President  of  the  Portu- 
guese RepubHc:  His  Excellency 
Dr.  Antonio  Caetano  Macieira 
Junior,  Minister  for  Foreign  Af- 
fairs; 


Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  ar- 
ticles : 

Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatso- 
ever, to  the  settlement  of  which 
previous  arbitration  treaties  or 
agreements  do  not  apply  in  their 
terms  or  are  not  applied  in  fact, 
shall,  when  diplomatic  methods 
of  adjustment  have  failed,  be  re- 
ferred for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  next  succeeding  article ; 
and  they  agree  not  to  declare 
war  or  begin  hostilities  during 
such  investigation  and  before  the 
report  is  submitted. 


O  Presidente  dos  Estados  Uni- 
dos  da  America:  Sua  Ex."  o 
Coronel  Thomas  H.  Birch,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  e  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  dos  Estados  Uni- 
dos  da  America,  junto  da  Repu- 
blica  Portuguesa, 

Os  quais,  depois  de  se  terem 
comunicado  os  seus  respectivos 
plenos  poderes,  achados  em  de- 
vida  forma,  convieram  nos  se- 
guintes  artigos  e  os  assinaram. 

Artigo  I 

As  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
concordam  em  que  todos  os 
litigios  entre  elas,  de  toda  e 
qualquer  natureza,  a  cuja  solugao 
OS  tratados  ou  acordos  de  arbi- 
tragem  anteriores  nao  tenham, 
pelos  seus  termos,  aplicagao,  ou 
nao  sejam  de  facto  aplicados, 
serao,  quando  se  tenham  malo- 
grado  OS  meios  diplomaticos  de 
os  resolver,  submetidos  para 
investigagao  e  informaqao,  a  uma 
Comissao  Internacional,  que  sera 
constituida  pela  forma  determi- 
nada  no  artigo  imediato ;  e  con- 
cordam em  nao  declarar  guerra, 
ou  romper  hostilidades  durante 
essa  investigagao  nem  antes  de 
ter  side  apresentada  a  informagao. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Article  II  Artigo  II 

The    International    Commission  A  Comissao  Internacional  sera 

shall  be  composed  of  five  mem-  composta  de  cinco  membros  no- 

bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows :  meados  como  segue :  um  membro 


PORTUGAL 


77 


One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Govern- 
ment thereof;  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  each  Government 
from  some  third  country ;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  by 
common  agreement  between  the 
two  Governments,  it  being  un- 
derstood that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  countr}'.  The 
expenses  of  the  Commission  shall 
be  paid  by  the  two  Governments 
in  equal  proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


de  cada  um  dos  paises,  escolhido 
pelo  respective  Governo;  um 
membro  escolhido  por  cada  um 
dos  Governos  em  qualquer  ter- 
ceiro  pais;  o  quinto  membro 
sera  escolhido  de  comum  acordo 
entre  os  dois  Governos,  ficando 
entendido  que  nao  sera  cidadao 
de  nenhum  dos  paises.  As  des- 
pesas  da  Comissao  serao  pagas  Expenses, 
pelos  dois  Governos  em  igual 
proporgao. 

A  Comissao  Internacional  sera  Appointment, 
nomeada  dentro  de  seis  meses  de- 
pois  da  troca  das  ratificagoes  deste 
Tratado,  e  as  vagas  serao  preenchi- 
das  de  acordo  com  a  forma  da 
nomeagao  original. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  spontaneously  oflfer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all    the    means    and    facilities    re- 


Artigo  III 
No  caso  em  que  as  Altas  Partes  Duties  of 

.  Commission. 

Contratantes  nao  tiverem  conse- 
guido  solucionar  um  litigio  pelos 
meios  diplomaticos,  submete-lo  hao 
imediatamente  a  Comissao  Inter- 
nacional para  investigagao  e  infor- 
magao.  A  Comissao  Internacional 
pode,  contudo,  oferecer  esponta- 
neamente  os  seus  servigos  para 
aquele  fim,  e,  em  tal  caso,  f  a-lo  ha 
saber  a  ambos  os  Governos  e  soli- 
citara  a  cooperagao  deles  na  in- 
vestigagao. 
As    Altas    Partes    Contratantes   Facilities  for 

Investigation. 

concordam  em  fornecer  a  Comis- 
sao Internacional  Permanente  to- 
dos  OS  meios  e  facilidades  requeri- 


78 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Time  for 

report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


quired  for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.  The  report  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one 
copy  shall  be  presented  to  each 
Government,  and  the  third  re- 
tained by  the  Commission  for  its 
files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  independ- 
ently on  the  subject  matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


das  para  a  sua  investigagao  e  in- 
formagao. 

A  informagao  da  Comissao  In- 
ternacional  estara  terminada  den- 
tro  de  um  ano  depois  da  data  em 
que  declare  ter  comeqado  a  sua 
investigagao,  salvo  se  as  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes,  por  miituo 
acordo,  limitarem  ou  alargarem  o 
prazo.  A  informagao  sera  feita 
em  triplicado ;  uma  copia  sera 
apresentada  a  cada  um  dos  Gover- 
nos,  e  a  terceira  conservada  pela 
Comissao  para  os  seus  arquivos. 

As  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
reservam-se  o  direito  de  proceder 
independentemente  no  assunto 
sujeito  do  litigio  depois  de  Ihes  ter 
sido  apresentada  a  informagao  da 
Comissao. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Portuguese  Republic 
in  accordance  with  the  constitu- 
tional laws  of  the  Republic ;  and 
the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.  It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months    after    one   of   the    High 


Artigo  IV 

O  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  pelo  Presidente  da  Repu- 
blica  Portuguesa,  em  harmonia 
com  as  leis  constitucionais  da 
Republica,  e  pelo  Presidente  dos 
Estados  Unidos  da  America,  por 
conselho  e  com  o  consentimento 
do  Senado  da  Republica,  e  as  rati- 
ficagoes  serao  trocadas  no  mais 
breve  prazo  possivel.  Entrara  em 
vigor  imediatamente  depois  da 
troca  das  ratificagoes,  subsistira 
pelo  espago  de  cinco  anos,  e  con- 
tinuara  dai  por  diante  em  vigor 
ate  doze  meses  depois  de  uma  das 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes  ter  no- 


PORTUGAL 


79 


Contracting    Parties    have    given  tificado  a  outra  a  intenqao  de  Ihe 

notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention  fazer  cessar  os  efeitos. 
to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  Em    fe    do   que   os    respectivos  Signatures. 

tive  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  Plenipotenciarios  assinaram  o  pre- 

the   present  treaty  and  have   af-  sente  Tratado  e  Ihe  apuseram  os 

fixed  thereunto  their  seals.  seus  selos. 

Done  in  dupHcate,  in  the  English         Feito  em  dupHcado,  nas  linguas 

and  Portuguese  languages,  at  Lis-  portuguesa  e  inglesa,  em  Lisboa 

bon,  this  4th  day  of  February  one  aos   4  dias   de   Fevereiro  de  mil 

thousand  nine  hundred  and  four-  novecentos  e  quatorze. 
teen. 

[seal]     Thos.  H.  Birch 

[seal]     Ant°  Macieira  Jr. 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Minister  of  Portugal] 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  November  i6,  ipi^. 
Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  February  4.  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Portugal,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner, 
the  Portuguese  Commissioners  and  the  Joint  Commissioner  being 
named,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of  your 
Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Com- 
mission may  be  completed  be  extended  from  April  24,  1915,  to  April 
24,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
ami  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing 

Viscount  dk  Alte, 

The  Minister  of  Portugal. 


80  PERFECTED  TREATIES 

[The  Portuguese  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

LEGAgAo  DE  Portugal  nos  Estados  Unidos, 

Washington,  November  i6th,  ipij. 
Sir: 

I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of  today's 
date  suggesting  the  extension  from  April  24,  1915,  to  April  24,  1916, 
of  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  International  Com- 
mission provided  for  in  the  Treaty  of  February  4,  1914,  between 
Portugal  and  the  United  States  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the 
general  cause  of  peace,  may  be  completed. 

I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  that  the  Portuguese  Government 
fully  concur  with  the  suggestion  made  by  the  American  Government 
and  that  this  exchange  of  notes  will  be  regarded  by  them  as  sufficient 
to  give  effect  to  the  extension. 

I  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity  in  order  to  convey  to  you.  Sir, 
the  renewed  assurance  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Alte 
The  Honourable  Robert  Lansing. 

Secretary  of  State,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Russia  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 

Treaty  for  the  settlement  of  dis-     Traite  pour  le  reglement  des  li- 
putes.  tiges. 

Contracting              The    President   of   the   United  Le    President    des   Etats    Unis 

Powers.               States  of  America  and  His  Maj-  d'Amerique  et  Sa  Majeste  I'Em- 

esty  the  Emperor  of  all  the  Rus-  pereur  de  Toutes  les  Russies,  desi- 

sias,    desiring    to    strengthen    the  rant  affirmer  les  relations  amicales 

friendly     relations     which     unite  qui   unissent   leurs   deux   pays   et 

their  countries  and  to   serve  the  servir  la  cause  de  la  paix  generale, 

cause  of  general  peace,  have  de-  ont  decide  de  conclure  un  Traite  a 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  39,  pt.  2,  p.  1622.  Signed  at  Washington,  October 
1/September  18,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  October  13,  1914;  rati- 
fied by  the  President,  January  23,  1915;  ratified  by  Russia,  December  23,  1914; 
ratifications  exchanged  at  Washington,  March  22,  1915 ;  proclaimed,  March  25, 
1915. 


RUSSIA 


81 


cided  to  conclude  a  Treaty  for 
these  purposes  and  have  conse- 
quently appointed  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries designated  hereinafter, 
to  wit : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States ; 
and 

His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  all 
the  Russias,  His  Excellency  G. 
BakhmetefT,  Master  of  His  Court 
and  His  Ambassador  Extraordi- 
nary and  Plenipotentiary  to  the 
United  States  of  America  ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  their  Full  Powers  found  to 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles  : 

Article  I 
Any  differences  arising  between 
the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Im- 
perial Government  of  Russia, 
of  whatever  nature  they  may 
be,  shall,  when  diplomatic  pro- 
ceedings have  failed,  be  sub- 
mitted for  examination  and  report 
to  a  Permanent  International 
Commission  constituted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  in  the  follow- 
ing article ;  likewise  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  agree  not  to 
resort,  with  respect  to  each  other, 
to  any  acts  of  force  during  the 
examination  to  be  made  by  the 
Commission  and  before  its  report 
is  handed  in. 


ces  tins  et  ont  nomme  en  conse- 
quence les  Plenipotentiaires  ci- 
apres  designes : 


Le    President     des      EtatS      Unis     Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 

d'Amerique,  I'Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretaire  d'Etat 
des  Etats  Unis,  et 

Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de 
Toutes  les  Russies,  Son  Excel- 
lence G.  Bakhmeteff,  Son  Maitre 
de  la  Cour  et  Ambassadeur  Ex- 
traordinaire et  Plenipotentiaire 
aux  Etats  Unis ; 

Lesquels,  apres  s'etre  commu- 
nique leurs  pleins  pouvoirs, 
trouves  en  bonne  et  due  forme, 
sont  convenus  des  articles  sui- 
vants : 

Article  I 
Tons  differends,  s'elevant  entre   pifferences  to 

be  submitted 

le  Gouvernement  des  Etats  Unis  t«  =»  Perma- 
nent Inter- 

d'Amerique   et   le    Gouvernement   nationaiCom- 

inission  for 

Imperial    de    Russie,    de    quelque    (-xamination 

and  report. 

nature  qu'ils  soient,  lorsque  les 
procedes  diplomatiques  auront 
echoue,  seront  soumis,  pour  exa- 
men  et  rapport,  a  une  Commis- 
sion Internationale  Permanente. 
constituee  de  la  maniere  prescrile 
dans  I'article  suivant ;  les  Hautes 
Parties  Contractantes  convien- 
nent  egalement  de  ne  se  livrer, 
Tune  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre,  a  aucun 
acte  de  force  durant  I'examen 
auquel  procedera  la  Commission 
et  r.vant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 


82 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Vacancies. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  members 
appointed  as  follows :  Each  Gov- 
ernment shall  designate  two  mem- 
bers ;  the  fifth  member  shall  be 
designated  by  common  consent 
and  shall  not  belong  to  any  of  the 
nationalities  already  represented 
on  the  Commission;  he  shall  per- 
form the  duties  of  President. 

The  two  Governments  shall 
bear  by  halves  the  expenses  of  the 
Commission. 

The  Commission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  from 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  Convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they  are 
engaged  at  the  time  their  office 
expires  is  completed. 

Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  fol- 
lowed for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 


Article  II 

La  Commission  Internationale 
sera  composee  de  cinq  membres 
nommes  conmie  il  suit:  chaque 
Gouvernement  designera  deux 
membres ;  le  cinquieme  membre 
sera  designe  d'un  commun  ac- 
cord et  ne  pourra  appartenir  a 
I'une  des  nationalites  deja  re- 
presentees dans  la  Commission. 
II  remplira  les  fonctions  de  Presi- 
dent. 

Les  deux  Gouvernements  sup- 
porteront  par  moitie  les  frais  de 
la  Commission. 

La  Commission  sera  constituee 
dans  les  six  mois  de  I'exchange  de 
la  presente  Convention. 

Les  membres  sont  nommes 
pour  une  annee  et  leur  mandat 
pent  etre  renouvele.  lis  restent 
en  fonctions  jusqu'a  leur  rem- 
placement  ou  jusqu'au  renouvelle- 
ment  de  leur  mandat,  ou  encore 
jusqu'a  I'achevement  de  leurs 
travaux  en  cours  au  moment  de 
Texpiration  de  leur  mandat. 

II  sera  pourvu  aux  vacances  qui 
se  produiraient  suivant  le  mode 
fixe  pour  la  nomination. 


Duties  of 
Commission 


Article  III 

In  case  a  difference  should  arise 
between  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  which  is  not  settled  by 
diplomatic  methods,  each  Party 
shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 


Article  III 

Dans  le  cas  ou  il  s'eleverait  en- 
tre  les  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes  un  dififerend  qui  ne  serait 
pas  regie  par  la  voie  diplomatique, 
chaque    Partie   aura    le    droit    de 


RUSSIA 


83 


examination  tliereof  be  intrusted 
to  the  International  Commission 
charged  with  making  a  report. 
Notice  shall  be  given  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  International  Com- 
mission, who  shall  at  once  com- 
municate with  his  colleagues. 

As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  I  of 
The  Hague  of  1907.^ 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission, 
as  fully  as  they  may  think  possi- 
ble, all  means  and  all  necessary 
facilities  for  its  examination  and 
its  report. 

The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the 
case,  unless  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  should  agree  to  set  a  dif- 
ferent period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  Hberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the 
Commission. 


demander  que  I'examen  en  soit 
confie  a  la  Commission  Interna- 
tionale chargee  de  faire  un  rap- 
port. Notification  sera  faite  au 
President  de  la  Commission  In- 
ternationale qui  se  mettra  aussitot 
en  relations  avec  ses  collegues. 

La  Commission  s'inspirera  dans  Procedure, 
la  mesure  du  possible,  quant  a  la 
procedure  qu'elle  aura  a  suivre, 
des  dispositions  contenues  dans 
les  articles  9  a  36  de  la  Conven- 
tion I  de  La  Haye  de  1907. 

Les    Hautes    Parties    Contrac-  facilities 

for  mvestiga- 

tantes  conviennent  de  fournir  a  ''°"'  ^^*=- 
la  Commission,  dans  la  plus  large 
mesure  qu'Elles  jugeront  possible, 
tous  les  moyens  et  toutes  les  faci- 
lites  necessaires  a  son  examen  et 
a  son  rapport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission  Time  for 

report. 

devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  ou  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  moins  que  les  Hautes  Parties 
Contractantes  ne  tombent  d'ac- 
cord  pour  la  fixation  d'un  autre 
delai. 

Les  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  termes  de  son  rapport 
seront  arretes  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport  signe  par  le  President 
seul,  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa 
qualite,  sera  transmis  par  ses 
soins  a  chacune  des  Parties  Con- 
tractantes. 

Les    Hautes    Parties   Contrac-  independent 

action 

tantes   se    reservent    une    entiere  reserved, 
liberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
rapport  de  la  Commission. 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


84 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Ratification. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


Article  IV 

The  present  Treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  of  the  United  States,  and 
by  His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of 
all  the  Russias. 

It  shall  go  into  force  imme- 
diately after  the  exchange  of  rati- 
fications and  shall  last  five  years. 

If  it  has  not  been  denounced  at 
least  six  months  before  the  ex- 
piration of  this  period  it  shall  be 
tacitly  renewed  for  a  period  of 
twelve  months  after  either  party 
shall  have  notified  the  other  of  its 
intention  to  terminate  it. 


Article  IV 

Le  present  Traite  sera  ratifie 
par  le  President  des  Etats  Unis 
d'Amerique,  sur  I'avis  et  avec  le 
consentement  du  Senat  des  Etats 
Unis,  et  par  Sa  Majeste  I'Em- 
pereur  de  Toutes  les  Russies. 

II  entrera  en  vigueur  aussitot 
apres  I'echange  des  ratifications 
et  aura  une  duree  de  cinq  annees. 

S'il  n'a  pas  ete  denonce  au 
moins  six  mois  avant  I'expira- 
tion  de  ce  delai,  il  sera  renouvele 
par  tacite  reconduction  pour  une 
duree  de  douze  mois  apres  que 
I'une  des  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes  aura  notifie  a  I'autre  son 
intention  d'v  mettre  terme. 


In  witness  whereof,  the  respec-  En  foi  de  quoi  les  Plenipoten- 

tive  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  tiaires  ont  signe  le  present  Traite 

the  present  Treaty  and  have  af-  et  y  ont  appose  leurs  cachets, 
fixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this   1  Fait  a   Washington  le   l®""   oc- 

October/18  September,  1914.  tobre/18  septembre,  1914. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     G.  Bakhmeteff 


SPAIX 


85 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Spain  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 

Treaty  for  the  settlement  of  dis-     Tratado  para  el  arreglo  de  con- 
putes   between    the    tzvo    conn-         flictos  entre  los  dos  Paises. 
tries. 

The    President    of    the    United  El    Presidente    de    los  Estados   Contracting 

-,     .  Powers. 

States  of  America  and  His  Alaj-  Unidos  de  America  y  Su  Majes- 
esty  the  King  of  Spain,  desiring  tad  el  Rey  de  Espafia,  deseando 
to  strengthen  the  friendly  rela-  afianzar  las  amistosas  relaciones 
tions  which  unite  their  two  coun-  que  unen  a  sus  respectivas  na- 
tries  and  to  serve  the  cause  of  clones  y  servir  la  causa  de  la  paz 
general  peace,  have  decided  to  general,  han  resuelto  celebrar  un 
conclude  a  treaty  for  these  pur-  Tratado  inspirado  en  tales  fines  y 
poses  and  have  consequently  han  nombrado,  en  consecuencia, 
appointed  the  plenipotentiaries  los  plenipotenciarios  que  a  con- 
designated  hereinafter,  to-wit:  tinuacion   se   designan,    a    saber: 

The    President   of   the   United  El   Presidente   de   los   Estados  Pienipoten- 

tiaries. 

States  of  America,  the  Honorable  Unidos  de  America,  al  Honorable 

William   Jennings    Bryan,    Secre-  Seiior    William    Jennings    Bryan, 

tary  of  State  of  the  United  States ;  Secretario  de  Estado  de  los  Es- 

and  tados  Unidos ;  y 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Spain,  Su  Majestad  el  Rey  de  Espafia, 

His  Excellency  Seiior  Don  Juan  al  Excmo.  Senor  Don  Juan  Riafio 

Riafio  y  Gayangos,   His  Ambas-  y    Gayangos,    Su   Embajador    en 

sador  in  Washington  ;  Washington  ; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each  Quienes  despues  de  haber  pre- 
other  their  full  powers,  found  to  sentado  sus  plenos  poderes,  de- 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have  bidamente  extendidos,  ban  ex- 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles  :  presado   su  conformidad    con    el 

articulado  siguiente: 
Article  1  ARxfcuLO  I 

Any    disputes   arising   between  Todo    litigio   surgido    entre   el   S„*|l?|dto^' 

the    Government    of    the    United  Gobierno  de  los  Estados  Unidos  ^"J^^'Jf.^S' 

States  of  America  and  the  Gov-  de    America    y    el    Gobierno    de  ^°[ij,7f^*i 

ernment   of    Spain,   of    whatever  Espafia,  sea  cual  fuere  su  indole,  ^^v°'^- 

1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1862.  Sipncd  at  WashiiiRton,  Sep- 
tember 15,  1914;  ratification  adviscfl  by  tbe  Senate,  September  25,  1914;  ratified 
by  the  President,  November  2.3,  1914;  ratified  by  Spain.  Novemlicr  23,  1914; 
ratifications  exchanped  at  Wa^liinRton.  December  21,  1914;  proclaimed,  De- 
cember 23,  1914. 


86 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Status 

pending 

reoort. 


nature  they  may  be,  shall,  when 
ordinary  diplomatic  proceedings 
have  failed  and  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  do  not  have 
recourse  to  arbitration,  be  sub- 
mitted for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  Permanent  Interna- 
tional Commission  constituted  in 
the  •  manner  prescribed  in  the 
following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect 
to  each  other,  to  any  act  of  force 
during  the  investigation  to  be 
made  by  the  Commission  and 
before  its  report  is  handed  in. 


sera  sometido, — de  fracasar  los 
procedimientos  diplomaticos  usua- 
les  y  de  no  recurrir  las  Altas 
Partes  Contratantes  al  arbitraje, 
— al  examen  e  informe  de  una 
Comision  internacional  perma- 
nente,  constituida  segun  lo  pre- 
scrito  en  el  articulo  siguiente. 


Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
se  comprometen  a  no  propasarse, 
la  una  con  respecto  a  la  otra,  a 
ningun  acto  de  fuerza,  durante 
la  investigacion  que  efectuara  la 
Comision  y  antes  de  la  entrega 
de  sus  conclusiones. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Article  2 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows :  Each 
Government  shall  designate  two 
members,  only  one  of  whom  shall 
be  of  its  own  nationality;  the 
fifth  member  shall  be  designated 
by  common  consent  and  shall  not 
belong  to  any  of  the  nationalities 
already  represented  on  the  Com- 
mission; he  shall  perform  the 
duties  of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  commissioner, 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  fail- 
ing an  understanding  between 
them,    the    provisions    of    article 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  internacional  se 
compondra  de  cinco  vocales  nom- 
brados  de  la  manera  siguiente : 
cada  Gobierno  designara  dos 
miembros,  de  los  cuales  uno  solo 
podra  ser  de  su  nacionalidad ; 
el  quinto  miembro  sera  designado 
de  comiin  acuerdo  y  no  podra 
pertenecer  a  ninguna  nacionali- 
dad ya  representada  en  la  Comi- 
sion; desempenara  las  funciones 
de  Presidente. 

En  el  caso  de  que  los  dos 
Gobiernos  no  pudiesen  ponerse 
de  acuerdo  sobre  la  designacion 
del  quinto  comisionado,  los  cua- 
tro  restantes  seran  llamados  a 
designarle  y,  de  no  llegar  tam- 
poco  estos  a  una   inteligencia,  se 


SPAIN 


87 


45  of  The  Hague  Convention  of 
1907^  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  or- 
ganized within  six  months  from 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  3'ear  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they 
are  engaged  at  the  time  their 
office  expires  is  completed. 

Any  vacancies  which  may 
arise  (from  death,  resignation,  or 
cases  of  physical  or  moral  inca- 
pacity) shall  be  filled  within  the 
shortest  possible  period  in  the 
manner  followed  for  the  original 
appointment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  understand- 
ing in  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  by  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  the 
mectinir  of  the  Commission. 


aplicara  lo  dispuesto  en  el  art. 
45  de  la  Convencion  de  La  Haya 
de  1907. 

La      Comision     quedara     con-  Organization, 
stituida  dentro  de  un  periodo  de 
seis     meses    a    contar    desde     el 
canje    de    ratiiicaciones    del    pre- 
sente  convenio. 

El    mandate    de   los    miembros  Term  of 

_  ,  services. 

sera  de  un  ano  y  sera  renovable. 
Continuaran  en  funciones  hasta 
ser  remplazados  6  confirmados  en 
su  mandato  6  bien  hasta  finalizar 
los  trabajos  pendientes  al  mo- 
mento  de  expirar  su  mision. 

Las  vacantes  que  puedan  sur-  Vacancies, 
gir,  (por  causa  de  fallecimiento, 
dimision  6  caso  de  incapacidad 
fisica  6  moral),  seran  provistas 
en  el  mas  breve  plazo  posible  y 
en  la  misma  forma  que  presidio 
al  nombramiento. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Compensation 

,  and  expenses. 

se  pondran  de  acuerdo  sobre  la 
remuneracion  que  haya  de  sena- 
larse  a  los  comisionados,  antes  de 
proceder  a  la  designacion  de 
estos.  Los  gastos  originados  por 
la  reunion  de  la  Comision  se  su- 
fragaran  por  mitad. 


Article  3 

In  case  a  dispute  should  arise 
between  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  which  is  not  settled  by 
the  ordinary  methods,  each  Party 


ARTfcuLo  in 
Caso  de  surgir  entre  las  Altas   '^"^'^^^.^f. 

'^  Commission, 

Partes  Contratantes  alguna  dife- 
rencia  no  solucionada  por  la 
via     comiin,     cada     parte     podra 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  al  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2223. 


88 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Offer  of 
services. 


Place  of 
meeting. 


Statement  of 

subject-matter 

referred. 


shall  have  a  right  to  ask  that  the 
investigation  thereof  be  intrusted 
to  the  International  Commission 
charged  with  making  a  report. 
Notice  shall  be  given  to  the 
President  of  the  International 
Commission,  who  shall  at  once 
communicate  with  his  colleagues. 

In  the  same  case  the  President 
may,  after  consulting  his  col- 
leagues and  upon  receiving  the 
consent  of  a  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Commission,  offer  the 
services  of  the  latter  to  each  of  the 
Contracting  Parties.  Acceptance 
of  that  offer  declared  by  one  of  the 
two  Governments  shall  be  suffi- 
cient to  give  jurisdiction  of  the 
case  to  the  Commission  in  accord- 
ance with  the  foregoing  para- 
graph. 

The  place  of  meeting  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Commission 
itself. 

Article  4 
The  two  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties shall  have  a  right,  each  on  its 
own  part,  to  state  to  the  President 
of  the  Commission  what  is  the 
subject-matter  of  the  controversy. 
No  difference  in  these  statements, 
which  shall  be  furnished  by  way 
of  suggestion,  shall  arrest  the  ac- 
tion of  the  Commission. 


exigir  que  el  examen  de  ella  se 
someta  a  la  Comision  intema- 
cional  capacitada  para  eniitir  in- 
forme.  Se  dara  cuenta  al  Presi- 
dente  de  la  misma,  quien  segui- 
damente  se  pondra  en  relacion 
con  sus  colegas. 

En  analogo  caso,  el  Presidente, 
previa  consulta  con  sus  colegas  y 
mediante  el  consentimiento  de  la 
mayoria  de  los  miembros  de  la 
Comision,  puede  ofrecer  los  bue- 
nos  oficios  de  esta  a  cada  una  de 
las  Partes  Contratantes.  Basta 
que  uno  de  los  dos  Gobiernos 
manifieste  su  aquiescencia  para 
que  la  Comision  considere  el  asun- 
to  de  su  competencia,  segun  dis- 
puesto  en  el  parrafo  anterior. 

El  lugar  de  la  reunion  se  deter- 
minara  por  la  Comision  misma. 

Articulo  IV 

Las  dos  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes tendran  el  derecho  de  pre- 
cisar,  cada  una  de  su  lado,  ante  el 
Presidente  de  la  Comision,  lo  que 
constituye  el  objeto  del  litigio. 
Ninguna  divergencia  que  pueda 
haber  entre  los  dos  alegatos,  dados 
a  titulo  de  sugerimiento,  podra 
coartar  la  accion  de  la  Comision. 


Procedure. 


Article  5  Articulo  V 

As  regards  the  procedure  which         El  cuanto  se  refiere  al  procedi- 
it   is  to   follow,  the   Commission      miento   que   haya   de   adoptar   la 


SPAIN 


89 


shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1 
of  The  Hague  of  1907.^ 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 


The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it  has 
taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case,  un- 
less the  High  Contracting  Parties 
should  agree  to  set  a  different 
period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by  him 
to  each  of  the  Contracting  Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the  action 
to  be  taken  on  the  report  of  the 
Commission. 


Comision  se  inspirara  en  lo  posible 
en  el  tenor  de  los  articulos  9  a  36 
del  Convenio  I  de  El  Haya  de 
1907. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
convienen  en  suministrar  a  la 
Comision,  todos  los  medios  y  fa- 
cilidades  necesarios  para  la  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe  que  la  estan 
encomendados. 

Los  trabajos  de  la  Comision  de- 
beran  ultimarse  dentro  de  un  ano 
a  partir  del  dia  en  que  haya  asu- 
mido  su  jurisdiccion,  a  menos  que 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  no 
fijen,  de  comun  acuerdo,  otro 
plazo. 

Las  conclusiones  de  la  Comi- 
sion y  la  redaccion  de  su  informe 
se  adoptaran  por  mayoria  de 
votos.  EI  informe,  firmado  tan 
solo  por  el  Presidente  actuando 
como  tal,  sera  remitido  por  el  a 
cada  una  de  las  Partes  Contra- 
tantes. 

Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes 
se  reservan  la  mas  amplia  libertad 
por  lo  que  afecta  a  su  procedcr 
despues  de  la  emision  del  informe 
de  la  Comision. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Article  6 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Sen- 
ate of  the  United  States,  and  bv 


Articulo  VI 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi-   Ratification. 
cado    por    El    Presidente    de    los 
Estados     Unidos     de     America, 
previa  consulta  y  aprobacion  del 
Senado  de  los  Estados  Unidos,  y 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  pp.  2214-20. 


90 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration 
and  de- 
nouncement. 


His  Majesty  the  King  of  Spain. 

It  shall  go  into  force  immedi- 
ately after  the  exchange  of  ratifi- 
cations and  shall  last  five  years. 

Unless  denounced  six  months  at 
least  before  the  expiration  of  the 
said  period  of  five  years,  it  shall 
remain  in  force  until  the  expira- 
tion of  a  period  of  twelve  months 
after  either  party  shall  have  noti- 
fied the  other  of  its  intention  to 
terminate  it. 


por  Su  Majestad  El  Rey  de 
Espafia. 

Se  considerara  vigente  una  vez 
verificado  el  canje  de  ratifica- 
ciones  y  su  duracion  sera  de  cinco 
anos. 

De  no  haber  sido  denunciado 
seis  meses  cuando  menos  antes  de 
la  expiracion  de  este  plazo,  que- 
dara  en  vigor  hasta  terminado  un 
plazo  de  doce  meses  posteriores  a 
la  notificacion  hecha  por  una  de 
las  Partes  Contratantes  a  la  otra, 
de  considerarlo  terminado. 


Signatures.  jj^  witness  whcreof  the  respec-  Y  en  fe  de  ello,  los  respectivos 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      plenipotenciarios    han   firmado   y 
the  present  treaty  and  have  affixed     sellado  el  presente  Tratado. 
thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Washington  this  15th  Hecho  en  Washington  el  15  de 
day  of  September,  in  the  year  nine-  septiembre  de  mil  novecientos 
teen  hundred  and  fourteen.  catorce. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Juan  Riano  y  Gayangos 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Spanish  Ambassador] 

Department  of  State, 

November  i6,  1(^15 
Excellency : 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  September  15,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Spain,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner, 
the  Spanish  Commissioners  and  the  Joint  Commissioner  being  named, 
I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of  your  Government 
that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of  the  Commission  may 
be  completed  be  extended  from  June  21,  1915  to  February  15,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  that  your  Government  receives 


SPAIN  91 

the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded  on  this  Government's  part 
as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension,  and  I  shall  be  glad  to 
receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded  by  your  Government 
also. 

Accept,  Excellency,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  considera- 
tion. 

Robert  Lansing 
His  Excellency 

Senor  Don  Juan  Riano  y  Gayangos, 

The  Ambassador  of  Spain. 


[The  Spanish  Ambassador  to  the  Secretary  of  State'] 

[Translation] 

Embassy  of  Spain, 

Washington,  December  20,  1915. 

Mr.  Secretary: 

With  reference  to  Your  Excellency's  note  of   November   16  last, 

I   have  the  honor  to   inform  you  that   His   Majesty's   Government, 

according  to  a  telegram  I  have  received,  concurs  in  extending  from 

the  21st  of  June,  1915,  to  the  15th  of  February,  1916,  the  time  set 

by  the  Treaty  of   September  15,   1914,  for  the  appointment  of  the 

International  Commission  therein  specified. 

In  so  informing  Your  Excellency,  I  avail  myself  of  this  opportunity 

to  renew  to  you  the  assurance  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Juan  Riano 

To  the  Hon.  Robert  Lansing 

Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States 

&c.,  &c.,  &c. 


92 


PERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Sweden  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Treaty  for  the  Settlement  of  Dis- 
putes. 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Maj- 
esty the  King  of  Sweden,  desir- 
ing to  strengthen  the  friendly 
relations  which  unite  their  two 
countries  and  to  serve  the  cause 
of  general  peace,  have  decided  to 
conclude  a  treaty  for  these  pur- 
poses and  have  consequently  ap- 
pointed the  plenipotentiaries  des- 
ignated hereinafter,  to-wit : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States  ; 
and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Swe- 
den, Mr.  W.  A.  F.  Ekengren,  His 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minis- 
ter Plenipotentiary  at  Washing- 
ton; 

Who,  after  exhibiting  to  each 
other  their  full  powers,  found  to 
be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles : 


Traite  pour  le  Reglement  des  Li- 
tiges. 

Le  President  des  Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
de  Suede,  desirant  affirmer  les  re- 
lations amicales  qui  unissent  leurs 
deux  pays  et  servir  la  cause  de  la 
paix  generale,  ont  decide  de  con- 
clure  un  traite  a  ces  fins  et  nom- 
me,  en  consequence,  les  plenipo- 
tentiaires  ci-apres  designes,  sa- 
voir: 

Le    President    des    Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique :  I'Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretaire  d'Etat 
des  Etats-Unis ; 
et 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Suede: 
Monsieur  W.  A.  F.  Ekengren,  Son 
Envoye  Extraordinaire  et  Minis- 
tre  Plenipotentiaire  a  Washing- 
ton; 

Lesquels,  apres  s'etre  commu- 
nique leurs  pleins  pouvoirs, 
trouves  en  bonne  et  due  forme, 
sont  convenus  des  articles 
suivants : 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investiga- 
tion and 
report. 


Article  1 

Any    disputes    arising   between 
the    Government   of    the    United 


Article  I 

Tons  differends  s'elevant  entre 
le  Gouvernement  des  Etats-Unis 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1872.  Signed  at  Washington,  Oc- 
tober 13,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  October  22,  1914;  ratified  by 
Sweden,  November  13,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  January  4,  1915;  ratifi- 
cations exchanged  at  Washington,  January  11,  1915;  proclaimed,  January  12, 
1915. 


SWEDEN 


93 


States  of  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  Sweden,  of  whatever  nature 
they  may  be,  shall,  when  ordinary 
diplomatic  proceedings  have  failed 
and  the  High  Contracting  Parties 
do  not  have  recourse  to  arbitra- 
tion, be  submitted  for  investiga- 
tion and  report  to  a  permanent 
International  Commission  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  following  article. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  not  to  resort,  with  respect  to 
each  other,  to  any  act  of  force  dur- 
ing the  investigation  to  be  made 
by  the  Commission  and  before  its 
report  is  handed  in. 


dWmerique,  et  le  Gouvernement 
de  Sa  Alajeste  le  Roi  de  Suede,  de 
quelque  nature  qu'ils  soient, 
lorsque  les  procedes  diploma- 
tiques  ordinaires  auront  echoue  et 
que  les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  n'ont  pas  recours  a  I'arbi- 
trage,  seront  soumis,  pour  examen 
et  rapport,  a  une  Commission  In- 
ternationale permanente,  consti- 
tuee  de  la  maniere  prescrite  dans 
I'article  suivant. 

Les     Hautes     Parties    contrac-   Status 

pending 

tantes  conviennent  de  ne  se  livrer,   report. 
I'une  vis-a-vis  de  I'autre,  a  aucun 
acte    de    force    durant    I'examen 
auquel   procedera   la   Commission 
et  avant  la  remise  de  son  rapport. 


Article  2 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers appointed  as  follows :  Each 
Government  shall  designate  two 
members,  only  one  of  whom  shall 
be  of  its  own  nationality  ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  designated  by 
common  consent  and  shall  not  be- 
long to  any  of  the  nationalities  al- 
ready represented  on  the  Commis- 
sion ;  he  shall  perform  the  duties 
of  President. 

In  case  the  two  Governments 
should  be  unable  to  agree  on  the 
choice  of  the  fifth  commissioner, 
the  other  four  shall  be  called 
upon  to  designate  him,  and  fail- 
ing an  understanding  between 
them,  the  provisions  of  article  45 


Article  II 

La  Commission  internationale  Jntemationai 
sera  composee  de  cinq  membres  Composition, 
nommes  comme  il  suit :  chaque 
Gouvernement  designera  deux 
membres,  dont  un  seulement  de 
sa  nationalite:  le  cinquieme  mem- 
bre  sera  designe  d'un  commun 
accord  et  ne  pourra  appartenir  a 
une  des  nationalites  deja  repre- 
sentees dans  la  Commission:  il 
remplira  les  fonctions  de  Presi- 
dent. 

Au  cas  ou  les  deux  Gouver- 
nements  ne  pourraient  se  mettre 
d'accord  sur  le  choix  du  cinquieme 
commissaire,  les  quatre  autres 
seraient  appeles  a  le  designer,  et  a 
defaut  d'entente  entre  ceux-ci,  les 
dispositions  de  I'article  45   de   la 


94 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Organization. 


Term  of 
service. 


Vacancies. 


Compensation 
and  expenses. 


of  The  Hague  Convention  of 
1907^  shall  be  applied. 

The  Commission  shall  be  organ- 
ized within  six  months  from  the 
exchange  of  ratifications  of  the 
present  convention. 

The  members  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  one  year  and  their 
appointment  may  be  renewed. 
They  shall  remain  in  office  until 
superseded  or  reappointed,  or 
until  the  work  on  which  they  are 
engaged  at  the  time  their  office 
expires  is  completed. 

Any  vacancies  which  may  arise 
(from  death,  resignation,  or  cases 
of  physical  or  moral  incapacity) 
shall  be  filled  within  the  shortest 
possible  period  in  the  manner  fol- 
lowed for  the  original  appoint- 
ment. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
shall,  before  designating  the  Com- 
missioners, reach  an  understand- 
ing in  regard  to  their  compensa- 
tion. They  shall  bear  by  halves 
the  expenses  incident  to  the 
meeting  of  the  Commission. 


Convention  de  La  Haye  de  1907 
seraient  appliquees. 

La  Commission  sera  constituee 
dans  les  six  mois  de  I'echange  des 
ratifications  de  la  presente  con- 
vention. 

Les  membres  sont  nommes 
pour  une  annee  et  leur  mandat 
pent  etre  renouvele.  lis  restent 
en  fonctions  jusqu'a  leur  rem- 
placement  ou  jusqu'au  renouvelle- 
ment  de  leur  mandat,  ou  encore 
jusqu'a  I'achevement  de  leurs  tra- 
vaux  en  cours  au  moment  de  I'ex- 
piration  de  leur  mandat. 

II  sera  pourvu  dans  le  plus  bref 
delai  aux  vacances  qui  se  pro- 
duiraient  (deces,  demission,  cas 
de  force  majeure)  suivant  le  mode 
employe  pour  la  nomination. 


Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  s'entendront  avant  qu'il 
soit  procede  a  la  designation  des 
commissaires  relativement  a  la 
remuneration  de  ceux-ci.  Elles 
supporteront  par  moitie  les  frais 
auxquels  donnerait  lieu  la  re- 
union de  la  commission. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Article  3 

Diflferences  that  may  happen 
to  occur  between  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  and  should  fail 
of  settlement  by  diplomatic 
methods  shall  be  forthwith  re- 
ferred to  the  examination  of  the 
Interna,tional    Commission    which 


Article  HI 
Les  dififerends,  qui  viendraient 
a  se  produire  entre  les  Hautes 
Parties  contractantes  et  qui  n'au- 
raient  pu  etre  regies  par  la  voie 
diplomatique,  seront  aussitot  ren- 
voyes  a  I'examen  de  la  Commis- 
sion  internationale.   qui   se   char- 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36,  p.  2223. 


SWEDEN 


95 


will  undertake  to  make  a  report. 
By  a  note  addressed  to  the  Inter- 
national Bureau  of  the  Perma- 
nent  Court  at  The  Hague,  which 
shall  communicate  it  without  de- 
lay to  both  Governments,  the 
President  may  remind  the  Parties 
that  the  services  of  the  Interna- 
tional Commission  are  at  their 
disposal. 

Article  4 

The  two  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties shall  have  a  right,  each  on  its 
own  part,  to  state  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Commission  what  is 
the  subject-matter  of  the  con- 
troversy. No  difTerence  in  these 
statements,  which  shall  be  fur- 
nished by  way  of  suggestion, 
shall  arrest  the  action  of  the 
Commission. 

In  case  the  cause  of  the  dispute 
should  consist  of  certain  acts 
already  committed  or  about  to 
be  committed,  the  Commission 
shall  as  soon  as  possible  indicate 
what  measures  to  preserve  the 
rights  of  each  party  ought  in 
its  opinion  to  be  taken  provi- 
sionally and  pending  the  delivery 
of  its  report. 

Article  5 

As  regards  the  procedure  which 
it  is  to  follow,  the  Commission 
shall  as  far  as  possible  be  guided 
by  the  provisions  contained  in 
articles  9  to  36  of  Convention  1  of 
The  Hague  of  1907." 


gera  de  faire  un  rapport.  Par 
une  note,  adressee  au  Bureau 
International  de  la  Cour  Perma- 
nente  a  La  Haye,  qui  doit  la 
communiquer  sans  delai  aux  deux 
Gouvernements  le  President  peur 
rappeler  aux  parties  que  les  ser- 
vices de  la  Commission  Interna- 
tionale seront  a  leur  disposition. 

Article  IV 
Les  deux  Hautes  Parties  con-  Statement  of 

subject-matter 

tractantes  auront  le  droit  de  referred. 
preciser,  chacune  de  son  cote, 
aupres  du  President  de  la  Com- 
mission, quel  est  I'objet  du 
litige.  Nulle  difiference  dans  ces 
exposes,  fournis  a  titre  d'indica- 
tion,  n'arretera  Taction  de  la 
Commission. 

Dans     le     Cas     Oll     la     cause     du    Provisional 

action. 

dift'erend  consisterait  en  actes 
determines  deja  efTectues  ou  sur 
le  point  de  I'etre,  la  Commission 
indiquera,  dans  le  plus  bref  delai 
possible,  quelles  mesures,  con- 
servatoires des  droits  de  chacun, 
devraient,  selon  son  avis,  etre 
prises  a  titre  provisoire  et  en 
attendant  le  depot  de  son  rapport. 

Article  V 
La  Commission  s'inspirera.  Procedure, 
dans  la  mesure  du  possible,  quant 
a  la  ])rocedure  qu'elle  aura  a 
suivre,  des  dispositions  contenues 
dans  les  articles  9  a  36  de  la  Con- 
vention 1  do  La  Have  de  1907. 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  36.  pp.  2214-20. 


96 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Completion 
of  work. 


Transmittal 
of  report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Ratification. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Duration. 


The  irligh  Contracting  i'arties 
agree  to  afford  the  Commission  all 
means  and  all  necessary  facilities 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  work  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  from  the  date  on  which  it 
has  taken  jurisdiction  of  the  case, 
unless  the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties should  agree  to  set  a  dift'erent 
period. 

The  conclusion  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  terms  of  its  report 
shall  be  adopted  by  a  majority. 
The  report,  signed  only  by  the 
President  acting  by  virtue  of  his 
office,  shall  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  each  of  the  Contracting 
Parties. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  full  liberty  as  to  the 
action  to  be  taken  on  the  report 
of  the  Commission. 

Article  6 

The  present  treaty  shall  be 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  upon 
his  being  authorized  thereto  by 
the  American  Senate,  and  by  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Sweden. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed at  Washington  as  soon 
as  possible  and  the  treaty  shall 
go  into  force  on  the  day  of  the 
exchange  of  ratifications. 

Its  duration  shall  be  five  years 
counted  from  the  exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes  conviennent  de  fournir  a 
la  Commission  tous  les  moyens 
et  toutes  les  facilites  necessaires 
a  son  examen  et  a  son  rapport. 

Les  travaux  de  la  Commission 
devront  etre  termines  dans  I'an- 
nee  du  jour  ou  elle  aura  ete  saisie, 
a  moins  que  les  Hautes  Parties 
contractantes  ne  tombent  d'ac- 
cord  pour  la  fixation  d'un  autre 
delai. 

Les  conclusions  de  la  Commis- 
sion et  les  termes  de  son  rapport 
seront  arretes  a  la  majorite.  Le 
rapport,  signe  par  le  President 
seul,  agissant  en  vertu  de  sa 
qualite,  sera  transmis  par  ses 
soins  a  chacune  des  Parties  con- 
tractantes. 

Les  Hautes  Parties  contrac- 
tantes se  reservent  une  entiere 
liberte  pour  la  suite  a  donner  au 
rapport  de  la  Commission. 

Article  VI 

Le  present  traite  sera  ratifiee 
par  le  President  des  Etats-Unis, 
apres  y  avoir  ete  autorise  par  le 
Senat  americain,  et  par  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  le  Roi  de  Suede.  Les  rati- 
fications seront  echangees  a 
Washington  aussitot  que  faire  se 
pourra  et  la  traite  entrera  en 
vigueur  le  jour  de  I'echange  des 
ratifications. 

II  aura  une  duree  de  cinq 
annees  a  partir  de  I'echange  des 
ratifications. 


SWEDEN 


97 


Unless    denounced   six    months  S'il    n'a    pas    ete    denonce  au  j^lnt""*^^' 

at  least  before  the  expiration  of  moins  six  mois  avant  I'expiration 

the  said  period  it  shall  continue  de  ce  delai,  il  sera  renouvele  par 

by     tacit     renewal     for     another  tacite  reconduction  pour  une  nou- 

period  of  five  years  and  so  on  in  velle  periode  de  cinq  ans  et  ainsi 

periods     of     five     years     unless  de  suite  de  cinq  ans  en  cinq  ans, 

denounced.  sauf  denonciation. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  En    foi    de    quoi    les    plenipo-  Signatures, 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  tentiaires   respectifs   ont   signe   le 

the     present     treaty     and     have  present    traite    et    y    ont    appose 

affixed  thereunto  their  seals.  leurs  cachets. 

Done  at  Washington  this  13th  Fait  a  Washington  le  13  Octo- 

day  of  October,  in  the  year  nine-  bre     de     Tan     mille     neuf     cent 

teen  hundred  and  fourteen.  quatorze. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     W.  a.  F.  Ekengren 


[The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Szvedish  Minister] 

Department  of  State, 
IVashington,  November  i6,  191 5. 
Sir: 

The  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  October  13,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Sweden,  looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  general 
cause  of  peace,  for  the  appointment  of  the  International  Commission 
having  expired,  without  the  United  States  non-national  Commissioner 
being  named,  I  have  the  honor  to  suggest  for  the  consideration  of 
your  Government  that  the  time  within  which  the  organization  of 
the  Commission  may  be  completed  be  extended  from  July  11,  1915, 
to  January  15,  1916. 

Your  formal  notification  in  writing,  of  the  same  date  as  this,  that 
your  Government  receives  the  suggestion  favorably,  will  be  regarded 
on  this  Government's  part  as  sufficient  to  give  effect  to  the  extension, 
and  I  shall  be  glad  to  receive  your  assurance  that  it  will  be  so  regarded 
by  your  Government  also. 

Accept,  Sir,  the  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration. 

Robert  Lansing 
Mr.  W.  A.  F.  Ekengren, 

The  Minister  of  Sweden. 


98 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


[The  Szvcdish  Minister  to  the  Secretary  of  State] 

Legation  of  Sweden, 
Washington,  D.  C,  November  i6,  1915. 
Sir: 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  your  Excellency  that  my  Government 
accepts  the  suggestion  contained  in  your  Excellency's  note  of  today's 
date  that  the  time  specified  in  the  Treaty  of  the  13th  October,  1914, 
between  the  United  States  and  Sweden,  for  the  appointment  of  the 
International  Commission  therein  provided,  be  extended  from  July  11, 
1915,  to  January  15,  1916. 

With  renewed  assurances  of  my  highest  consideration  I  have  the 
honor  to  remain  your  Excellency's  most  obedient  servant. 

W.  A.  F.  Ekengren 
His  Excellency 

Mr.  Robert  Lansing, 
Secretary  of  State, 

etc.,  etc.,  etc. 


Treaty  betv^reen  the  United  States  and  Uruguay  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Oriental  Republic  of 
Uruguay,  being  desirous  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter 
into  a  treaty  for  that  purpose, 
and  to  that  end  have  appointed 
as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,    the    Honorable    William 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Amer- 
ica y  la  Republica  Oriental  del 
Uruguay  con  el  deseo  de  forta- 
lecer  los  vinculos  de  amistad  que 
los  unen  y  a  la  vez  cimentar  el 
espiritu  de  paz  universal  ban 
resuelto  celebrar  un  Tratado  con 
tal  objeto  y  para  ese  fin  ban  nom- 
brado  como  sus  Plenipoten- 
ciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,    al    Honorable    William 


^  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  38,  pt.  2,  p.  1908.  Signed  at  Washington,  July 
20,  1914;  ratification  advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914;  ratified  by  Uruguay, 
November  25,  1914;  ratified  by  the  President,  February  19,  1915;  ratifications 
exchanged  at  Washington,  February  24,  1915;  proclaimed,  February  26,  1915. 


URUGUAY 


99 


Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  Uruguay,  his 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minis- 
ter Plenipotentiary  to  the  United 
States,  Senor  Dr.  Don  Carlos 
Maria  de  Pena; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  re- 
spective full  povv^ers,  found  to  be 
in  proper  form,  have  agreed 
upon  and  concluded  the  following 
articles : 


Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  del  Uruguay,  a 
su  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  en  los 
Estados  Unidos,  Doctor  Don 
Carlos  Maria  de  Pena; 

Quienes,  despues  de  exami- 
nados  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  y  encontrandolos  en 
debida  forma,  ban  convenido  en 
los  articulos  siguientes : 


Article  I 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  previous 
arbitration  treaties  or  agreements 
do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or  are 
not  applied  in  fact,  shall,  when 
diplomatic  methods  of  adjustment 
have  failed,  be  referred  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  a  perma- 
nent International  Commission,  to 
be  constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
article ;  and  they  agree  not  to 
declare  war  or  begin  hostilities 
during  such  investigation  and 
before  the  report  is  submitted. 


Articulo  I 
Las   Altas   Partes   contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

submatted  to 

acuerdan   que   todas   las    desave-  intematipnai 

^  Commission. 

nencias  de  cualquiera  naturaleza 
que  ellas  sean  y  que  en  el  hecho 
6  por  los  terminos  de  tratados 
de  arbitraje  existentes  no  esten 
comprendidas  en  sus  estipu- 
laciones,  y  que  no  hayan  podido 
arreglarse  por  la  via  diplomatica 
seran  sometidas  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe  a  una  Comision 
Tnternacional  constituida  de  la 
manera  prescrita  en  el  siguiente 
articulo ;  y  convienen  en  no  de- 
clararse  la  guerra  o  empezar  hos- 
tilidades  durante  el  periodo  de 
la  investigacion  y  antes  de  pre- 
sentado  el  informe. 


Articulo  II 


Article  II 
The    International    Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five   mem-      compondra    de    cinco     miembros   Composition, 
bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows :      nombrados  como  sigue :  un  miem 


La    Comision    Internacional    se   international 

Commission. 


100 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore investigation  begins,  any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
the  same  conditions  shall  also  have 
the  right  to  withdraw  its  approval 
of  the  fifth  Commissioner  selected 
jointly ;  in  which  case  a  new  Com- 
missioner shall  be  selected  jointly 
as  in  the  original  selection.  The 
Commissioners  shall,  when  actu- 
ally employed  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  a  dispute,  receive  such 
compensation  as  shall  be  agreed 
upon  by  the  High  Contracting 
Parties.  The  expenses  of  the 
Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the 
two  Governments  in  equal  pro- 
portion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty ;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according- 
to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


bro  sera  escogido  dentro  del  pais, 
por  su  respectivo  Gobierno ;  otro 
miembro  sera  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el 
quinto  miembro  sera  escogido 
de  comun  acuerdo  por  los  dos 
Gobiernos ;  siendo  entendido 
que  no  podra  serlo  ningun  ciu- 
dadano  de  uno  de  los  dos  paises 
interesados.  Cada  una  de  las 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  se  re- 
serva  el  derecho  de  separar,  antes 
que  hayan  comenzado  las  inve?*"i- 
gaciones,  al  comisionado  que  cada 
una  hubiese  elegido,  y  en  tal  caso 
se  procedera  a  nombrar  su  reem- 
plazante.  Bajo  la  misma  condi- 
cion  podra  cualquiera  de  las 
Partes  contratantes  retirar  su 
aceptacion  del  quinto  comisionado 
elegido  conjuntamente,  y  en  este 
caso  se  procedera  a  una  nueva 
eleccion  en  la  forma  ya  estable- 
cida.  Los  comisionados  recibi- 
ran  la  compensacion  que  acuer- 
den  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
tan  solo  durante  el  tiempo  que  se 
ocupen  de  la  investigacion.  Los 
gastos  de  la  Comision  seran  aten- 
didos  por  mitad  por  los  Gobiernos 
contratantes. 

La  Comision  Internacional  sera 
nombrada  en  el  mas  corto  plazo 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifi- 
caciones  del  Tratado ;  y  las  va- 
cantes  que  ocurriesen  seran  llena- 
das  segun  lo  acordado  para  el 
nombramiento    original. 


URUGUAY 


101 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  by  unanimous  agree- 
ment spontaneously  offer  its  serv- 
ices to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 
ments and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  permanent 
International  Commission  with 
all  the  means  and  facilities  re- 
quired for  its  investigation  and 
report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mu- 
tual agreement.  The  report  shall 
be  prepared  in  triplicate  ;  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  by 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  independ- 
ently on  the  subject  matter  of  the 
dispute   after    the    report    of    the 


Articulo  III 

En  el  caso  de  que  no  haya  sido 
posible  el  arreglo  de  una  cuestion 
entre  las  Altas  Partes  contra- 
tantes  por  los  medios  diplomati- 
cos,  esta  sera  referida  inmediata- 
mente  a  la  Comision  Interna- 
cional  para  su  investigacion  e  in- 
forme.  La  Comision  Interna- 
cional  podra  tambien  por  con- 
sentimiento  unanime  y  por  inicia- 
tiva  propia  ofrecer  sus  servicios 
para  aquel  efecto,  y  en  tal  caso 
debera  hacerlo  saber  a  ambos 
Gobiernos  y  pedir  su  cooperacion 
para  la  investigacion. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  suministrar  a  la 
Comision  Permanente  Interna- 
cional  todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  que  demande  para  la  in- 
vestigacion e  informe. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional  debera  estar  listo  den- 
tro  de  un  ano  contado  desde  la 
fecha  que  ella  haya  designado 
para  empezar  la  investigacion,  a 
menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes restringieran  o  exten- 
dieran  el  tiempo  por  mutuo  con- 
sentimiento.  El  informe  debe  ser 
preparado  por  triplicado ;  una 
copia  para  ser  entregada  a  cada 
Gobierno,  y  la  tercera  retenida  por 
la  Comision  para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  in- 
dependientemente  en  el  asunto  en 
disputa   despues  que  se  les  haya 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities 
for  investi- 
gation,  etc. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


102 


PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Commission  shall  have  been  sub-     sometido    el    informe    de   la    Co- 
mitted.  mision. 


Ratification. 


Duration. 


Signatures. 


Article  IV 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Sen- 
ate thereof ;  and  by  the  President 
of  Uruguay,  in  accordance  with 
the  Constitution  and  laws  thereof ; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.  It 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of  five  years;  and  it  shall  there- 
after remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it. 


Articulo  IV 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  del 
Uruguay  con  forme  a  la  constitu- 
cion  y  leyes  de  la  Republica;  y 
las  ratificaciones  deberan  ser  can- 
jeadas  tan  pronto  como  fuere 
posible.  El  presente  tratado  pro- 
ducira  sus  efectos  inmediata- 
mente  despues  del  canje  de  las 
ratificaciones ;  continuara  en  vigor 
por  cinco  anos,  y  sera  obligatorio 
despues  por  doce  meses  contados 
desde  que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes  haya  comunicado  a 
la  otra  su  intencion  de  terminarlo. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  Plenipotenciarios  ban  firmado  el 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af-  presente  Tratado,  y  ban  puesto  al 
fixed  thereunto  their  seals.  pie  sus  sellos. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  20 
20th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  nine-  de  julio,  en  el  afio  de  mil  nove- 
teen  hundred  and  fourteen.  cientos  catorce. 

William  Jennings  Bryan   [seal] 
Carl"  M^  de  Pena  [seal] 


Part  II 
Unperfected  Treaties 


ARGENTINE    REPUBLIC 


105 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  the  Argentine  Republic  for 
the  Advancement  of  General  Peace'^ 


The  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  of  the  Ar- 
gentine Republic,  being  desirous 
of  once  more  contributing  to  the 
consolidation  of  their  traditional 
policy  of  peace  and  amity  and  also 
to  advance  the  diffusion  of  the 
spirit  of  universal  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  special 
treaty  and  to  that  end  have  ap- 
pointed as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America :  The  Honor- 
able William  Jennings  Br\'an, 
Secretary  of  State ;  and 

The  President  of  the  Argentine 
Republic:  Doctor  Romulo  S. 
Naon,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the 
Argentine  Republic  to  the  United 
States  of  America ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


EstadoS    Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Los  Gobiernos  de  los  Estados  Contracting 

Powers. 

Unidos  de  America  y  de  la  Repii- 
blica  Argentina,  en  el  anhelo  de 
contribuir  una  vez  mas  a  la  con- 
solidacion  de  su  politica  tradicio- 
nal  de  paz  y  de  amistad  y  con  el 
proposito  de  fomentar  la  difusion 
del  espiritu  de  paz  universal,  han 
convenido  en  concluir  un  Tratado 
Especial  nombrando  a  este  fin 
como  sus  Plenipotenciarios : 

El    Presidente    de   los 
Unidos  de  America  al  Honorable 
William  Jennings  Bryan,  Secreta- 
rio  de  Estado ;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
Argentina  al  Doctor  Romulo  S. 
Naon,  Enviado  Extraordinario  y 
Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de  la 
Republica  Argentina  en  los  Esta- 
dos Unidos  de  America ; 

Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse 
comunicado  los  Plenos  Poderes  de 
que  se  hallan  investidos,  hallados 
en  buena  y  debida  forma,  han 
convenido  en  las  disposiciones  si 
guientes : 


Article  I 
The   High   Contracting   Parties 


Articulo  I 


Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  Disputes  to  be 
agree   that   all    disputes    between     se    obligan    a    someter   todas    las  international 

,t  f  ^  1      ,  .  ,  ,        .  Commission 

them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,     controversias    de    cualquier    natu-  for  investiga- 
which  it  has  not  been  possible  to     raleza    que    por    cualquier    causa  re°port. 
adjust   through    diplomatic   meth-      surgieran  entre  ellas.  a  la  investi- 


iMS.  Department  of  State.    SiRiicrl  at  Washington,  July  24,  1914;  ratification 
advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


106  UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 

ods,  be  referred  for  investigation  gacion  y  al  informe  de  una  Comi- 
and  report  to  an  International  sion  Internacional  constituida  en 
Commission  to  be  constituted  in  la  forma  establecida  por  el  arti- 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  fol-  culo  siguiente,  siempre  que  esas 
lowing  article.  And  they  further  controversias  no  hayan  podido  ser 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  solucionadas  por  la  via  diploma- 
hostilities  against  each  other  dur-  tica.  Se  obligan  asimismo  a  no 
ing  such  investigation  and  before  declararse  la  guerra  6  iniciar  hos- 
the  report  is  submitted.  tilidades   entre    ellas   mientras    se 

produzca  la  investigacion  y  pntes 
que  el  informe  haya  sido  some- 
tido. 

Article  II  Articulo  II 

International  The   International   Commission         La    Comision    Internacional    a 

Commission. 

Composition.  mentioned  in  the  preceding  article  que  se  refiere  el  articulo  anterior 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem-  sera  compuesta  de  cinco  miem- 
bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows :  bros  designados  en  la  siguiente 
Each  Government  shall  appoint  forma:  Cada  Gobierno  nombrara 
two  members,  one  of  whom  shall  dos  miembros,  debiendo  uno  de 
be  a  citizen  of  the  country  whose  ellos  ser  ciudadano  del  pais  cuyo 
government  appoints  him,  and  Gobierno  lo  nombra  y  el  otro  ciu- 
the  other  a  citizen  of  some  third  dadano  de  un  tercer  pais.  El 
country;  the  fifth  member  shall  quinto  debera  ser  designado  de 
be  chosen  by  common  agreement  comun  acuerdo  por  ambos  Go- 
between  the  two  Governments,  it  biernos,  no  pudiendo  recaer  la 
being  understood  that  he  shall  not  designacion  en  un  ciudadano  de 
be  a  citizen  of  either  of  the  two  ninguno  de  los  dos  paises  contra- 
contracting  countries.  In  case  of  tantes.  En  el  caso  de  desacuerdo 
disagreement  regarding  the  ap-  sobre  la  eleccion  del  quinto,  los 
pointment  of  the  fifth  member,  dos  Gobiernos  pediran  al  Presi- 
the  two  Governments  shall  re-  dente  de  la  Confederacion  Suiza 
quest  the  President  of  the  Swiss  que  haga  la  designacion  de  el. 
Confederation  to  choose  such  Este  quinto  miembro  sera  de  de- 
member.  Said  fifth  member  shall  recho  Presidente  de  la  Comision 
be  of  right  the  President  of  the  Internacional. 
International  Commission. 

Each    Government    shall    have  Cada  Gobierno  podra  revocar  el 

the   right  to   revoke  the  appoint-  nombramiento    de    cualquiera    de 

ment   of    either    or   both    of   the  los   miembros   designados  por  el. 


ARGENTINE   REPUBLIC 


107 


members  chosen  by  it,  at  any  time 
before  the  investigation  is  begun, 
but  must  appoint  his  or  their  suc- 
cessors at  the  time  his  or  their  ap- 
pointments are  revoked.  If  the 
fifth  member  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  they  may 
also  at  any  time  before  the  inves- 
tigation is  begun,  withdraw  their 
approval,  but  shall  in  such  case 
come  to  an  agreement  within  the 
next  thirty  days  as  to  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  successor  or  request  the 
President  of  the  Swiss  Confed- 
eration to  make  such  appoint- 
ment. Vacancies  due  to  other 
causes  than  those  enumerated  in 
this  article  shall  be  filled  in  the 
manner  established  for  the  orig- 
inal appointment,  and  the  new  ap- 
pointments shall  not  be  delayed 
more  than  fifteen  days  from  the 
date  on  which  notice  of  the  va- 
cancy was  received.  The  Inter- 
national Commission  shall  organ- 
ize within  six  months  after  the 
exchange  of  the  ratifications  of 
this  treaty,  and  shall  report  its  or- 
ganization to  both  Governments 
on  the  same  date.  It  shall  pre- 
scribe the  rules  of  practice  to  bo 
observed  in  the  discharge  of  its 
mission,  and  shall  also  designate 
the  place  where  the  investigations 
are  to  be  conducted.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  Commission  and  the 
compensation  of  its  members 
shall  be  paid  by  the  two  contract- 


en  cualquier  momento  antes  de 
iniciada  la  investigacion,  debiendo 
sin  embargo  designar  el  6  los 
reemplazantes  en  el  mismo  acto 
en  que  produzca  la  revocacion. 
Si  el  quinto  miembro  hubiera  sido 
designado  de  comiin  acuerdo  por 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes, 
estas  podran  tambien  en  cualquier 
momento  antes  de  iniciada  la  in- 
vestigacion, retirar  ese  acuerdo, 
debiendo  sin  embargo  dentro  de 
los  treinta  dias  siguientes  ponerse 
de  acuerdo  en  la  designacion  del 
reemplazante  6  pedir  al  Presidente 
de  la  Confederacion  Suiza  que 
haga  esa  designacion.  Las  vacan-  V'acancies 
tes  que  se  produjeran  por  otras 
causas  que  las  enumeradas  en 
este  articulo  seran  llenadas  en  la 
forma  establecida  para  la  designa- 
cion original,  no  debiendo  las  nue- 
vas  designaciones  retardarse  mas 
de  quince  dias  a  contar  desde 
aquel  en  que  se  haya  tenido  noti-  Organization. 
cia  de  la  vacante.  La  Comision 
Internacional  se  constituira  den- 
tro de  los  seis  meses  siguientes  al 
cange  de  las  ratificaciones  del  pre- 
sente  Tratado,  debiendo  dar  cuen- 
ta  de  su  constitucion  a  ambos  Go- 
biernos  en  la  misma  fecha.  Ella 
establecera  las  reglas  de  procedi- 
miento  a  que  debera  ajustarse  en 
el  desempeno  de  su  mision  y 
designara  asimismo  el  lugar  en  Expenses, 
que  se  practicaran  las  investigacio- 
nes.  Los  gastos  de  la  Comision  y 
los   honorarios   de   sus   miembros 


108 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


ing  Governments  in  equal  proper-     seran  sufragados  por  partes  igua- 
tion.  les  por  los  dos  Gobiernos  contra- 

tantes. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
their  disputes  by  diplomatic  meth- 
ods, they  shall  at  once  be  referred 
to  the  International  Commission 
for  investigation  and  report,  and 
either  of  the  two  interested  gov- 
ernments may  make  the  respective 
reference.  The  High  Contracting 
Parties  agree  to  furnish  the  In- 
ternational Commission  with  all 
the  facilities  which  it  requires  for 
the  proper  discharge  of  its  trust, 
and  it  shall  complete  its  investi- 
gation and  submit  its  report  with- 
in a  period  of  one  year  from  the 
date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its 
investigation  to  have  begun.  If 
for  reasons  of  force  majeure  it 
shall  not  have  found  it  possible  to 
complete  its  investigation  or  sub- 
mit its  report  within  the  said  pe- 
riod, it  may  be  extended  for  six 
months  more,  if  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  agree  in  this  re- 
spect. Upon  the  submission  of  its 
report  by  the  International  Com- 
mission, or  if  for  any  reason 
whatsoever  no  report  is  submitted 
within  the  term  fixed  in  this  arti- 
cle, the  High  Contractmg  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  in  the 
subject  matter  of   the  investiga- 


Articulo  III 

Cuando  las  Altas  Partes  Con- 
tratantes  no  hayan  podido  solucio- 
nar  sus  diferencias  por  la  via  di- 
plomatica,  ellas  seran  inmediata- 
mente  referidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe  a  la  Comision 
Internacional,  pudiendo  cualquiera 
de  los  dos  Gobiernos  interesados 
hacer  la  convocatoria  respectiva. 
Las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes  se 
obligan  a  suministrar  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  todas  las  fa- 
cilidades  que  reclame  el  mejor  de- 
sempeiio  de  su  cometido,  y  ella 
debera  terminar  su  investigacion 
y  presentar  su  Informe  dentro  del 
termino  de  un  afio  a  contar  desde 
la  fecha  en  que  hubiese  declarado 
que  habia  empezado  la  investiga- 
cion. Si  por  razones  de  fuerza 
mayor  no  hubiera  podido  comple- 
tarse  la  investigacion  6  redactarse 
el  Informe  dentro  de  ese  termino, 
podra  el  ser  ampliado  por  seis 
meses  mas,  siempre  que  estuvie- 
ran  de  acuerdo  a  este  respecto  las 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes.  Some- 
tido  el  Informe  por  la  Comision 
Internacional  a  los  respectivos 
Gobiernos,  6  no  producido  el  por 
cualquier  motivo  dentro  de  los 
terminos  fijados  en  el  presente 
articulo,  las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 


ARGENTINE   REPUBLIC 


109 


tion  and  report  as  their  respective 
interests  may  demand. 


tantes  se  reservan  el  derecho  de 
proceder  en  el  asunto  materia  de 
investigacion  e  informe  como  lo 
reclamen  sus  respectivos  intereses. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  respective  Govern- 
ments in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  their  respective  consti- 
tutions, and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 

This  treaty  shall  continue  in 
force  for  five  years  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
and  if  notice  of  an  intention  to 
terminate  it  is  not  given  by  one 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  to  the 
other  one  year  before  the  termina- 
tion of  this  period,  it  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  renevi'ed  for  another 
year,  and  so  on  successively.  A 
strict  and  faithful  observance  of 
the  preceding  article  is  entrusted 
to  the  honor  of  the  signatory 
nations. 


Articulo  IV 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi-  Exchange  of 

'^  ratifications. 

cado  por  los  respectivos  Gobier- 
nos  de  acuerdo  con  lo  establecido 
por  sus  respectivas  Constitucio- 
nes,  debiendo  hacerse  el  cange  de 
dichas  ratificaciones  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible. 

Este  Tratado  estara  en  vigencia  Duration, 
durante  cinco  anos  a  contar  desde 
el  cange  de  las  ratificaciones  y  si 
no  es  denunciado  un  ano  antes  de 
su  vencimiento  se  considerara  re- 
novado  por  otro  ano,  y  asi  sucesi- 
vamente.  El  estricto  y  leal  cum- 
plimiento  de  las  clausulas  prece- 
dentes  queda  confiado  al  honor  de 
las  naciones  signatarias. 


In  w^itness  whereof  the  respec-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  signatures. 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      Plenipotenciarios   han   firmado   el 


the   present   treaty   and  have   af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
24th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of 
our  T.ord  nineteen  hundred  and 
fourteen. 

fsKALJ     William  Jennings  Bryan 

[seal]     R,  S.  Naon 


presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  24 
de  Julio,  en  el  ano  de  Nuestro 
Seiior  mil  novecientos  catorce. 


no 


UNPERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  the  Dominican  RepubHc  for 
the  Advancement  of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Dominican  Republic,  be- 
ing desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  to- 
gether and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  plenipo- 
tentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  President  of  the  Domini- 
can RepubHc,  Sefior  Don  Fran- 
cisco J.  Peynado,  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Dominican  Republic 
to  the  United  States  ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the   following  articles: 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame- 
rica y  la  Republica  Dominicana, 
en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vin- 
culos  ae  amistad  que  los  unen  y 
tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 
Paz  general,  han  resuelto  celebrar 
un  Tratado  con  tal  objeto,  y  con 
este  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus 
Plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado ;  y 

El  Presidente  de  la  Republica 
Dominicana,  al  Sefior  Don  Fran- 
cisco J.  Peynado,  Plenipotencia- 
rio  en  Mision  Especial  en  los  Es- 
tados Unidos ; 

Quienes  despues  de  haberse  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
siguientes  articulos : 


Differences  of 
a  legal  nature 
to  be  referred 
to  Permanent 
Court  of 
Arbitration. 


Article  I 

Differences  which  may  arise  of 
a  legal  nature,  or  relating  to  the 
interpretation  of  treaties  existing 
between  the  two  Contracting 
Parties,    and    which    it    may    not 


Articulo  I 
Todas  las  diferencias  que  pue- 
dan  surgir  de  naturaleza  legal  o 
relativa  a  la  interpretacion  de 
tratados  que  existan  entre  las  dos 
Altas   Partes  contratantes  y  que 


1  MS.  Department  of  State.     Signed  at  Washington,   February  17,   1914. 


DOMINICAN   REPUBLIC 


111 


have  been  possible  to  settle  by 
diplomacy,  shall  be  referred  to  the 
Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  at  The  Hague,  pro- 
vided, nevertheless,  that  they  do 
not  affect  the  vital  interests,  the 
independence,  or  the  honor  of  the 
two  Contracting  States,  and  do 
not  concern  the  interests  of  third 
Parties. 


no  hayan  podido  ser  arregladas 
por  la  diplomacia,  seran  referidas 
a  la  Corte  Permanente  de  Arbi- 
traje  establecida  en  La  Haya,  a 
menos,  sin  embargo,  que  ellas 
afecten  los  intereses  vitales,  la  in- 
dependencia  o  el  honor  de  cual- 
quiera  de  los  Estados  contratan- 
tes,  o  concierna  a  los  intereses  de 
terceras  partes. 


Article  II 
In  each  individual  case  the 
High  Contracting  Parties,  before 
appealing  to  the  Permanent  Court 
of  Arbitration,  shall  conclude  a 
special  Agreement  defining  clearly 
the  matter  in  dispute,  the  scope 
of  the  powers  of  the  Arbitrators, 
and  the  periods  to  be  fixed  for  the 
formation  of  the  Arbitral  Tri- 
bunal and  the  several  stages  of 
the  procedure.  It  is  understood 
that  on  the  part  of  the  United 
States  such  special  agreements 
will  be  made  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
and  on  the  part  of  the  Dominican 
Republic  by  its  President,  with 
the    approval    of     its    Congress. 

Those  special  agreements  will  be 
obligatory  only  when  confirmed 
by  the  two  Governments  through 
an  exchange  of  notes. 


Articulo  II 

En  cada  caso,  las  Altas  Partes  f^^^'^]^,^, 
contratantes,  antes  de  recurrir  a 
la  Corte  Permanente  de  Arbitraje, 
concluiran  un  convenio  especial 
que  defina  claramente  la  materia 
en  disputa,  la  extension  de  los 
poderes  de  los  Arbitros,  y  los  pe- 
riodos  de  tiempo  que  hayan  de 
fijarse  para  la  formacion  del  Tri- 
bunal Arbitral  y  para  las  diversas 
faces  del  procedimiento. 

Queda  entendido  que  tales  con- 
venios  especiales  seran  hechos,  en 
nombre  de  los  Estados  Unidos, 
por  su  Presidente,  de  acuerdo  y 
con  el  consentimiento  de  su  Se- 
nado ;  y  en  nombre  de  la  Repii- 
blica  Dominicana,  por  su  Presi- 
dente, con  la  aprobacion  de  su 
Congreso. 

Esos  convenios  solo  seran  obli- 
gatorios  cuando  esten  confirmados 
por  los  dos  Gobiernos  con  un  cam- 
bio  de  Notas. 


112 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  III 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  have  failed 
to  settle  or  refer  to  the  Perma- 
nent Court  at  The  Hague,  shall 
be  referred  for  investigation  and 
report  to  a  permanent  Interna- 
tional Commission,  which  shall  be 
constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
article;  and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
clare war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
ing such  investigation  or  before 
the  report  is  submitted. 


Articulo  III 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  desa- 
venencias,  de  cualquier  naturaleza 
que  fueren,  que  la  diplomacia  no 
hubiere  podido  arreglar  ni  some- 
ter  al  arbitraje  de  la  Corte  Per- 
manente  de  La  Haya,  deberan  ser 
sometidas  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional,  la  cual  debera  constituirse 
de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
proximo  siguiente  articulo ;  y  con- 
vienen en  no  declararse  guerra 
ni  empezar  hostilidades  durante 
tal  investigacion  ni  antes  que  el 
informe  haya  sido  sometido. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Article  IV 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  investigation  begins,  any 
one  of  its  Commissioners,  and  in 
that  case  shall  immediately  name 
his  successor,  and  under  the  same 


Articulo  IV 
La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  seran  nombrados  como 
sigue :  un  miembro  debera  ser  es- 
cojido  de  cada  pais,  por  su  res- 
pectivo  Gobierno  ;  un  miembro  de- 
bera ser  escojido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quin- 
to  miembro  debera  ser  escojido 
de  comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos 
Gobiernos,  entendiendose  que 
este  no  debera  ser  ciudadano  de 
ninguno  de  los  dos  paises  intere- 
sados.  Cada  una  de  las  Altas 
Partes  contratantes  se  reserva  el 
derecho  de  remover,  antes  que 
haya  comenzado  la  investigacion, 
a  cualquiera  de  sus  comisionados, 
y  en  tal  caso  procedera  a  reempla- 


DOMINICAN   REPUBLIC 


113 


conditions  shall  also  have  the 
right  to  withdraw  its  approval  of 
the  fifth  Commissioner  selected 
jointly;  in  which  case  a  new  Com- 
missioner shall  be  selected  jointly 
as  in  the  original  selection.  The 
Commissioners  shall,  when  actu- 
ally employed  in  the  investigation 
of  a  dispute,  receive  such  com- 
pensation as  shall  be  agreed  upon 
by  the  High  Contracting  Parties. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commission 
shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Govern- 
ments in  equal  proportion. 


The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


zarlo  inmediatamente.  Bajo  las 
mismas  condiciones  podra  cual- 
quiera  de  las  Partes  contratantes 
retirar  su  aprobacion  del  quinto 
comisionado  elejido  conjuntamen- 
te,  y  en  este  caso  se  escojera  con- 
juntamente  un  nuevo  comisiona-  Compensation, 
do,  en  la  forma  original.  Los 
comisionados  recibiran  la  retribu- 
cion  que  acuerden  las  Altas  Partes 
contratantes,  pero  solamente  du- 
rante el  tiempo  que  empleen  en  Expenses, 
la  investigacion.  Los  gastos  de  la 
Comision  deberan  ser  pagados  por 
los  dos  Gobiernos  en  partes 
iguales. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment. 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 
las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado ;  y 
las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 
de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 


Article  V 

In  case  the  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad- 
just, or  refer  to  arbitration,  a  dis- 
pute by  diplomatic  methods,  they 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission.  The  Inter- 
national Commission  may,  how- 
ever, act  on  its  own  initiative,  and 
in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both 
Governments  and  request  their 
cooperation   in   the    investigation. 


The   High   Contracting   Parties 


Articulo  V 
En   el   caso   de   que   las    Altas  Duties  of 

^  Commission. 

Partes  contratantes  no  hubieren 
podido  arreglar  una  desavenencia 
por  los  medios  diplomaticos,  ni 
someterla  a  arbitraje,  deberan  iti- 
mediatamente  referirla  a  la  Co- 
mision Internacional.  l^a.  Comi- 
sion Internacional  puede.  sin  em- 
bargo, actuar  por  su  propia  inicia- 
tiva,  y  en  tal  caso  debera  notifi- 
carlo  a  ambos  Gobiernos  y  pedir- 
les  su  cooperacion  en  la  investi- 
gacion. 

I^s    Altas    Parte?    contratantes 


114 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with  all 
the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  rendered 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.  The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate  in  the  lan- 
guage of  either  of  the  two  High 
Contracting  Parties  that  the  Com- 
mission may  select,  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


convienen  en  suministrar  a  la  Co- 
mision  Internacional  todos  los 
medios  y  facilidades  necesarias 
para  su  investigacion  e  informe. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In- 
ternacional debera  ser  rendido 
dentro  de  un  aiio  despues  de  la 
fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empezado  su  investigacion, 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  limitaren  o  extendieren 
el  tiempo  por  mutuo  consenti- 
miento.  El  informe  debera  ser 
preparado  por  triplicado,  en  cual- 
quiera  de  los  dos  idiomas  de  las 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  que  es- 
coja  la  Comision ;  una  copia  de- 
bera ser  entregada  a  cada  Gobier- 
no,  y  la  tercera  retenida  por  la 
Comision  para  su  archivo. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  el  asunto 
en  disputa,  despues  que  el  informe 
de  la  Comision  se  les  haya  some- 
tido. 


Exchange  of 
ratifications. 


Article  VI 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Dominican  Republic, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Congress 
thereof  ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  eflfect  immediately 
after    the    exchange    of    ratifica- 


Articulo  VI 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  Americano ;  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  Do- 
minicana  con  la  aprobacion  del 
Congreso  de  esta  Republica ;  y  las 
ratificaciones  deberan  ser  canjea- 
das  tan  pronto  como  fuere  posi- 
ble.     Debera  entrar  en  vigor  in- 


GREECE 


115 


tions,  and  shall  continue  in  force 
for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  High  Contracting  Parties 
have  given  notice  to  the  other  of 
an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  affixed 
thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
17th  day  of  February,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred 
and  fourteen. 

[seal]     William 
[seal]     Fran^"  J. 


mediatamente  despues  del  canje  Duration, 
de  ratificaciones ;  continuar  en 
fuerza  por  un  periodo  de  cinco 
afios,  y,  ademas,  permanecer  vi- 
jente  hasta  doce  meses  despues 
que  una  de  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes  haya  notificado  a  la  otra 
la  intencion  de  terminarlo. 

En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respecti-  Signatures. 
vos  Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado 
por  duplicado  el  presente  Tratado 
y  puesto  al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington  el  dia  17 
de  Febrero,  en  el  aiio  de  Nuestro 
Sefior  de  mil  novecientos  catorce. 

Jennings  Bryan. 
Peynado. 


Treaty  betv^^een  the  United  States  and  Greece  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  the  Contracting 

Powers 

King  of  the  Hellenes,  being  desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general  peace, 
have  resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to  that  end 
have  appointed  as  their  plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  the  Honorable  William  Jennings  Pienipoten- 
Bryan,  Secretary  of  State ;  and 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Hellenes,  Mr.  Agamemnon  Schliemann, 
his  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  the  United 
States ; 

Who,  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective  full 
powers,  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  having  agreed  upon  and  concluded 
the  following  articles: 


IMS.  Department  of  State.    Signed  at  Washington,  October  13,  1914;  ratifica- 
tion advised  by  the  Senate,  October  20,  1914. 


116 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them, 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  to  the  settlement  of  which  previous  arbi- 
tration treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or  are  not 
applied  in  fact,  shall,  when  diplomatic  methods  of  adjustment  have 
failed,  be  referred  for  investigation  and  report  to  a  permanent  Inter- 
national Commission,  to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the 
next  succeeding  article ;  and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during  such  investigation  and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Expenses. 


Appointment 
and  vacancies. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members,  to 
be  appointed  as  follows :  One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  each  coun- 
try, by  the  Government  thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  chosen  by  each 
Government  from  some  third  country ;  the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen 
by  common  agreement  between  the  two  Governments,  it  being  under- 
stood that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of  either  country.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Governments  in  equal  pro- 
portion. 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  appointed  within  six  months 
after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and  vacancies 
shall  be  filled  according  to  the  manner  of  the  original  appointment. 


D«ties  of 
Commission. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  a 
dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  investigation  and  report.  The  International 
Commission  may,  however,  spontaneously  offer  its  services  to  that 
effect,  and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request 
their  cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent  In- 
ternational Commission  with  all  the  means  and  facilities  required  for 
its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed  within 
one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  investigation  to 
have  begun,  unless  the  High  Contracting  Parties  shall  limit  or  extend 
the  time  by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  prepared  in  tripli- 
cate; one  copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Government,  and  the  third 
retained  bv  the  Commission  for  its  files. 


NETHERLANDS  117 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  reserve  the  right  to  act  independently  independent 
on  the  subject  matter  of  the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  Commission  reserved, 
shall  have  been  submitted. 

Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  ^    , 

^  .  "^  .  ^ _  Exchange  of 

States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  ratifications. 
thereof ;  and  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Hellenes ;  and  the  ratifi- 
cations shall  be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible.     It  shall  take  effect 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  shall  continue  in  ^ 

.  .  .      .       f  Duration. 

force  for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  thereafter  remain  m  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the   Signatures. 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  thirteenth  day  of  October,  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

William  Jennings  Bryan,     [seal] 
Agamemnon  Schliemann.      [seal] 

Treaty  between  the   United  States  and  the   Netherlands  for  the 
Advancement  of  General  Peace^ 

The    President   of    the    United         De    President    der    Vereenigde  po^g^g'"'"* 

States  of  America  and  Her  Maj-  Staten    van    Amerika    en    Hare 

esty   the   Queen   of    the    Nether-  Majesteit  de  Koningin  der  Neder- 

lands,  being  desirous  to  strengthen  landen,   wenschende   de   tusschen 

the  bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  hen  bestaande  vriendschapsbanden 

together  and  also  to  advance  the  te    versterken    en    evenzeer    den 

cau.-.o  of   ,t;cneral  peace,  have   re-  algemeenen   vrede  te  bevorderen, 

solved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  hebben  besloten  tot  dat  doel  een 

that  purpose,  and  to  that  end  have  verdrag  te  sluiten,  waartoe  Zy  als 

appointed     as     their     plenipoten-  hunne     Gevolmachtigden     hebben 

tiaries :  benoemd : 

The    President   of    the   United         De    President    der    Vereenigde  P'^nipoten- 

States,    the     Honorable    William  .Statrn :  Zyne  Excellentie  William 

Jennings     Bryan,     Secretary     of  Jennings    Bryan,    Secretaris    van 


1  MS.  Department  of  State.     Signed  at  Washington,  December  18,  1913;  rati- 
fication advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


118 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


State;  and 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the 
Netherlands,  Chevalier  W.  L.  F. 
C.  van  Rappard,  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  Netherlands  to  the 
United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  having  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 


Staat;  en 

Hare  Majesteit  de  Koningin 
der  Nederlanden:  Ridder  W.  L. 
F.  C.  van  Rappard,  Hoogst  Der- 
zelver  Buitengewoon  Gezant  en 
Gevolmachtigd  Minister  by  de 
Vereenigde  Staten  van  Amerika ; 

Die,  na  elkander  hunne  weder- 
zydsche  volmachten  te  hebben 
medegedeeld,  welke  in  goeden  en 
behoorlyken  vorm  zyn  bevonden, 
omtrent  de  volgende  artikelen  zyn 
overeengekomen. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agree- 
ments do  not  apply  in  their  terms 
or  are  not  applied  in  fact,  shall, 
when  diplomatic  methods  of  ad- 
justment have  failed,  be  referred 
for  investigation  and  report  to  a 
permanent  International  Commis- 
sion, to  be  constituted  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  in  the  next  suc- 
ceeding article ;  and  they  agree 
not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hos- 
tilities during  such  investigation 
and  before  the  report  is  submitted. 


Artikel  I 

De  Hooge  Verdragsluitende 
Partyen  komen  overeen  dat  alle 
geschillen  van  welken  aard  ook, 
die  tusschen  hen  mochten  ontstaan 
en  waarvan  de  beslechting  niet 
wordt  voorzien  in  vroeger  aange- 
gane  arbitrage  verdragen  en 
overeenkomsten,  of  indien  de 
bepalingen  dier  verdragen  en 
overeenkomsten  feitelyk  niet  wor- 
den  toegepast,  ter  fine  van  onder- 
zoek  en  verslag  zullen  worden  on- 
derworpen,  nadat  alle  diplomatie- 
ke  middelen  ter  regeling  dezer 
geschillen  gefaald  hebben,  aan 
eene  Permanente  Internationale 
Commissie,  die  zal  worden  be- 
noemd  op  de  wyze  voorgeschreven 
in  het  volgend  artikel ;  en  zy  ko- 
men overeen  noch  den  oorlog  te 
verklaren  noch  vyandelykheden 
te  beginnen  loopende  dat  onder- 
zoek  en  totdat  het  verslag  zal  zyn 
ingediend. 


NETHERLANDS 


119 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  The  expenses  of 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


Artikel  II 

De  Internationale  Commissie  international 
zal  bestaan  uit  vyf  leden  als  volgt  comSftion. 
te  benoemen :  Een  lid  zal  worden 
gekozen  door  iedere  Regeering  uit 
hare  eigen  onderdanen;  een  lid 
zal  worden  gekozen  door  iedere 
Regeering  uit  onderdanen  van  een 
derde  Mogendheid ;  het  vyf  de  lid 
zal  in  gemeen  overleg  door  beide 
Regeeringen  gekozen  worden  met 
dien  verstande,  dat  hy  niet  zal  zyn 
onderdaan  van  een  der  beide  Ian- 
den.  De  kosten  aan  de  Commis-  Expenses, 
sie  verbonden  zullen  gelykelyk 
door  de  twee  Regeeringen  ge- 
dragen  worden. 

De  Internationale  Commissie  Appointment, 
zal  benoemd  worden  binnen  zes 
maanden  na  de  uitwisseling  der 
akten  van  bekrachtiging  van  dit 
verdrag;  opengevallen  plaatsen  vacancies, 
zullen  vervuld  worden  op  de  wyze 
voorgeschreven  voor  de  oorspron- 
kelyke  benoeming. 


Article  III 
In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  spontaneously  ofifer  its 
services  to  that  effect,  and  in  such 
case  it  shall  notify  both  Govern- 


Artikel  III 

Voor  het  geval  de  Hooge  Ver-  ^^^ZtLn. 
dragsluitende  Partyen  niet  zullen 
geslaagd  zyn  een  tusschen  hen 
gerezen  geschil  te  beslechten  langs 
diplomatieken  weg,  zullen  zy  het 
onverwijld  aan  de  Internationale 
Commissie  onderwerpen  ter  fine 
van  onderzoek  en  verslag.  De  In- 
ternationale Commissie  kan  echter 
tot   dat   docl    uit    eigen   beweging 


120 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


nients  and  request  their  coopera- 
tion in  the  investigation. 


Facilities  for 
investigation. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  to  furnish  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  with  all 
the  means  and  facilities  required 
for  its  investigation  and  report. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.  The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate ;  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  by 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject  matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


hare  diensten  aanbieden,  in  welk 
geval  zy  beiden  Regeeringen  daar- 
van  kennis  zal  geven,  en  beider 
medewerking  tot  een  onderzoek 
zal  verzoeken. 

De  Hooge  Verdragsluitende 
Partyen  verbinden  zich  der  Per- 
manente  Internationale  Commis- 
sie  alle  hulpmiddelen  en  facili- 
teiten  te  verschaffen  benoodigd 
voor  haar  onderzoek  en  verslag. 

Het  verslag  der  Internationale 
Commissie  moet  gereed  zyn  bin- 
nen  een  jaar  van  af  den  dag 
waarop  zy  zal  hebben  verklaard, 
dat  het  onderzoek  is  begonnen, 
tenzy  de  Hooge  Verdragsluitende 
Partyen  dit  tydsverloop  met  on- 
derling  goedvinden  zullen  wen- 
schen  te  verkorten  of  te  verlengen. 
Het  verslag  zal  in  drievoud  opge- 
maakt  worden ;  een  exemplaar  zal 
aan  ieder  der  Regeeringen  worden 
aangeboden,  en  het  derde  exem- 
plaar blyven  berusten  in  het  ar- 
chief  der  Com_missie. 

Nadat  het  verslag  der  Commis- 
sie aan  de  Hooge  Verdragsluiten- 
de Partyen  zal  zyn  aangeboden, 
behouden  deze  zich  volledige 
vryheid  van  handelen  voor  in  het 
geschil,  dat  het  onderwerp  van 
het  onderzoek  uitmaakte. 


Article  IV  Artikel  IV 

Ratifications.            fhe  present  treaty  shall  be  rati-  Dit    verdrag    zal    worden    be- 

fied    by    the     President    of     the  krachtigd  door  den  President  der 

United  States  of  America,  by  and  Vereenigde  Staaten  van  Amerika, 

with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  wat  dezen  laatsten  betreft  op  ad- 


NICARAGUA  121 

Senate  thereof ;  and  by  Her  Maj-  vies  en  met  goedkeuren  van  den 
esty  the  Queen  of  the  Nether-  Senaat,  en  door  Hare  Majesteit 
lands ;  and  the  ratifications  shall  de  Koningin  der  Nederlanden,  en 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible,  de  akten  van  bekrachtiging  zul- 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately  len  zoo  spoedig  mogelyk  worden  Duration, 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications,  uitgewisseld.  Het  zal  in  werking 
and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  treden  onmiddellyk  na  de  uitwis- 
period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall  seling  der  akten  van  bekrachtiging 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until  en  zal  van  kracht  blyven  voor  een 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the  tydperk  van  vyf  jaren ;  hierna  zal 
High  Contracting  Parties  have  het  van  kracht  blyven  tot  twaalf 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  maanden  nadat  een  der  Hooge 
intention  to  terminate.  Verdragsluitende  Partyen  aan  de 

andere  zal  hebben  kennis  gegeven 
van  haar  voornemen  het  te  doen 
eindigen. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  Ter  oorkonde  waarvan  de  we-  Signatures. 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  derzijdsche    gevolmachtigden    dit 

the   present   treaty  and  have   af-  verdrag  hebben  geteekend  en  van 

fixed  thereunto  their  seals.  hun  zegel  voorzien. 

Done    in    Washington    on    the  Gedaan  te  Washington  op  den 

eighteenth   day   of   December,   in  achttienden   dag   der   maand   De- 

the    year    of    our    Lord    nineteen  cember  van  het  jaar  onzes  Heeren 

hundred  and  thirteen.  negentien  honderd  en  dertien. 
[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 

[seal]     W.  L.  F.  C.  v.  Rappard 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Nicaragua  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 

The  Republic  of  Nicaragua  and  T,os    Estados   Unidos   de   Ame-  Contracting 

'  '^  Powers. 

the  United  States  of  America,  be-  rica,   y   la   Republica    de    Nicara- 

ing    desirous    to    strengthen    the  gua,  en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los 

bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  to-  vinculos  de  amistad  que  los  unen 

gether  and   also   to   advance   the  y  tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 

cause  of  general  peace,  have  re-  Paz  general,   ban   resuelto  entrar 


^  MS.  Department  of  State.     Sij,jncd  at  Wasliington,  December  17,  1913;  rati- 
fication advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


122 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


solved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  Nicaragua, 
Senor  General  Don  Emiliano 
Chamorro,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
Nicaragua  to  the  United  States; 
and 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


en  un  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto, 
a  cuyo  fin  han  nombrado  como 
sus  Plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 

El  Presidente  de  Nicaragua,  al 
Senor  General  Don  Emiliano 
Chamorro.  Enviado  Extraordina- 
rio  y  Ministro  Plenipotenciario 
de  Nicaragua  en  los  Estados  Uni- 
dos; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes : 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article ;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  inves- 
tigation and  report. 


Articulo  I 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  que  todas  las  dispu- 
tas  entre  ellas,  de  cualquiera  natu- 
raleza  que  fueren,  que  la  diplo- 
macia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan  ser 
sometidas  para  su  investigacion  e 
informe  a  una  Comision  Interna- 
cional,  la  cual  debera  ser  consti- 
tuida  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 
proximo  siguiente  articulo ;  y  con- 
vienen en  no  declarar  guerra  6 
empezar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Article  H  Articulo  II 

The   International    Commission         La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem-     bera  componerse  de  cinco  miem- 


NICARAGUA  123 

bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows :  bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  como  sigue :  un  miembro  debera 
each  country,  by  the  Government  ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  respective  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
chosen  by  each  Government  from  debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
some  third  country ;  the  fifth  bierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el  quinto 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com-  miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 
mon  agreement  between  the  two  comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos  Go- 
Governments.  The  expenses  of  biernos.  Los  gastos  de  la  Comi-  Expenses. 
the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  sion  deberan  ser  pagados  por  los 
the  two  Governments  in  equal  dos  Gobiernos  en  igual  propor- 
proportion.  cion. 

The   International   Commission  La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment. 

shall    be    appointed    within    four  bera    ser    nombrada    dentro     de 

months  after  the  exchange  of  the  cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 

ratifications    of    this   treaty ;   and  las  ratificaciones   del  Tratado ;  y 

vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 

to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap-  de    acuerdo    con    la    manera    del 

pointment.  nombramiento  original. 

Article  III  Articulo  III 

In    case    the    high    contracting  En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  nuties  of 

.                          .  ^                                                      Commission. 

parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  contratantes  hubieren   fallado  en 

a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 

they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  dios   diplomaticos,  deberan   inme- 

International  Commission  for  in-  diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 

vestigation  and  report.     The  In-  Internacional    para    su    investiga- 

ternational       Commission       may,  cion  e  informe.    La  Comision  In- 

however,  act  upon  its  own  initia-  ternacional    puede,    sin    embargo, 

tive,    and    in    such    case    it    shall  actuar  por  su  propia  iniciativa,  y 

notify  both  Governments  and  re-  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  a  am- 

quest  their  cooperation  in  the  in-  bos  Gobiernos  y  soHcitar  su  coope- 

vestigation.  racion  en  la  investigacion. 

The  report  of  the  International  El  informe  de  la  Comision  In-  Time  for 

'  report. 

Commission    shall    be    completed  ternacional   debera   estar  complc- 

within  one  year  after  the  date  on  tado  dentro  de  un  ano  despues  de 

which  it  shall  declare  its  investi-  la  fccha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 

gation  to  have  begun,  unless  the  haber  empezado  su  investigacion, 

high  contracting  parties  shall  ex-  a  nienos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 


124 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Military  and 
naval  status 
quo  to  be 
preserved. 


Ratifications. 


tend  the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties  re- 
serve the  right  to  act  independent- 
ly on  the  subject-matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 

Article  IV 

Pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  high  contracting  par- 
ties agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless 
danger  from  a  third  power  should 
compel  such  increase,  in  which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced shall  confidentially  com- 
municate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other  contracting  party,  where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
leased from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain its  military  and  naval  status 
quo. 

Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  Congress  of  the  Repub- 
lic of  Nicaragua ;  and  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  by  and  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Senate  there- 
of ;  and  the  ratifications  shall  be 
exchanged  as  soon  as  possible.    It 


tratantes  extendieren  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El  in- 
forme  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado ;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 

Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar 
independientemente  en  el  asunto 
de  la  disputa  despues  que  el  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  se  les  haya 
sometido. 

Articuixd  IV 
Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme  de  la  Comision  Internacio- 
nal,  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  militar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  peligro  de  un  tercer  Poder 
los  compela  a  tal  aumento,  en 
cuyo  caso,  la  parte  que  se  creyere 
amenazada  debera  comunicar  con- 
fidencialmente  el  hecho  por  es- 
crito  a  la  otra  parte  contratante ; 
entonces,  la  ultima  quedara  exo- 
nerada  de  las  obligaciones  de 
mantener  su  statu  quo  militar  y 
naval. 

Articulo  V 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Congreso  de  la  Republica  de  Ni- 
caragua ;  y  las  ratificaciones  debe- 
ran     ser     canjeadas     tan     pronto 


PANAMA 


125 


shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  pe- 
riod of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
high  contracting  parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en-  Duration, 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues  del  canje  de  ratificaciones,  y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  anos ;  y  debera  des- 
pues  permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  una  de  las 
Altas  Partes  contratantes  haya 
notificado  a  la  otra  la  intencion 
de  terminarlo. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respecti-  signatures. 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed     vos  Plenipotenciarios  han  firmado 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af-     el  presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto 


fixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done    in    Washington    on    the 

17th  day  of  December,  in  the  year 

of    our    Lord    nineteen    hundred 

and  thirteen. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Emiliano  Chamorro 


al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia  17 
de  Diciembre,  en  el  ano  de  Nues- 
tro  Seiior  mil  novecientos  trece. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Panama  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


The  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Republic  of  Panama,  be- 
ing desirous  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  amity  that  bind  them  to- 
gether and  also  to  advance  the 
cause  of  general  peace,  have  re- 
solved to  enter  into  a  treaty  for 
that  purpose  and  to  that  end  have 
appointed  as  their  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 


Los    EstadoS    UnidoS    de    Ame-    Contracting 
,  ,       .  ,  Powers. 

rica  y  la  Republica  de  Panama,  en 
el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los  vinculos 
de  amistad  que  los  unen  y  tam- 
bien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la  Paz 
general,  han  resuelto  entrar  en  un 
Tratado  con  aquel  objeto  a  cuyo 
fin  han  nombrado  como  sus  Ple- 
nipotenciarios: 


El    Presidente    de   los    Estados  Picnipotcn- 
Unidos,    al    Honorable    William 


Jennings     Bryan,     Secretario 
Estado,  y 


de 


^  MS.  Department  of  State.     Signed  at  Washington,  Septemljer  20,  191.1. 


126 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


The  President  of  Panama, 
Senor  Dr.  Don  Eusebio  A. 
Morales,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
Panama  to  the  United  States; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


El  Presidente  de  Panama,  al 
Seiior  Dr.  Don  Eusebio  A. 
Morales,  Enviado  Extraordinario 
y  Ministro  Plenipotenciario  de 
Panama  en  los  Estados  Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes : 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Commission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  inves- 
tigation and  report  to  an  Interna- 
tional Commission,  to  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  next  succeeding  Article ;  and 
they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or 
begin  hostilities  during  such  in- 
vestigation and  report. 


Articulo  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido,  que  todas  las  dis- 
putas  entre  ellas,  de  cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la  di- 
plomacia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe  a  una  Comision 
Internacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo ; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empesar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Expenses. 


Article  II 
The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     The   expenses   of 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue :  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada 
Gobierno,  de  un  tercer  pais ;  el 
quinto  miembro  debera  ser  es- 
cogido de  comun  acuerdo  entre 
los    dos    Gobiernos.    Los    gastos 


PANAMA 


127 


the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by 
the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  four 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 

Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the 
International  Commission  for  in- 
vestigation and  report.  The  In- 
ternational Commission  may, 
however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall 
notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the 
Commission  for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 


de  la  Comision  deberan  ser  paga- 
dos  por  los  dos  Gobiernos  en 
igual  proporcion. 

La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment, 
bera  ser  nombrada  dentro  de 
cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje 
de  las  ratificaciones  del  Tratado; 
y  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llena- 
das  de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del 
nombramiento  original. 

Articulo  III 
En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  2"*'"°^. 

^  Commission. 

contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa, 
y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar 
ambos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

El  informe  de  la  Comision  In-  ^jport^"'^ 
ternacional  debera  estar  comple- 
tado  dentro  de  un  afio  despues  de 
la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
haber  empesado  su  investigacion, 
a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tratantes extendieran  el  tiempo 
por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El 
informe  debera  ser  preparado  por 
triplicado ;  una  copia  debera  ser 
presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
tercera  retenida  por  la  Comision 
para  sus  legajos. 

Las   Altas    Partes   contratantes   independent 
se   reservan  el   derecho  de  obrar  reserved. 


128 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


dently   on   the   subject-matter   of  independientemente  en  la  materia- 

the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  sujeta  de  la  disputa  despues  que  el 

Commission  shall  have  been  sub-  informe    de    la    Comision    se    les 

mitted.  haya  sometido. 


Maintenance 
of  military 
and  naval 
status  quo. 


Ratifications. 


Duration. 


Article  IV 

Pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  high  contracting  par- 
ties agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless 
danger  from  a  third  power  should 
compel  such  increase,  in  which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced shall  confidentially  com- 
municate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other  contracting  party,  where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
leased from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain its  military  and  naval  status 
quo. 

Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the 
President  of  the  Republic  of 
Panama,  with  the  approval  of 
the  Congress  thereof ;  and  the 
ratifications  shall  be  exchanged  as 
soon  as  possible.  It  shall  take  ef- 
fect immediately  after  •  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications,  and  shall 
continue  in  force  for  a  period  of 
five  years;  and  it  shall  thereafter 
remain  in  force  until  twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  con- 


Articulo  IV 

Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme de  la  Comision  Internacio- 
nal,  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  militar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  peligro  de  un  tercer  Poder 
los  compela  a  tal  aumento,  en  cuyo 
caso,  la  parte  que  se  creyere  ame- 
nazada  debera  comunicar  confi- 
dencialmente  el  hecho  por  escrito 
a  la  otra  parte  contratante,  por  lo 
tanto,  la  ultima  quedara  exone- 
rada  de  las  obligaciones  de  man- 
tener  su  status  quo  militar  y 
naval. 

Articulo  V 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati- 
ficado  por  el  Presidente  de  los 
Estados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  de 
Panama,  con  la  aprobacion  del 
Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones  de- 
beran  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues del  canje  de  ratificaciones,  y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  afios ;  y  debera  des- 
pues permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  una  de  las 


PERSIA 


129 


tracting  parties  have  given  notice 
to  the  other  of  an  intention  to  ter- 
minate it. 


Altas  Partes  contratantes  haya 
notificado  a  la  otra  la  intencion 
de  terminarlo. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respec-         En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos   Signatures, 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed      Plenipotenciarios   han   firmado   el 


the     present     treaty     and     have 
affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the 
20th  day  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  thirteen. 


presente  Tratado,  y  han  puesto  al 
pie  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Washington,  el  dia 
20  de  Setiembre,  en  el  ano  de 
Nuestro  Senor  mil  novecientos 
trece. 


[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     Eusebio  a.  Morales  . 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Persia  for  the  Advancement 

of  General  Peace^ 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Imperial  powe"'!*'"^ 
Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  being  desirous  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of 
amity  that  bind  them  together  and  also  to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into  a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to  that 
end  have  appointed  as  their  Plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  His  Excellency  Mr.  Charles 
Wells  Russell,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
the  United  States  to  Persia  and ; 

His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  His  Excellency  Mirza 
Hassan  Khan  Wossough  ed  Dowleh  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs ; 
who,  after  having  communicated  to  each  other  their  respective  full 
powers  found  to  be  in  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  the  following 
Articles : 

Article  I 

The  high  contracting  parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them, 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  which  diplomacv  shall  fail  to  adjust,  shall   international 

Commission 

be  submitted  for  investigation  and  report  to  an  International  Commis-   for  investi- 
gation and 
sion,  to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  report. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 


'M.S.   Department   of   State.     Signed,   February  4,   1914;   ratification   advised 
by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


130 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Article ;  and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  durin 
such  investigation  and  report. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  five  members, 
to  be  appointed  as  follows : 

One  member  shall  be  chosen  from  each  country  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be  chosen  by  each  Government  from  some 
third  country;  the  fifth  member  shall  be  chosen  by  common  agreement 
between  the  two  Governments.  The  expenses  of  the  Commission 
should  the  occasion  arise  shall  be  paid  by  the  two  Governments  in 
equal  proportion.  The  International  Commission  shall  be  appointed 
within  four  months  after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  treaty 
and  vacancies  shall  be  filled  acording  to  the  manner  of  the  original 
appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Time  for 
report. 


Independent 

action 

reserved. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting  parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust  a 
dispute  by  diplomatic  methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  investigation  and  report. 

The  International  Commission  may,  however,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall  notify  both  Governments  and  request 
their  cooperation  in  the  investigation. 

The  report  of  the  International  Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on  which  it  shall  declare  its  investigation 
to  have  begun,  unless  the  high  contracting  parties  shall  extend  the  time 
by  mutual  agreement.  The  report  shall  be  prepared  in  triplicate ;  one 
copy  shall  be  presented  to  each  Government,  and  the  third  retained  by 
the  Commission  for  its  files.  The  high  contracting  parties  reserve  the 
right  to  act  independently  on  the  subject-matter  of  the  dispute  after 
the  report  of  the  Commission  shall  have  been  submitted. 


Maintenance 
of  military 
and  naval 
status  quo. 


Article  IV 

Pending  the  investigation  and  report  of  the  International  Commis- 
sion, the  high  contracting  parties  agree  not  to  increase  their  military 
or  naval  programs,  unless  danger  from  a  third  power  should  compel 
such  increase,  in  which  case  the  party  feeling  itself  menaced  shall  con- 
fidentially communicate  the  fact  in  writing  to  the  other  contracting 


SALVADOR 


131 


party,  whereupon  the  latter  shall  also  be  released  from  its  obligation  to 
maintain  its  miUtary  and  naval  status  quo. 

Article  V 
The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United   Ratifications. 
States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 
thereof;  and  by  His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  with  the 
approval  of  the   Majliss  thereof ;  and  the   ratifications   shall   be   ex- 
changed as  soon  as  possible.     It  shall  take  efifect  immediately  after  Duration, 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period 
of   five  years;  and  it   shall  thereafter  remain   in   force   until   twelve 
months  after  one  of  the  high  contracting  parties  have  given  notice  to 
the  other  of  an  intention  to  terminate  it. 


In  witness  whereof  the  respective  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  treaty  and  have  affixed  thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  in  Teheran  on  the  8th  day  Rabiol-Aval,  1332  (A.  H.),  Cor- 
responding to  the  4th  day  of  February,  1914  (A.  D.). 

[seal]  Charles  W.  Russell 

[seal]  WoSSOUGH   ED   DOWLEH 


Signatures. 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Salvador  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Pe?xe^ 


The  United  States  and  the  Re- 
public of  Salvador,  being  desirous 
to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  as  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 


Los  Estados  Unidos  de  Ame-  Contracting 

Powers. 

rica  y  la  Republica  de  El  Salva- 
dor, en  el  deseo  de  fortalecer  los 
vinculos  de  amistad  que  los  unen 
y  tambien  avanzar  la  causa  de  la 
Paz  general,  han  resuelto  entrar 
en  un  Tratado  con  aquel  objeto 
a  cuyo  fin  han  nombrado  como  sus 
Plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos,  al  Honorable  William 
Jennings  Bryan.  Secretario  de 
Estado,  y 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


'  MS.  Department  of  State.  Signed  at  Washington,  August  7,  1913;  ratification 
advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,   1914. 


132 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


The  President  of  Salvador, 
Senor  Don  Federico  Mejia,  En- 
voy Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  of  Salvador  to 
the  United  States: 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
the  following  articles : 


El  Presidente  de  El  Salvador,  al 
Senor  Don  Federico  Mejia,  En- 
viado  Extraordinario  y  Ministro 
Plenipotenciario  en  los  Estados 
Unidos ; 

Quienes,  despues  de  haber  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  Plenos 
Poderes,  que  encontraron  en  de- 
bida  forma,  han  convenido  en  los 
articulos  siguientes: 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
International 
Comniission 
for  investi- 
gation and 
report. 


Article  I 
The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
Avhich  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad- 
just, shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  an  In- 
ternational Commission,  to  be 
constituted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  the  next  succeeding 
Article ;  and  they  agree  not  to  de- 
clare war  or  begin  hostilities  dur- 
ing such  investigation  and  report. 


Articulo  I 
Las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
han  convenido,  que  todas  las  dis- 
putas  entre  ellas^  de  cualquiera 
naturaleza  que  fueren,  que  la  di- 
plomacia  fallare  arreglar,  deberan 
ser  sometidas  para  su  investiga- 
cion  e  informe  a  una  Comision  In- 
ternacional,  la  cual  debera  ser 
constituida  en  la  manera  prescrita 
en  el  proximo  siguiente  articulo ; 
y  convienen  en  no  declarar  guerra 
6  empesar  hostilidades  durante  tal 
investigacion  e  informe. 


International 

Commission. 

Composition. 


E.xienses. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments.     The   expenses   of 


Articulo  II 

La  Comision  Internacional  de- 
bera componerse  de  cinco  miem- 
bros,  que  deberan  ser  nombrados 
como  sigue :  un  miembro  debera 
ser  escogido  de  cada  pais,  por  su 
respectivo  Gobierno ;  un  miembro 
debera  ser  escogido  por  cada  Go- 
bierno, de  un  tercer  pais  ;  el  quinto 
miembro  debera  ser  escogido  de 
comun  acuerdo  entre  los  dos  Go- 
biernos.     Los  gastos  de  la  Comi- 


SALVADOR  133 

the  Commission  shall  be  paid  by  sion  deberan  ser  pagados  por  los 

the    two    Governments    in    equal  dos  Gobiernos  en  igual  proporcion. 
proportion. 

The    International    Commission  La  Comision  Internacional  de-  Appointment, 

shall    be    appointed    within    four  bera    ser    nombrada    dentro     de 

months  after  the  exchange  of  the  cuatro  meses  despues  del  canje  de 

ratifications    of    this    treaty;    and  las   ratificaciones   del  Tratado ;  y 

vacancies  shall  be  filled  according  las  vacantes  deberan  ser  llenadas 

to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap-  de  acuerdo  con  la  manera  del  nom- 

pointment.  bramiento  original. 

Article  III  Articulo  III 

In  case  the  high  contracting  En  el  caso  que  las  Altas  Partes  gommissfon 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad-  contratantes  hubieren  fallado  en 
just  a  dispute  by  diplomatic  arreglar  una  disputa  por  los  me- 
methods,  they  shall  at  once  re-  dios  diplomaticos,  deberan  inme- 
fer  it  to  the  International  Com-  diatamente  referirla  a  la  Comision 
mission  for  investigation  and  re-  Internacional  para  su  investiga- 
port.  The  International  Com-  cion  e  informe.  La  Comision  In- 
mission  may,  however,  act  upon  ternacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
its  own  initiative,  and  in  such  case  actuar  sobre  su  propia  iniciativa, 
it  shall  notify  both  Governments  y  en  tal  caso  debera  notificar  am- 
and  request  their  cooperation  in  bos  Gobiernos  y  solicitar  su 
the  investigation.  cooperacion  en  la  investigacion. 

The  report  of  the  International  El  informe  de  la  Comision  In-  ^j^rt^'"^ 
Commission  shall  be  completed  ternacional  debera  estar  comple- 
within  one  year  after  date  on  tado  dentro  de  un  afio  despues  de 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi-  la  fecha  en  la  cual  haya  declarado 
gation  to  have  begun,  unless  the  haber  empesado  su  investigacion, 
high  contracting  parties  shall  ex-  a  menos  que  las  Altas  Partes  con- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree-  tratantes  extendieran  el  tiempo 
ment.  The  report  shall  be  pre-  por  mutuo  consentimiento.  El  in 
pared  in  triplicate ;  one  copy  forme  debera  ser  preparado  por 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Gov-  triplicado ;  una  copia  debera  ser 
ernment,  and  the  third  retained  presentada  a  cada  Gobierno,  y  la 
by  the  Commission  for  its  files.  tercera  rctcnida  por  la  Comision 

para  sus  legajos. 

The    high    contracting    i)arties  Las    Altas    Partes    contratantes  JcS*""*^"' 

reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen-  se  reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  in-  reserved. 


134 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


dently   on   the   subject-matter   of  dependientemente  en  la  materia- 

the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the  sujeta  de  la  disputa  despues  que 

Commission  shall  have  been  sub-  el  informe  de  la  Comision  se  les 

mitted.  haya  sometido. 


^^aintenance 
of  military 
and  naval 
status  quo. 


Ratifications. 


Duration. 


Article  IV 

Pending  the  investigation  and 
report  of  the  International  Com- 
mission, the  high  contracting 
parties  agree  not  to  increase  their 
military  or  naval  programs,  unless 
danger  from  a  third  power  shall 
compel  such  increase,  in  which 
case  the  party  feeling  itself  men- 
aced shall  confidentially  commu- 
nicate the  fact  in  writing  to  the 
other  contracting  party,  where- 
upon the  latter  shall  also  be  re- 
leased from  its  obligation  to  main- 
tain its  military  and  naval  status 
quo. 

Article  V 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  of  the  Senate 
thereof ;  and  by  the  President  of 
the  Republic  of  Salvador,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Congress 
thereof ;  and  the  ratifications  shall 
be  exchanged  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifica- 
tions, and  shall  continue  in  force 
for  a  period  of  five  years ;  and  it 
shall  thereafter  remain  in  force 
until  twelve  months  after  one  of 
the  high  contracting  parties  have 


Articulo  IV 
Durante  la  investigacion  e  in- 
forme de  la  Comision  Internacio- 
nal,  las  Altas  Partes  contratantes 
convienen  en  no  aumentar  su  pro- 
grama  militar  6  naval,  a  menos 
que  el  peligro  de  un  tercer  Poder 
los  compela  a  tal  aumento,  en 
cuyo  caso,  la  parte  que  se  creyere 
amenazada  debera  comunicar  con- 
fidencialmente  el  hecho  por  escrito 
a  la  otra  parte  contratante,  por  lo 
tanto,  la  ultima  quedara  exone- 
rada  de  las  obligaciones  de  man- 
tener  su  status  quo  militar  y  naval. 

Articulo  V 

El  presente  Tratado  sera  ratifi- 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  America,  de 
acuerdo  y  con  el  consentimiento 
del  Senado  respectivo,  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  la  Republica  de  El 
Salvador,  con  la  aprobacion  del 
Congreso,  y  las  ratificaciones  de- 
beran  ser  canjeadas  tan  pronto 
como  fuere  posible.  Debera  en- 
trar  en  vigor  inmediatamente  des- 
pues del  canje  de  ratificaciones,  y 
continuara  en  fuerza  por  un  pe- 
riodo  de  cinco  aiios ;  y  debera  des- 
pues permanecer  en  fuerza  hasta 
doce  meses  despues  que  una  de  las 


SALVADOR  135 

given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in-      Altas    Partes    contratantes    haya 
tention  to  terminate  it.  notificado  a  la  otra  la  intencion  de 

terminarlo. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  respectivos  signatures. 

tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  Plenipotenciarios   han   firmado   el 

the  present  treaty  and  have  af-  presente    Tratado,   y  han   puesto 

fixed  thereunto  their  seals.  al  pie  sus  sellos. 

Done    in    Washington    on    the  Hecho    en   Washington,    el   dia 

seventh    day    of    August,    in    the  siete    de    Agosto,    en    el    ano    de 

year  of   our  Lord  nineteen  hun-  Nuestro    Seiior    mil    novecientos 

dred  and  thirteen.  trece. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     F.  Mejia 


In  Executive  Session,  Senate  of  the  United  States 

August  13,  1914. 

(Legislative  Day  of  August    11,    1914) 

Resolved  (Two-thirds  of  the  Senators  present  concurring  therein). 
That  the  Senate  advise  and  consent  to  the  ratification  of  the  Treaty 
between  the  United  States  and  Salvador  (Ex.  K,  63d  Cong.,  2d  Sess.), 
looking  to  the  advancement  of  the  Cause  of  General  Peace,  signed  at 
Washington,  August  7,  1913,  with  the  following  amendments: 

1.  In  line  3  of  Article  I,  after  the  word  "whatsoever"  and  before 
the  word  "which"  insert  the  following :  to  the  settlement  of  which  pre- 
vious arbitration  treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or 
are  not  applied  in  fact,  and,  so  that  as  amended  the  article  will  read : 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  all  disputes  between  them 
of  every  nature  whatsoever,  to  the  settlement  of  which  previous  arbi- 
tration treaties  or  agreements  do  not  apply  in  their  terms  or  are  not 
applied  in  fact,  and  which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  adjust,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted for  investigation  and  report  to  an  International  Commission,  to 
be  constituted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next  succeeding  Article ; 
and  they  agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin  hostilities  during  such  inves- 
tigation and  report." 

2.  Strike  out  Article  IV. 

3.  Change  the  title  of  the  next  article  so  as  to  make  it  read  "Article 
IV"  instead  of  "Article  V."     Attest:  James  M.  Baker, 

Secretary. 


136 


UNPERFECTED   TREATIES 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Switzerland  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers. 


Plenipoten- 
tiaries. 


Disputes  to  be 
submitted  to 
an  Inter- 
national Com- 
mission for 
investigation 
and  report. 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Swiss 
Federal  Council,  being  desirous 
to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  them  together  and  also 
to  advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 
a  treaty  for  that  purpose,  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  as  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States,  the  Honorable  WilHam 
Jennings  Bryan,  Secretary  of 
State ;  and 

The  Swiss  Federal  Council,  Dr. 
Paul  Ritter,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
Switzerland  to  the  United  States ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles: 

Article  I 
The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  all  disputes  between 
them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever, 
which  can  not  be  adjusted  through 
diplomatic  methods,  or  are  not 
submitted  to  arbitration,  shall  be 


Der  Prasident  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  von  Amerika  und  der 
Schweizerische  Bundesrat,  in  der 
Absicht,  die  Bande  der  Freund- 
schaft,  die  sie  verbinden,  enger  zu 
kniipfen  und  die  Sache  des  allge- 
nieinen  Friedens  zu  forden,  haben 
beschlossen  einen  beziiglichen 
Vertrag  abzuschliessen  und  haben 
zu  diesem  Zecke  zu  ihren  Bevoll- 
machtigten  ernannt: 

Der  Prasident  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten :  Honorable  William  Jen- 
nings Bryan,  Staatssekretar ;  und 

Der  Schweizerische  Bundesrat : 
Dr.  Paul  Ritter,  Ausserordent- 
licher  Gesandter  und  Bevollmach- 
tigter  Minister  der  Schweiz  bei 
den  Vereinigten  Staaten; 

Welche,  nach  gegenseitiger 
Auswechslung  ihrer  in  guter  und 
richtiger  Form  befundenen  Voll- 
machten,  folgende  Artikel  unter 
sich  vereinbart  und  abgeschlossen 
haben : 

Artikel  I 
Die  Hohen  Vertragschliessen- 
den  Parteien  kommen  iiberein, 
dass  alle  zwischen  ihnen  auftauch- 
enden  Streitigkeiten,  welcher  Na- 
tur  sie  auch  sein  mogen,  welche 
auf    diplomatischem   Wege    nicht 


IMS.  Department  of  State.     Signed  at  Washington,  February  13,  1914;  rati- 
fication advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


SWITZERLAND 


137 


referred  for  investigation  and  re- 
port to  a  permanent  International 
Commission,  to  be  constituted  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  the  next 
succeeding  article ;  and  they 
agree  not  to  declare  war  or  begin 
hostilities  during  such  investiga- 
tion and  before  the  report  is  sub- 
mitted. 


geschlichtet  werden  konnen  oder 
welche  nicht  einem  Schiedsge- 
richte  unterbreitet  werden,  zur 
Untersuchung  und  zum  Berichte 
einer,  gemass  den  Bestimmungen 
des  nachfolgenden  x\rtikels  zu 
konstituierenden  Kommission  un- 
terbreitet werden  sollen ;  und  sie 
kommen  iiberein,  wahrend  der 
Untersuchung  und  vor  erfolgter 
Berichterstattung  weder  Krieg  zu 
erklaren  noch  die  Feindseligkeiten 
zu  eroffnen. 


Article  II 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  composed  of  five  mem- 
bers, to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
One  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  it  being  understood 
that  he  shall  not  be  a  citizen  of 
either  country.  Each  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  shall  have  the 
right  to  remove,  at  any  time  be- 
fore investigation  begins,  any 
Commissioner  selected  by  it  and 
to  name  his  successor,  and  under 
the  same  conditions  shall  also 
have  the  right  to  withdraw  its  ap- 
proval of  the  fifth  Commissioner 
selected  jointly ;  in  which  case  a 
new  Commissioner  shall  be  se- 
lected  jointly   as    in   the   original 


Artikel  II 
Die  Internationale  Kommission  international 

Commission. 
soil     aUS     fiinf,     wie     folgt     zu    be-    Composition. 

stimmenden  Mitgliedern  zusam- 
mengesetzt  sein :  ein  Mitglied 
wird  von  jedem  Lande  durch  die 
betreffende  Regierung  gewahlt ; 
ein  Mitglied  wird  von  jeder 
Regierung  aus  einem  dritten 
Staate  ernannt ;  das  f iinfte  Mit- 
glied wird  durch  gemeinsames 
Uebereinkommen  der  beiden  Re- 
gierungen  bezeichnet,  in  der  An- 
nahme  jedoch,  dass  es  nicht 
Biirger  eines  der  beiden  Lander 
sei.  Jede  der  Hohen  Vertrag- 
schliessenden  Parteien  soil  das 
Rccht  haben,  irgend  einen  von  ihr 
gewiihlten  Kommissar.  jederzeit 
vor  Beginn  dor  Untersuchung. 
abzuberufen  mid  seincn  Nach- 
folger  zu  ernennen,  und  soil  un- 
ter  denselben  Bedingungen  das 
Recht  haben,  ihre  Anerkennung 
des  gemeinsam  ernannten  fiinften 


138 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Compensation. 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


selection.  The  Commissioners 
shall,  when  actually  employed  in 
the  investigation  of  a  dispute,  re- 
ceive such  compensation  as  shall 
be  agreed  upon  by  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties.  The  expenses 
of  the  Commission  shall  be  paid 
by  the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 


The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty;  and 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  according 
to  the  manner  of  the  original  ap- 
pointment. 


Kommissars  zuriickzuziehen ;  in 
diesem  Falle  soil  ein  neuer  Kom- 
missar  nach  der  Art  der  urspriing- 
lichen  Wahl  gemeinsam  ernannt 
werden.  Die  Kommissare  sollen 
wahrend  der  tatsachlichen  Inan- 
spruchnahme  durch  die  Untersu- 
chung  eines  Streitfalles  eine  Ent- 
schadigung  erhalten,  wie  sie  von 
den  Hohen  Vertragschliessenden 
Parteien  vereinbart  worden  ist. 
Die  Kosten  der  Kommission  sind 
von  den  beiden  Regierungen  zu 
gleichen  Teilen  zu  tragen. 

Die  Internationale  Kommission 
soil  innert  sechs  Monaten  nach 
Austausch  der  Ratifikationsur- 
kunden  dieses  Vertrages  ernannt 
werden ;  Vakanzen  sind  nach  der 
Art  der  urspriinglichen  Wahl 
auszufullen. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


Article  III 

In  case  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  shall  have  failed  to  adjust 
a  dispute  by  diplomatic  methods, 
or  through  an  arbitration,  they 
shall  at  once  refer  it  to  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  investi- 
gation and  report.  The  Interna- 
tional Commission  may,  however, 
spontaneously  offer  its  services  to 
that  effect,  and  in  such  case  it 
shall  notify  both  Governments  and 
request  their  cooperation  in  the 
investigation. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
agree  that  in  such  a  case  they  will 


Artikel  III 
Fiir  den  Fall,  dass  die  Hohen 
Vertragschliessenden  Parteien 
einen  Streitfall  auf  diplomati- 
schem  Wege  oder  durch  ein 
Schiedsgericht  nicht  werden  beile- 
gen  konnen,  so  werden  sie  densel- 
ben  sofort  der  internationalen 
Kommission  zur  Untersuchung 
und  zum  Bericht  unterbreiten. 
Die  internationale  Kommission 
kann  immerhin  auf  ihre  eigene 
Initiative  zu  diesem  Zwecke  ihre 
Dienste  anbieten,  und  soil  in  sol- 
chen  Fallen  die  beiden  Regierun- 
gen   benachrichtigen    und    deren 


SWITZERLAND 


139 


support  the  efforts  of  the  Commis- 
sion in  every  direction. 


The  report  of  the  International 
Commission  shall  be  completed 
within  one  year  after  the  date  on 
which  it  shall  declare  its  investi- 
gation to  have  begun,  unless  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  shall 
limit  or  extend  the  time  by  mutual 
agreement.  The  report  shall  be 
prepared  in  triplicate ;  one  copy 
shall  be  presented  to  each  Govern- 
ment, and  the  third  retained  by 
the  Commission  for  its  files. 


The  High  Contracting  Parties 
reserve  the  right  to  act  indepen- 
dently on  the  subject-matter  of 
the  dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


Mitarbeit  bei  der  Untersuchung 
nachsuchen ;  die  Hohen  Vertrag- 
schliessenden  Parteien  kommen 
iiberein,  dass  sie  in  diesem  Falle 
die  Bemiihungen  der  Kommis- 
sion  in  jeder  Richtung  unterstiit- 
zen  werden. 

Der  Bericht  der  internationalen  Time  for 

report. 

Komniission  ist  innert  Jahresfrist 
nach  dem  Datum,  an  welchem 
diese  erklaren  wird.  die  Untersu- 
chung  begonnen  zu  haben,  abzuge- 
ben,  es  sei  denn,  die  Hohen  Ver- 
tragschliessenden  Parteien  verkiir- 
zen  oder  dehnen  diese  Frist  durch 
gegenseitiges  Einverstandnis  wei- 
ter  aus.  Der  Bericht  soil  in  drei 
Exemplaren  abgegeben  werden ; 
eine  Abschrift  wird  jeder  Regie- 
rung  vorgelegt  und  die  dritte  bei 
den  Akten  der  Kommission  zu- 
riickbehalten  werden. 

Die    Hohen    Vertragschliessen-  independent 

•=•  action 

den    Parteien    behalten    sich    das  reserved. 
Recht  vor,  nachdem  der  Bericht 
der   Kommission    abgegeben    sein 
wird.     in     der     Hauptstreitsache 
unabhangig  zu  handeln. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  by  the  Swiss 
Federal  Council  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  the  .Swiss 
Constitution  and  the  Swiss  laws ; 
and  the  ratifications  shall  be  ex- 


Artikel  IV 
Der  gegenwartige  Vertrag  wird  Ratifications 
vom  Prasidenten  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  von  Amerika  nach  Be- 
richt und  mit  der  Zustimmung  des 
Senates,  und  vom  schweizcrischen 
Bundesrat  gemass  den  Bcstim- 
mungcn  der  schweizcrischen 
Bundesverfassung  und  der 
schweizcrischen  Gesetze,  ratifiziert 


140 


UN  PERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signatures. 


changed  as  soon  as  possible.  Tt 
shall  take  effect  immediately  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications,  and 
shall  continue  in  force  for  a  pe- 
riod of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 


werden ;  und  die  Ratifikationsur- 
kunden  soUen  so  bald  als  moglich 
ausgewechselt  werden.  Er  tritt 
unmittelbar  nach  dem  Austausch 
der  Ratifikationsurkunden  in 
Kraft  und  soil  fiir  eine  Dauer  von 
f iinf  Jahren  in  Kraft  bleiben ;  und 
er  soil  alsdann  noch  bis  zwolf  Mo- 
nate,  nachdem  eine  der  Hohen 
Vertragschliessenden  Parteien  der 
andern  von  der  Absicht,  ihn 
ablaufen  zu  lassen,  Mitteilung 
gemacht  hat  in  Kraft  bleiben. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec-  Als  Urkund  dessen  haben  die 
tive  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  beidseitigen  Bevollmachtigten  den 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af-  vorliegenden  Vertrag  unterzeich- 
fixed  thereunto  their  seals.  net  und  ihre  Siegel  beigesetzt. 

Done  in  Washington  on  the  Also  gegeben  in  Washington 
13th  day  of  February,  in  the  year  den  13  Februar  im  Jahre  des 
of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  Herrn  neunzehnhundert  und  vier- 
fourteen.  zehn. 

[seal]     William  Jennings  Bryan 
[seal]     p.  Ritter 


Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Venezuela  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  General  Peace^ 


Contracting 
Powers 


The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela  and  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  being  desirous  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  amity 
that  bind  Venezuela  and  the 
United  States  together  and  also  to 
advance  the  cause  of  general 
peace,  have  resolved  to  enter  into 


El  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  Venezuela  y  el  Presi- 
dente de  los  Estados  Unidos  de 
America,  en  el  deseo  de  estrechar 
los  lazos  de  amistad  que  unen  a 
Venezuela  y  a  los  Estados  Unidos, 
y  con  el  proposito  de  laborar  por 
la  causa  de  la  paz  general,  han  re- 
suelto    celebrar    un    tratado    que 


IMS.  Department  of  State.     Sicrned  at  Caracas.  March  21,  1914;  ratification 
advised  by  the  Senate,  August  13,  1914. 


VENEZUELA 


141 


a  treaty  for  that  purpose  and  to 
that  end  have  appointed  as  their 
plenipotentiaries : 

The  President  of  the  United 
States  of  Venezuela,  Senor  Doc- 
tor Manuel  Diaz  Rodrijjuez,  Min- 
ister  for  Foreign  Relations ;  and 
the  President  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  Mr.  Preston  Mc- 
Goodwin,  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
said  Nation  to  Venezuela  ; 

Who,  after  having  communi- 
cated to  each  other  their  respec- 
tive full  powers,  found  to  be  in 
proper  form,  have  agreed  upon 
and  concluded  the  following  arti- 
cles : 

Article  I 


tienda  especialmente  a  esos  fines, 
y  para  ello  ha  nombrado  como  sus 
plenipotenciarios : 

El  Presidente  de  los  Estados  Pienipoten- 
Unidos  de  Venezuela  al  Seiior 
Doctor  Manuel  Diaz  Rodriguez, 
Ministro  de  Relaciones  Exterio- 
res  ;  y  el  Presidente  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  al  Senor  Pres- 
ton McGoodwin,  Enviado  Ex- 
traordinario  y  Ministro  Plenipo- 
tenciario  de  dicha  Nacion  en  Ve- 
nezuela. 

Quienes,  despues  de  haberse  co- 
municado  sus  respectivos  plenos 
poderes  y  de  hallarlos  en  debida 
forma,  han  convenido  en  los  si- 
guientes  articulos : 

Articulo  I 


The    high    contracting    parties         Las    altas    partes    contratantes  Disputes  to  be 

,  submitted  to 

agree    that    all    disputes   between     convienen  en  que  todas  las  dif e-  an  imer- 

national  Com- 

them,  of  every  nature  whatsoever,  rencias    surgidas    entre    ellas,    de  mission  for 

which  diplomacy  shall  fail  to  ad-  cualquier  naturaleza  que  scan,   y  and  report, 

just,  shall  be  submitted  for  inves-  que  no  se  hayan  podido  arreglar 

ligation  and  report  to  a  Perma-  por  los  medios  diplomaticos,  seran 

nent     International     Commission,  sometidas,  para  su  investigacion  e 

to  be  constituted  in  the  manner  informe,  a  una  Comision  Interna- 

prescribed  in  Article  II ;  and  they  cional  Permanente,  que  se  consti- 

agree,  if  the  case  arises,  not  to  tuira  de  la  manera  prescrita  en  el 

declare  war  nor  to  begin  hostili-  articulo   II ;   y   convienen,    si   lle- 

ties  during  such  investigation  and  gare  el  caso,  en  no  declararse  la 

before   the   report  has  been   con-  guerra    ni    comenzar    hostilidades 

sidered.  mientras   dure   la   investigacion  y 

no   haya   sido   considerado   el    in- 
forme. 

Article  II  ArtIculo  II 

The    International    Commission  I_^    Comision    Internacional    se  international 

L-ommission. 

shall   be  composed  of   five  mem-      compondra  de  cinco  miembros  que  Composition. 


142 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Expenses. 


Appointment. 


Duties  of 
Commission. 


bers,  to  be  appointed  as  follows : 
one  member  shall  be  chosen  from 
each  country,  by  the  Government 
thereof ;  one  member  shall  be 
chosen  by  each  Government  from 
some  third  country ;  the  fifth 
member  shall  be  chosen  by  com- 
mon agreement  between  the  two 
Governments,  who  can  also  sub- 
mit his  election  to  the  four  arbi- 
trators already  appointed ;  it  being 
understood  that  he  shall  not  be  a 
citizen  of  either  of  the  two  coun- 
tries. The  expenses  shall  be  paid 
by  the  two  Governments  in  equal 
proportion. 

The  International  Commission 
shall  be  appointed  within  six 
months  after  the  exchange  of  the 
ratifications  of  this  treaty ;  and 
the  vacancies  shall  be  filled  ac- 
cording to  the  manner  of  the  orig- 
inal appointment. 

Article  III 
In  case  the  high  contracting 
parties  shall  have  failed  to  ad- 
just a  dispute  by  diplomatic 
methods,  they  shall  at  once  refer 
it  to  the  International  Commis- 
sion for  investigation  and  report. 
The  International  Commission, 
may,  however,  before  taking  dip- 
lomatic steps  or  in  the  course 
thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall  no- 
tify both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation. 


se  nombraran  como  sigue :  cada 
uno  de  los  Gobiernos  escogera  de 
entre  sus  nacionales  un  miembro ; 
otro  se  elegira  de  un  tercer  pais 
por  cada  Gobierno,  y  el  quinto 
sera  elegido  de  comun  acuerdo  en- 
tre los  dos  Gobiernos,  quienes 
pueden  tambien  someter  su  elec- 
cion  a  los  cuatro  arbitros  ya  nom- 
brados ;  teniendose  entendido  que 
no  ha  de  ser  ciudadano  de  nin- 
guno  de  los  dos  paises.  Los  gas- 
tos  de  la  Comision  seran  sufra- 
gados  por  partes  iguales  entre  los 
dos  Gobiernos. 

La  Comision  Internacional  sera 
nombrada  dentro  de  seis  meses 
despues  del  canje  de  las  ratifica- 
ciones  de  este  tratado ;  y  las  f altas 
seran  suplidas  siguiendo  el  proce- 
dimiento  adoptado  para  el  nom- 
bramiento  original. 

Articulo  III 

En  caso  de  que  las  altas  partes 
contratantes  no  puedan  llegar  al 
arreglo  de  una  controversia  por  la 
via  diplomatica,  habran  de  some- 
terla  inmediatamente  a  la  Comi- 
sion Internacional  para  su  inves- 
tigacion  e  informe.  La  Comision 
Internacional  puede,  sin  embargo, 
antes  de  que  se  inicien  los  tratos 
diplomaticos  o  en  el  curso  de  ellos, 
ofrecer  espontaneamente  sus  ser- 
vicios  al  efecto,  y  en  tal  caso  lo 
notificara  a  ambos  Gobiernos,  ex- 
citandoles  a  que  cooperen  a  la  in- 
vestigacion. 


VENEZUELA 


143 


The  high  contracting  parties 
agree  to  afford  to  the  Permanent 
International  Commission  all  the 
means  and  facilities  required  for 
its  investigation  and  report. 

In  each  instance,  the  report  of 
the  International  Commission 
shall  be  completed  within  one 
year  after  the  date  on  which  it 
shall  declare  its  investigation  to 
have  begun,  unless  the  high  con- 
tracting parties  shall  limit  or  ex- 
tend the  time  by  mutual  agree- 
ment. The  report  shall  be  pre- 
pared in  triplicate ;  one  copy  shall 
be  presented  to  each  Government, 
and  the  third  retained  by  the  Com- 
mission for  its  files. 

The  high  contracting  parties  re- 
serve the  right  to  act  independent- 
ly on  the  subject-matter  of  the 
dispute  after  the  report  of  the 
Commission  shall  have  been  sub- 
mitted. 


Las    altas    partes    contratantes  Faciiiues  for 

investigation. 

convienen  en  proporcionar  a  la 
Comision  Internacional  Perma- 
nente  todos  los  medios  y  facili- 
dades  requeridos  para  su  investi- 
gacion  e  informe. 

En  cada  caso,  el  informe  de  la  '^''"^  ^'"^ 

report. 

Comision  Internacional  sera  con- 
cluido  dentro  de  un  aiio  despues 
de  la  fecha  en  que  se  hubiere  or- 
denado  el  comienzo  de  su  investi- 
gacion,  a  menos  que  las  altas  par- 
tes contratantes  limiten  o  prolon- 
guen  el  lapso  de  mutuo  acuerdo. 
El  informe  se  hara  por  triplicado ; 
una  copia  se  presentara  a  cada 
uno  de  los  Gobiernos,  y  la  tercera 
se  conservara  en  los  archives  de  la 
Comision. 

Las  altas  partes  contratantes  se 
reservan  el  derecho  de  obrar  inde- 
pendientemente  acerca  del  asunto 
de  la  controversia.  despues  de  ha- 
berles  sido  sometido  el  informe 
de  la  Comision. 


Article  IV 

The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
fied by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  Venezuela,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Congress  and 
by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  thereof ;  and  the  ratifica- 
tions shall  be  exchanged  as  soon 
as  possible. 

It  shall  take  effect  immediately 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications. 


Articulo  IV 
El  presente  tratado  sera  ratifi-  Ratifications. 
cado  por  el  Presidente  de  los  Es- 
tados  Unidos  de  Venezuela,  con  la 
aprobacion  del  Congreso ;  y  por  el 
Presidente  de  los  Estados  Unidos 
de  America,  por  y  con  el  voto  y 
consentimiento  del  Senado  de 
dicho  pais ;  y  las  ratificaciones  se- 
ran  canjeadas  tan  pronto  como  sea 
posible.  Entrant  en  vigencia  in- 
mediatamente  despues  del  canje 
de  las  ratificaciones,  y  continuara 


144 


UNPERFECTED  TREATIES 


Signatures. 


and  shall  continue  in  force  for  a 
period  of  five  years ;  and  it  shall 
thereafter  remain  in  force  until 
twelve  months  after  one  of  the 
high  contracting  parties  have 
given  notice  to  the  other  of  an  in- 
tention to  terminate  it. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respec- 
tive plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  treaty  and  have  af- 
fixed thereunto  their  seals. 

Done  at  Caracas  on  the  twenty- 
first  day  of  March  in  the  year 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen. 

[seal]     Preston 
[seal]     Manuel 


estandolo  por  un  periodo  de  cinco 
afios ;  y  quedara  luego  en  vigencia 
hasta  despues  de  doce  meses  en 
que  una  de  las  altas  partes  contra- 
tantes  haya  dado  aviso  a  la  otra 
de  su  intencion  de  darle  termino. 

En  prueba  de  lo  cual  los  res- 
pectivos  plenipotenciarios  han  fir- 
mado  el  presente  tratado  y  lo  han 
sellado  con  sus  sellos. 

Hecho  en  Caracas  el  dia  veinte 
y  uno  de  Marzo  del  ano  mil  nove- 
cientos  catorce. 

McGooDWiN 
Diaz   Rodriguez 


Purpose  of 
protocol  to 
remove  un- 
certainty 
regarding 
interpretation 
of  Article 
II  of  treaty 
of  peace. 


PROTOCOL 

Supplemental  to  the  Treaty  of  Peace  Between  the  United  States  and 

Venezuela 


The  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of 
Venezuela,  desirous  of  removing 
any  doubt  or  uncertainty  that 
may  exist  or  that  may  hereafter 
arise  as  to  the  interpretation  to 
be  placed  upon  the  second  clause 
of  Article  II  of  the  Treaty  of 
March  21,  1914,  between  the 
United  States  and  Venezuela, 
looking  to  the  advancement  of  the 
general  cause  of  peace,  which 
clause  reads  as  follows : 

"The  International  Commission 
may,  however,  before  taking  dip- 


El  Gobierno  de  los  Estados 
Unidos  de  America  y  el  Gobierno 
de  los  Estados  Unidos  de  Vene- 
zuela, deseosos  de  resolver  cual- 
quiera  duda  o  incertidumbre  que 
exista  o  pueda  surgir  respecto  al 
alcance  de  la  clausula  segunda 
del  Articulo  III  del  Tratado  del 
21  de  marzo  de  1914  concluido 
entre  los  Estados  Unidos  y  Vene- 
zuela y  encaminado  al  foment©  de 
la  causa  general  de  la  paz ;  clau- 
sula cuyo  tenor  es  como  sigue : 

"La  Comision  Internacional 
puede,  sin  embargo  antes  de  que 


VENEZUELA 


145 


lomatic  steps  or  in  the  course 
thereof,  act  upon  its  own  initia- 
tive, and  in  such  case  it  shall  no- 
tify both  Governments  and  re- 
quest their  cooperation  in  the  in- 
vestigation." 

have  authorized  the  under- 
signed Plenipotentiaries  to  declare 
as  follows : 

It  is  the  understanding  of  the 
two  Governments  that  the  said 
clause  does  not  confer  upon  the 
Commission  the  right  to  act  upon 
its  own  initiative  before  diploma- 
tic means  of  adjustment  have 
been  exhausted,  but  that  it  shall 
be  understood  as  meaning  that, 
should  the  Commission  spon- 
taneously offer  its  services,  it 
shall  not  proceed  to  undertake  its 
investigation  and  report  in  the 
matter  which  is  the  subject  of  dis- 
agreement between  the  two  Gov- 
ernments, until  after  they  shall 
have  exhausted  diplomatic  means 
of  adjustment. 


se  inicien  los  tratos  diplomaticos 
o  en  el  curso  de  ellos,  ofrecer  es- 
pontaneamente  sus  servicios  al 
efecto,  y  en  tal  caso  lo  notificara 
a  ambos  Gobiernos,  excitandolos 
a  que  cooperen  a  la  investiga- 
cion:"  han  autorizado  a  los  in- 
frascritos  Plenipotenciarios  para 
hacer  la  siguiente  declaracion: 

Los  dos  Gobiernos  declaran  que  Understand- 

,         ,,  ,  .  ^  ingofthe 

la  clausula  trascnta  no  connere  a  Governments. 
la  Comision  el  derecho  de  obrar 
de  propia  iniciativa  antes  de  ha- 
berse  agotado  los  medios  diploma- 
ticos de  arreglo,  sino  que  ha  de 
entenderse  que  si  la  Comision 
ofreciere  espontaneamente  sus  ser- 
vicios, no  podra  proceder  a  prac- 
ticar  su  investigacion  y  hacer  in- 
forme  en  el  asunto  que  motiva  el 
desacuerdo  de  los  dos  Gobiernos 
sino  despues  que  estos  hayan  ago- 
tado los  medios  diplomaticos  de 
arreglo. 


In  witness  whereof,  the  un- 
dersigned Plenipotentiaries  have 
signed  their  names  and  affixed 
their  seals  to  this  Protocol,  at  the 
city  of  Caracas,  this  twenty- 
seventh  day  of  February,  in  the 
year  1915. 

[seal] 
[seal] 


En  testimonio  de  lo  cual  los  in- 
frascritos  Plenipotenciarios  auto- 
rizan  con  sus  firmas  y  sellos  el 
presente  Protocolo,  en  Caracas,  a 
los  veinte  y  siete  dias  del  mes  de 
Febrero  de  mil  novecientos 
quince. 

Pkeston   McGoodwin 

Ign.  Andrade 


Signatures. 


TABLE  SHOWING  THE  STATUS  OF  TREATIES  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT  OF 
PEACE,  WITH  REFERENCE  TO  EVERY  NATION 


Nations  invited  lo  negotiate 
treaties' 


Accepted  in 
principle 


Treaty  signed 


Ratification  advised 
by  Senate 


Ratifications 
exchanged 


Argentine    Republic. 
Austria-Hungary    . . . 

Belgium    

Bolivia    

Brazil    

Chile    

China    

Colombia    

Costa    Rica 

Cuba    

Denmark    

Dominican  Republic. 

Ecuador    

France    

Germany  

Great  Britain 

Greece  

Guatemala   

Haiti    

Honduras    

Italy    

Japan    

Mexico    

Netherlands    

Nicaragua    

Norway    

Panama    

Paraguay    

Persia    

Peru    

Portugal   

Russia  

Salvador    

Siam    

Spain    

Sweden    

Switzerland   

Turkey    

Uruguay    

Venezuela    


Accepted 


Accepted 


Accepted 


Accepted 


Accepted 


July 


24, 1914 


January       22, 1914 
July  24,  1914 

July  24, 1914 

September  15,  1914 


February     13,  1914 


April  17, 1914 

February  17, 1914 
October  13,  1914 
September  15,  1914 


September  15, 1914 
October  13, 1914 
September  20,  1913 


November     3,  1913 
May  5, 1914 


December  18,  1913 
December  17,  1913 
June  24, 1914 

September  20, 1913 
August        29, 1914 


February 

July 

February 

October 

August 


4,  1914 
14,  1914 
4, 1914 
1, 1914 
7, 1913 


September  15,  1914 
October  13,  1914 
February     13, 1914 


July 

March 


20, 1914 
21,  1914 


August        13, 1914 


August 
August 
August 
October 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 
20, 1914 
12, 1914 


January 
October 
January 
October 


8, 1915 
28, 1916 
19, 1916 
22, 1915 


August        13, 1914 
September  30,  1914 


October       20,  1914 
September  25,  1914 


September  25, 1914 
October  20,  1914 
August        13, 1914 


August 
August 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 


August 
August 
August 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 
13, 1914 


October 

August 

August 

August 

October 

August 


22, 1914 
13,  1914 
20, 1914 
13, 1914 
13, 1914 
13, 1914 


September  25, 1914 
October  22, 1914 
August        13, 1914 


August 
August 


13, 1914 
13, 1914 


November   12, 1914 
January       19,  1915 


January 
January 


22, 1916 
22,  1915 


November   10,  1914 
October       13,  1914 


July 
Ma,rch 


27,  1916 
19,  1915 


October 
March 


21, 1914 
9, 1915 


March 

October 

March 


4, 1915 

24. 1914 

22. 1915 


December    21,  1914 
January       11,1915 


February     24, 1915 


iThe  invitation  was  issued  only  to  countries  which  had  diplomatic  representation  in 
Washington  in  April,  1913.  Bulgaria,  Luxemburg,  Montenegro,  Roumama  and  Serbia,  not 
having  such  representation,  did  not  receive  an  invitation.     See  Introduction,  p.  xxxiii. 


APPENDIX 


Tratado  entre  la  Repuhlica  de 
Chile,  Argentina  y  los  Estados 
Ufiidos  del  Brasil  para  Facilitar 
la  Solucion  Pacifica  de  las  Con- 
troversias  Intcrnacionalcs} 

Los  Gobiernos  de  las  Republicas 
de  Chile,  Argentina  y  Estados  Uni- 
dos  del  Brasil,  en  el  deseo  de  afir- 
mar  en  esta  oportunidad  la  inteli- 
gencia  cordial  que  la  comunidad 
de  ideales  e  intereses  ha  creado 
entre  sus  respectivos  paises  y  de 
consolidar  las  relaciones  de  estre- 
cha  amistad  que  los  vinculan,  con- 
jurando  la  posibilidad  de  conflic- 
tos  violentos  en  el  porvenir;  con- 
secuentes  con  los  designios  de  Con- 
cordia y  de  paz  que  inspiran  su 
politica  internacional  y  con  el 
firme  proposito  de  cooperar  a  que 
cada  dia  se  haga  mas  solida  la 
confratemidad  de  las  Republicas 
americanas  ;  teniendo  presente  que 
los  Tratados  vigentes  de  Arbitraje 
entre  Chile  y  el  Brasil,  de  18  de 
mayo  de  1899,  entre  la  Republica 
Argentina  y  Chile  de  28  de  mayo 
de  1902,  y  entre  la  Republica  Ar- 
gentina y  el  Brasil,  de  7  de  sep- 
tiembre  de  1905,  que  consagraron 
al  arbitraje  como  el  unico  medio 
de  solucionar  todiis  las  controver- 
sias  de  cualquier  naturaleza  que 


Treaty  between  the  Republic  of 
Chile,  Argentine,  and  the  United 
States  of  Brasil  to  facilitate  the 
Peaceful  Solution  of  Interna- 
tional Controversies.^ 

The  Governments  of  the  Re- 
publics of  Chile,  Argentine  and 
the  United  States  of  Brazil,  de- 
siring to  strengthen,  on  this  occa- 
sion, the  cordial  understanding 
which  the  community  of  ideals 
and  interests  has  created  between 
their  respective  countries  and  to 
cement  the  relations  of  close 
friendship  which  bind  them  to- 
gether, averting  the  possibility  of 
violent  conflicts  in  the  future ; 
consistent  with  the  designs  for 
harmony  and  peace  which  inspire 
their  international  politics  and  in 
the  firm  determination  to  cooper- 
ate in  order  to  strengthen  more 
and  more  the  brotherhood  of  the 
American  republics ;  taking  into 
consideration  that  the  existing 
treaties  of  arbitration  between 
Chile  and  Brazil,  signed  on  May 
18,  1899,  between  the  Argentine 
Republic  and  Chile,  signed  on 
May  28,  1902,  and  between  the 
Republic  of  Argentine  and  Brazil, 
signed  on  September  7,  1905, 
which    placed    arbitration    as    the 


^  MS.     Department  of  State,  Washingtf)n,  D.  C. 
2  Translation. 


148  APPENDIX 

surgieren  entre  ellos,  exceptuaron  only  means  of  solving  all  difficul- 
de  este  recurso,  el  primero  de  los  ties  of  whatever  nature,  that 
referidos  tratados,  aquellas  cues-  might  arise  between  them,  ex- 
tiones  que  no  puedan  ser  formula-  eluded  from  arbitration,  the  first 
das  juridicamente,  y  los  dos  uiti-  of  the  treaties  in  reference,  those 
mos  las  que  afectan  a  los  precep-  questions  which  can  not  be  legally 
tos  constitucionales  de  los  paises  treated,  and  the  last  two,  those 
contratantes :  han  resuelto  adoptar  questions  affecting  the  constitu- 
ahora  una  norma  de  procedimiento  tional  law  of  the  contracting  coun- 
que  f acilite  la  solucion  amistosa  tries :  they  then  have  resolved  to 
de  las  cuestiones  que  quedaron  adopt  rules  of  procedure  to  facili- 
excluidas  del  arbitraje  en  virtud  tate  the  friendly  solution  of  the 
de  dichos  pactos  y  para  este  fin  questions  which  were  excluded 
han  convenido  en  celebrar  un  from  arbitration  by  virtue  of  said 
Tratado  especial  nombrando  al  agreements,  and  to  this  end  have 
efecto  los  siguientes  Plenipoten-  agreed  to  conclude  a  special  treaty 
ciarios :  naming  for  this  purpose  the  fol- 
lowing plenipotentiaries : 
El  Presidente  de  la  Republica  The  President  of  the  Republic 
de  Chile  al  sefior  Doctor  Don  of  Chile,  Doctor  Alejandro  Lira, 
Alejandro  Lira,  Ministro  Secre-  Secretary  of  State  in  the  Depart- 
tario  de  Estado  en  el  Departa-  ment  for  Foreign  Affairs.  The 
mento  de  Relaciones  Exteriores.  President  of  the  Argentine  Re- 
El  Presidente  de  la  Republica  public,  Doctor  Jose  Luis  Mura- 
Argentina  al  senor  Doctor  Jose  ture,  Secretary  of  State  in  the 
Luis  Murature,  Ministro  Secre-  Department  for  Foreign  Affairs, 
tario  de  Estado  en  el  Departa-  The  President  of  the  Republic  of 
mento  de  Relaciones  Exteriores  y  the  United  States  of  Brazil,  (Gen- 
Culto.  El  Presidente  de  la  Repii-  eral)  Doctor  Lauro  Muller,  Min- 
blica  de  los  Estados  Unidos  del  ister  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs. 
Brasil  al  seiior  General  Doctor  Who,  after  having  communicated 
Don  Lauro  Muller,  Ministro  de  their  full  Powers  which  were 
Estado  de  Relaciones  Exteriores.  found  in  good  and  due  form  have 
Los  cuales,  despues  de  haberse  co-  agreed  upon  the  following : 
municado  sus  Plenos  Poderes  que 
hallaron  en  buena  y  debida  forma 
han  convenido  lo  siguiente : 


APPENDIX 


149 


Articulo  I 

Las  controversias  que  por  cual- 
quiera  cuestion  originada  en  lo 
future  surgieren  entre  las  tres 
partes  Contratantes  o  entre  dos  de 
ellas  y  que  no  hubieren  podido  ser 
resueltas  por  la  via  diplomatica  ni 
sometidas  a  arbitraje  de  acuerdo 
con  los  Tratados  existentes  o  con 
los  que  ulteriormente  se  ajustaren, 
seran  sometidas  a  la  investigacion 
e  informe  de  una  Comision  Per- 
manente  constituida  en  la  forma 
que  establece  el  Articulo  III.  Las 
Altas  Partes  Contratantes  se  obli- 
gan  a  no  practicar  actos  hostiles 
hasta  despues  de  haberse  produ- 
cido  el  informe  de  la  Comision  que 
establece  el  presente  Tratado  o 
transcurrido  el  plazo  de  un  ano  a 
que  se  refiere  el  Articulo  V. 


Article   1 

Controversies  which  may  arise 
among  the  three  Contracting 
Parties,  or  between  two  of  them, 
on  any  subject  whatever  originat- 
ing in  the  future  and  which  can 
not  be  adjusted  by  diplomacy,  or 
submitted  to  arbitration  in  con- 
formity with  existing  or  future 
treaties,  shall  be  submitted  for  in- 
vestigation and  report  to  a  Per- 
manent Commission  organized  in 
the  manner  established  by  Arti- 
cle 3.  The  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties engage  not  to  commit  hostile 
acts  before  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mission established  by  the  present 
treaty,  or  until  the  expiration  of 
the  period  of  one  year  mentioned 
in  Article  5. 


Articulo  II 

Es  entendido  que  lo  estipulado 
en  el  articulo  precedente  no  res- 
tringe  en  nada,  ni  los  compromises 
establecidos  en  los  Tratados  de  ar- 
bitraje, actuales  o  futuros,  entre 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes,  ni 
la  obligacion  de  cumplir  los  fallos 
arbitrales  en  las  cuestiones  que 
segun  esos  Tratados  hayan  sido  o 
fueren  resueltas  por  arbitraje. 


Articulo  III 
Para     constituir     la     Comision 
Permanente    a   que    se    refiere    el 
Articulo  I,  cada  una  de  las  Altas 


Article  2 

It  is  understood  that  the  stipu- 
lations of  the  preceding  article 
do  not  restrict  in  any  way,  either 
the  bonds  established  in  existing 
or  future  arbitration  treaties,  be- 
tween the  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties, nor  the  obligation  to  comply 
with  the  arbitral  decisions  on  the 
questions  whith,  in  accordance 
with  those  treaties,  have  been  or 
may  be  decided  by  arbitration. 

Article  3 

In  order  to  constitute  the  Per- 
manent Commission  referred  to  in 
Article  1,  each  of  the  High  Con- 


150 


APPENDIX 


Partes  Contratantes  designara  un 
Delegado,  dentro  de  los  tres  meses 
despues  de  canjeadas  las  ratifica- 
ciones  del  presente  Tratado.  Cada 
Gobierno  podra  revocar  el  nom- 
bramiento  de  su  propio  Delegado 
en  cualquier  momento  antes  de 
iniciada  la  investigacion,  debiendo 
sin  embargo,  designar  el  reempla- 
zante  en  el  mismo  acto  en  que  se 
produzca  la  revocacion.  La  vacante 
que  ocurriere  por  otras  causas 
sera  llenada  por  el  Gobierno  res- 
pectivo  y  no  suspendera  los  efec- 
tos  de  las  disposiciones  estableci- 
das  por  este  Tratado. 

Articulo  IV 
Las  controversias  a  que  se  re- 
fiere  el  Articulo  I  seran  referidas 
para  su  investigacion  e  informe  a 
la  Comision  inmediatamente  des- 
pues que  las  negociaciones  diplo- 
maticas  hayan  fracasado  para  so- 
lucionarlas.  Cualquiera  de  los 
Gobiemos  interesados  en  la  con- 
troversia  podra  hacer  la  convoca- 
toria  respectiva  para  cuyo  efecto 
bastara  comunicar  oficialmente  es- 
ta  decision  a  los  otros  dos  Go- 
biernos. 

Articulo  V 
La  Comision  Permanente  se 
constituira  en  la  ciudad  de  Mon- 
tevideo dentro  de  los  tres  meses 
despues  de  haber  sido  convocada 
y  determinara  las  reglas  de  pro- 
cedimiento  a  que  deba  ajustarse  en 
el    cumplimiento    de    su    mision. 


tracting  Parties  shall  appoint  a 
delegate  within  three  months  after 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of 
the  present  treaty.  Each  Govern- 
ment may  revoke  the  appointment 
of  its  own  delegate  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  beginning  of  the  inves- 
tigation, but  shall,  however,  des- 
ignate the  successor  in  the  same 
act  of  revocation.  Vacancy  due  to 
other  causes  shall  be  filled  by  the 
respective  Government,  and  the 
provisions  of  the  present  treaty 
shall  not  be  suspended  thereby. 


Article  4 

The  controversies  mentioned  in 
Article  1  shall  be  submitted  for 
investigation  and  report  to  the 
commission  immediately  after  the 
breakdown  of  the  diplomatic  ne- 
gotiations for  their  solution.  Each 
of  the  Governments  interested  in 
the  controversy  can  convoke  the 
Commission.  In  order  that  the 
convocation  may  produce  its 
effect,  it  is  sufHcient  to  communi- 
cate it  to  the  two  other  Govern- 
ments. 

Article  5 

The  Permanent  Commission 
shall  be  constituted  in  the  city  of 
Montevideo  within  three  months 
of  its  convocation,  and  it  shall  de- 
termine the  rules  of  procedure 
necessary  for  the  accomplishment 
of  its  mission.     If  for  any  reason 


APPENDIX  151 

Aun  cuando  por  cualquiera  causa  the  Commission  can  not  meet,  it 
dicha  Comision  no  pudiera  reu-  shall,  at  the  expiration  of  the 
nirse,  una  vez  transcurridos  los  three  months,  be  considered  as 
tres  meses  se  la  considerara  cons-  constituted  for  the  purposes  of 
tituida  para  el  efecto  de  los  pla-  the  periods  established  in  the 
zos  que  establece  el  presente  Arti-  present  article.  The  High  Con- 
culo.  Las  Altas  Partes  Contra-  tracting  Parties  shall  submit  the 
tantes  suministraran  los  antece-  antecedents  and  the  information 
dentes  e  informaciones  necesarias  necessary  for  the  investigation, 
para  la  investigacion.  La  Comi-  The  Commission  must  present  its 
sion  debera  presentar  su  informe  report  before  the  expiration  of  a 
antes  de  un  ano  a  contar  desde  la  year  from  the  date  of  its  constitu- 
fecha  de  su  constitucion.  Si  no  tion.  If  it  can  not  complete  its  in- 
hubiere  podido  completarse  la  in-  vestigation  nor  prepare  its  report 
vestigacion  ni  redactarse  el  in-  within  the  period  fixed,  it  may  ex- 
forme  dentro  del  termino  fijado  tend  the  period  for  six  months  or 
podra  ampliarse  por  seis  meses  o  longer,  with  the  consent  of  the 
mas  el  plazo  establecido,  siempre  High  Contracting  Parties, 
que  estuvieran  de  acuerdo  a  este 
respecto  las  Altas  Partes  Contra- 
tantes. 

Articulo  VI  Article  6 

Sometido  el  informe  a  los  res-  Once  the  report  has  been  sub- 

pectivos  Gobiemos  o  no  habien-  mitted  to  the  respective  Govern- 

dose  este  producido  dentro  de  los  ments  or,  in  case  the  same  has  not 

terminos    estipulados,    las    Altas  been    rendered    within    the    time 

Partes    Contratantes    recuperaran  specified,    the    High    Contracting 

toda   su   libertad   de  accion   para  Parties  shall  regain  full  liberty  of 

proceder  como  crean  conveniente  action   to   proceed  as   they   think 

a  sus  intereses  en  el  asunto  de  la  best  for  their  interest  in  the  mat- 

investigacion.  ter  under  investigation. 

Articulo  VII  Article  7 
El  presente  Tratado  sera  rati-  The  present  treaty  shall  be  rati- 
ficado  y  las  ratificaciones  canjea-  fied  and  the  ratifications  ex- 
das  en  Rio  de  Janeiro  tan  pronto  changed  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  as  soon 
como  sea  posible.  Estara  en  vigor  as  possible.  It  shall  remain  in 
hasta   un   ano   despues   de  haber  force  until  one  year  after  it  has 


152 


APPENDIX 


sido  denimciada  por  cualquiera  de     been  denounced  by  any  one  of  the 
las  Altas  Partes  Contratantes.  High  Contracting  Parties. 


En  fe  de  lo  cual,  los  Plenipo- 
tenciarios  arriba  nombrados,  fir- 
mamos  el  presente  instrumento  en 
tres  ejemplares,  cada  uno  en  las 
lenguas  castellana  y  portuguesa, 
sellandolos  con  miestros  sellos. 

Hecho  en  la  ciudad  de  Buenos 
Aires  a  los  veinticinco  dias  del 
mes  de  mayo  del  ano  mil  novecien- 
tos  quince. 

Alejandro  Lira. 

(Hay  un  sello) 
Jose  Luis  Murature. 

(Hay  un  sello) 

LaURO  MiJLLER. 

(Hay  un  sello) 


In  testimony  whereof,  we,  the 
above-named  plenipotentiaries, 
sign  the  present  document  in 
triplicate,  each  one  in  the  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  languages,  stamp- 
ing them  with  our  seals,  in  the  city 
of  Buenos  Aires  on  this  twenty- 
fifth  day  of  the  month  of  May  in 
the  year  nineteen  hundred  and 
fifteen. 

Alejandro  Lira.  [Seal] 

Jose  Luis  Murature.  [Seal] 
Lauro  Muller.  [Seal] 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  AT  LOS  ANGELES 

THE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 


MAR  "3  1  1949 

Mh  3 


OCT  55  "^ 


Form  L-9-15m-3,'34 


UNiVERSiTY  of  CALlFuHi'JiA 

AT 

LOS  ANGELES 

LIBRARY 


U  .  o,  il'tJix  Uics. 


etc..,  1915^ 


1920 l92milXSQn)_- 


Treaties  for 
the "advancement 
-peace 


JX 

mi 
ino 


\J\J     OUW 


AA    000  518  839    6 


